Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.

2004 10:45pm page i

P I P I N G
M A T E R I A L S
S E L E C T I O N A N D

A P P L I C A T I O N S
Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page ii
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page iii

P I P I N G
M A T E R I A L S
S E L E C T I O N A N D

A P P L I C A T I O N S

By
PETER SMITH

. . . . .
. . .
AMSTERDAM BOSTON HEIDELBERG LONDON NEWYORK OXFORD
PARIS SANDIEGO SAN FRANCISCO SINGAPORE SYDNEY TOKYO . .
Gulf Professional Publishing is an imprint of Elsevier
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page iv

Gulf Professional Publishing is an imprint of Elsevier

30 Corporate Drive, Suite 400, Burlington, MA 01803, USA
Linacre House, Jordan Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP, UK

Copyright ß 2005, Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in

any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.

Permissions may be sought directly from Elsevier’s Science & Technology Rights
Department in Oxford, UK: phone: (þ44) 1865 843830, fax: (þ44) 1865 853333, e-mail:
permissions@elsevier.com.uk. You may also complete your request on-line via the
Elsevier homepage (http://elsevier.com), by selecting ‘‘Customer Support’’ and then
‘‘Obtaining Permissions.’’

⬁ Recognizing the importance of preserving what has been written, Elsevier prints its books on
acid-free paper whenever possible.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Application submitted.

British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data

A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.

ISBN: 0-7506-7743-0

For information on all Gulf Professional Publishing

publications visit our Web site at www.books.elsevier.com

04 05 06 07 08 09 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Printed in the United States of America

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page v

CONTENTS

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

1 The Piping Material Engineer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 Process Industry Codes and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3 Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4 Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5 Joints for Process Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
6 Bolts and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
7 Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
8 Glossaries and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

v
Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page vi
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page vii

PREFACE

The Piping Material Selection Guide for Process Systems, as the title
states, is a guide for the piping engineer who is faced with the challenge
of choosing the correct piping materials of construction.
The list of codes and standards in ASME B31.3 that apply to process
plant design is huge, and it is impossible to cover them all in one book.
Instead I use ASME B31.3 as the basic construction code, and I briefly
touch on the most significant codes and standards applicable to the
design of the plant.
The EPC contractor is responsible for having all the necessary codes
and standards available at all times during the design, construction, and
commissioning of the plant. These standards must be the final reference
point, and the objective of this book is to guide the piping engineer to
that point.
Although the function of a piping material engineer is driven by code
and specifications, there is no substitute for all-around experience. This
can be gained from several areas: the design office, a manufacturer’s
facility, the fabrication yard, as well as the job site. Exposure to as many of
these facets of the process industry as possible is beneficial to the growth
of an engineer’s professional development. Each sector has its own
characteristics, and knowledge of one aids the comprehension the others.
The design office is where the project evolves and is engineered and
developed on paper. A manufacturer’s facility is were the numerous
individual components essential for construction of the project are built.
For piping this includes pipe, fittings, flanges, valves, bolts, gaskets, and
the like. In the fabrication yard, the welded piping components are
‘‘spooled’’ up for transportation to the job site. At the job site, paper and
hardware come together and final fabrication and erection take place.
The various piping systems are commissioned, and the project is brought
to its conclusion and finally handed over to the client’s operators. All
these phases of a project are equally important, and it is very important

vii
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page viii

viii Preface

that the engineer understand the challenges that arise in these very
different environments.
The Piping Material Selection Guide for the Process Systems is written
to be useful to all piping engineers and designers involved in the design,
construction, and commissioning of oil, gas, and petrochemical facilities.
However, it is primarily aimed at the piping material engineer, the
individual responsible for the selection and the specifying of piping
material for process facilities.
Piping engineering and the materials used in the construction of piping
systems is a huge subject. It is virtually impossible to cover all aspects of
it in depth in one volume. In this book, I try to cover the most important
areas and introduce the reader to the fundamentals of the specific
subjects. I suggest readers skim through the pages to gain a familiarity
with the topics covered. I have introduced each subject and then linked it
with text and technical data. I limit my use of opinions and concentrate
on mandatory statements that are set out in the design codes. These
standards must be met or improved on.
Most of the individuals I have worked with have developed their skills
by working with fellow engineers who imparted their knowledge to the
uninitiated. The ingredients that go into making a good engineer are not
fully taught in schools, colleges, or universities, but by experience gained
listening to more-knowledgeable colleagues, absorbing information, and
through personal research.
To be a complete engineer, it is essential not only to have knowledge
but to share this knowledge with fellow piping engineers and other
colleagues. A piping material engineer’s role is driven by codes,
standards, technical data, and catalogued information. When asked a
question I believe that, if possible, the answer should be supported with a
copy from the relevant source of information. This allows recipients to
file the information, makes them more confident, and protects the piping
material engineer. It is a small action that pays big dividends.
Despite several excellent textbooks on piping design and piping stress,
I know of none that specializes in piping materials. It is not the intention
of this book to explain the geometry of the numerous piping components
and how their final shape is computed. All the piping components
discussed in this book are covered by strict design codes or recognized
manufacturers’ standards. Their dimensions are carefully calculated and
unlikely to change dramatically in the near or distant future. Indeed,
most have remained the same dimensionally for several decades and
longer.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page ix

Preface ix

Piping engineering is not rocket science. As a fellow engineer, not a

piping specialist, once said, ‘‘I thought that the Romans sorted piping
out.’’ Not true, but I see where my colleague was coming from. The
piping content of a project is generally the largest of all the disciplines in
material value, engineering, and construction personnel. Piping engin-
eering also creates large volumes of paper in the form of drawings,
specifications, and support documents. What it lacks in technical
complexity it more than makes up for by the volumes of paperwork,
which seem to increase each year.
So, to conclude, although piping may not advance as quickly as other
disciplines, such as instrumentation and electrical, which are driven
greatly by vendors and technology, piping does not stand still. New
materials are always being developed, as well as fresh methods of
manufacturing and new designs, that constantly fine-tune what we
inherited from our friends the Romans.
If this book does not completely answer your questions, I feel sure that
it will guide you in the right direction.

Peter Smith
Fano, Italy
June 2004
Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:45pm page x
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 1

1
THE PIPING MATERIAL
ENGINEER

1. WHAT IS A PIPING MATERIAL

ENGINEER?
This chapter explains briefly the role of the piping engineer, who is
responsible for the quality of piping material, fabrication, testing, and
inspection in a project and the major activities such engineers are
expected to perform. This individual can be employed by either the EPC
(engineering, procurement, and construction) contractor or the operator/
end user.

1.1. Job Title

The piping engineer, the individual responsible for creating the project
piping classes and the numerous piping specifications necessary to
fabricate, test, insulate, and paint the piping systems, is titled either the
piping material engineer or the piping spec(ification) writer.

1.2. Job Scope

Whatever the title, the piping material engineer (PME) is a very

important person within the Piping Design Group and should be

1
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 2

2 Piping Materials Guide

dedicated to a project from the bid stage until the design phase has been
completed. He or she should also be available during construction and
through to mechanical completion.
The lead piping material engineer, the individual responsible for all
piping engineering functions, usually reports directly to the project lead
piping engineer, and depending on the size of the project, the lead piping
material engineer may be assisted by a number of suitably qualified
piping material engineers especially during the peak period of the
project. This peak period is early in the job, while the piping classes are
being developed and the first bulk inquiry requisitions are sent out to
vendors.

1.3. The Piping Material Engineer’s

Responsibilities

The piping material engineer’s responsibilities vary from company to

company. Here is a list of typical functions that he or she is expected to
perform:

. Develop the project piping classes for all process and utility services.
. Write specifications for fabrication, shop and field testing, insulation, and
painting.
. Create and maintain all data sheets for process and utility valves.
. Create a list of piping specials, such as hoses and hose couplings, steam
traps, interlocks.
. Create and maintain data sheets for these piping special (SP) items.
. Assemble a piping material requisition with all additional documents.
. Review offers from vendors and create a technical bid evaluation.
. Make a technical recommendation.
. After placement of a purchase order, review and approve documentation
from vendors related to piping components.
. When required, visit the vendor’s premises to attend kickoff meetings, the
testing of piping components, or clarification meetings.
. Liaise with the following departments: Piping Design and Stress, Process,
Instrumentation, Vessels, Mechanical, Structural, Procurement, Material
Control.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 3

The Piping Material Engineer 3

1.4. Qualities of an Engineer

Not only is it essential that a piping material engineer be experienced

in several piping sectors, such as design, construction, and stress, he or
she must also be a good communicator, to guarantee that everyone in the
piping group is aware of the materials of construction that can be used
for piping systems.
The PME must also have a basic understanding of other disciplines
having interface with the piping, such as mechanical, process,
instrumentation, and structural engineering. He or she should also be
aware of the corrosion characteristics of piping material and welding
processes necessary for the fabrication of piping systems. Both corrosion
and welding engineering are specialist subjects, and if the PME has any
doubts, he or she must turn to a specialist engineer for advice.

1.5. Experience

There is no substitute for experience, and the piping material engineer

should have strengths in several sectors and be confident with a number
of others disciplines, to enable the individual to arrive at a suitable
conclusion when selecting material for piping systems.
Strong areas should include piping design layout and process
requirements. Familiar areas should include the following:

. Corrosion.
. Welding.
. Piping stress.
. Static equipment.
. Rotating equipment.
. Instruments.

2. PIPING MATERIAL ENGINEER’S

ACTIVITIES
Outlined here are the principal activities of a piping material engineer.
These are listed in chronological order as they would arise as a project
develops from preliminary to detailed design.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 4

4 Piping Materials Guide

2.1. Development of the Project Piping Classes

All process plants have of two types of principal piping systems:

process (primary and secondary) piping systems and utility piping
systems.
Process piping systems are the arteries of a process plant. They receive
the feedstock, carry the product through the various items of process
equipment for treatment, and finally deliver the refined fluid to the
battery limits for transportation to the next facility for further
refinement. Process piping systems can be further divided into primary
process, which is the main process flow, and secondary process, which
applies to the various recycling systems.
Utility piping systems are no less important. They are there to support
the primary process, falling into three groups:

. Support—instrument air, cooling water, steam.

. Maintenance—plant air, nitrogen.
. Protection—foam and firewater.

There are other utility services such as drinking water.

Piping Classes. Each piping system is allocated a piping class, which lists
all the components required to construct the piping. A piping class
includes the following:

. Process design conditions.

. Corrosion allowance.
. List of piping components.
. Branch table.
. Special assemblies.
. Support notes.

Both process and utility piping systems operate at various temperatures

and pressures, and the following must be analyzed:

. Fluid type—corrosivity, toxicity, viscosity.

. Temperature range.
. Pressure range.
. Size range.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 5

The Piping Material Engineer 5

. Method of joining.
. Corrosion allowance.

After analyzing these characteristics, process and utility piping systems

can be grouped into autonomous piping classes. This allows piping
systems that share fundamental characteristics (pipe size range, pressure
and temperature limits, and method of joining) to be classified
together.
This standardization or optimization has benefits in the procurement,
inspection, and construction phases of the project. Too little optimiza-
tion increases the number of piping classes, making the paperwork at all
stages of the project difficult to handle and leading to confusion,
resulting in mistakes. Too much optimization reduces the number of
piping classes, however, as the piping class must satisfy the character-
istics of the most severe service and use the most expensive material. This
means that less-severe services are constructed using more-expensive
material, because the piping class is ‘‘overspecified.’’ It is the
responsibility of the piping material engineer to fine-tune this
optimization to the benefit the project.
A typical oil and gas separation process plant may have 10 process
piping classes and a similar number of utility piping classes. More-
complex petrochemical facilities require a greater number of piping
classes to cover the various process streams and their numerous
temperature and pressure ranges. It is not uncommon for process plants
such as these to have in excess of 50 process and piping classes.

2.2. Writing Specifications for Fabrication, Shop

and Field Testing, Insulation, and Painting

It is pointless to specify the correct materials of construction if the

pipes are fabricated and erected by poorly qualified labor, using bad
construction methods and inadequate testing inspection, insulation, and
painting.
The piping material engineer is responsible for writing project-specific
narratives covering these various activities to guarantee that they meet
industry standards and satisfy the client’s requirements. No two projects
are the same; however, many projects are very similar and most EPC
companies have corporate specifications that cover these subjects.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 6

6 Piping Materials Guide

2.3. Creating All Data Sheets for Process

and Utility Valves

All valves used within a process plant must have a dedicated valve
data sheet (VDS). This document is, effectively, the passport for the
component, and it must detail the size range, pressure rating, design
temperature, materials of construction, testing and inspection proce-
dures and quote all the necessary design codes relating to the valve.
This VDS is essential for the efficient procurement and the possible
future maintenance of the valve.

2.4. Creating a List of Piping Specials and Data

Sheets

A piping system generally comprises common components such as

pipe, fittings, and valves; however, less common piping items may be
required, such as strainers, hoses and hose couplings, steam traps, or
interlocks. This second group, called piping specials, must carry an SP
number as an identifying tag.
The piping material engineer must create and maintain a list of SP
numbers that makes the ‘‘special’’ unique, based on type, material, size,
and rating. This means that there could be several 2 in. ASME 150,
ASTM A105 body strainers with the same mesh.
As with valves, each piping special must have its own data sheet, to
guarantee speedy procurement and future maintenance.

2.5. Assembling Piping Material Requisition

with All Additional Documents

When all the piping specifications have been defined and initial
quantities identified by the Material Take-off Group, the piping material
engineer is responsible for assembling the requisition packages.
The Procurement Department will break the piping requirements into
several requisitions, so that inquiry requisitions can be sent out to
manufacturers or dealers that specialize in that particular group of
piping components.

. Pipe (seamless and welded)—carbon and stainless steel.

. Pipe (exotic)—Inconel, Monel, titanium.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 7

The Piping Material Engineer 7

. Pipe fittings (seamless and welded)—carbon and stainless steel.

. Valves gate/globe/check (small bore, 11⁄2 in. and below)—carbon and
stainless steel.
. Valves gate/globe/check (2 in. and above)—carbon and stainless steel.
. Ball valves (all sizes)—carbon and stainless steel.
. Special valves (all sizes)—non-slam-check valves, butterfly valves.
. Stud bolting—all materials.
. Gaskets—flat, spiral wound, ring type.
. Special piping items (SPs)—strainers, hoses, hose couplings, sight glasses,
interlocks, and the like.

To get competitive bids, inquiries will go out to several manufacturers

for each group of piping components, and they will be invited to offer
their best price to satisfy the scope of supply for the requisition. This
includes not only supplying the item but also testing, certification,
marking, packing, and if required, shipment to the site.

2.6. Reviewing Offers from Vendors and Create

a Technical Bid Evaluation

Many clients have an ‘‘approved bidders list,’’ which is a selection of

vendors considered suitable to supply material to the company. This
bidders list is based on a track record on the client’s previous projects
and reliable recommendations.
Prospective vendors are given a date by which they must submit a
price that covers the scope of supplies laid out in the requisition. The
number of vendors invited to tender a bid varies, based on the size and
complexity of the specific requisition.
To create a competitive environment, a short list of between three and
six suitable vendors should be considered, and it is essential that these
vendors think that, at all times, they are bidding against other
competitors. Even if, sometimes, vendors drop out and it becomes a
‘‘one-horse race’’ for commercial and technical reasons, all vendors must
think that they are not bidding alone.
All vendors that deliver feasible bids should be evaluated, and it is the
responsibility of the piping material engineer to bring all vendors to the
same starting line and ensure that they are all offering material that
meets the specifications and they are ‘‘technically acceptable,’’ sometimes
called ‘‘fit for purpose.’’
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 8

8 Piping Materials Guide

Some vendors will find it difficult, for commercial or technical reasons,

to meet the requirements of the requisition. These vendors are deemed
technically unacceptable and not considered further in the evaluation.
The piping material engineer, during this evaluation, creates a bid
tabulation spreadsheet to illustrate and technically evaluate all vendors
invited to submit a bid for the requisition.
The tabulation lists the complete technical requirements for each item
on the requisition and evaluates each vendor to determine if it is technically
acceptable.
Technical requirements include not only the materials of construction
and design codes but also testing, certification, and painting. Non-
technical areas also are covered by the piping material engineer, such as
marking and packing. The delivery, required on site (ROS) date, is
supplied by the Material Control Group as part of the final commercial
negotiations.
The Procurement Department is responsible for all commercial and
logistical aspects of the requisition, and the Project Services Group
determines the ROS date and the delivery location. It is pointless to
award an order to a manufacturer that is technically acceptable and
commercially the cheapest if its delivery dates do not meet the
construction schedule.
When this technical bid evaluation (TBE) or technical bid analysis
(TBA) is complete, with all technically acceptable vendors identified,
then it is turned over to the Procurement Department, which enters into
negotiations with those vendors that can satisfy the project’s technical
and logistical requirements.
After negotiations, a vendor is selected that is both technically acceptable
and comes up with the most competitive commercial/logistical offer. The
successful vendor is not necessarily the cheapest but the one that
Procurement feels most confident with in all areas. What initially looks to
be the cheapest might, at the end of the day, prove more expensive.

2.7. After Placement of a Purchase Order,

Reviewing and Approving Documentation
Related to All Piping Components

The importance of vendor documentation after placement of an order

must not be underestimated. It is the vendor’s responsibility to supply
support documentation and drawings to back up the material it is
supplying. This documentation includes an inspection and testing plan,
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 9

The Piping Material Engineer 9

general arrangement drawings, material certification, test certificates,

and production schedules.
All this documentation must be reviewed by the piping material
engineer, approved and signed off, before final payment can be released
to the vendor for the supply of the material.

2.8. Vendor Visits

The piping material engineer may be required to visit the vendor’s

premises to witness the testing of piping components or attend clarification
meetings.
Certain piping items are more complex than others, either because of
their chemical composition and supplementary requirements or their
design, size, or pressure rating. In these cases, the relevant purchase
order requires a greater deal of attention from the piping material
engineer to ensure that no complications result in incorrect materials
being supplied or an unnecessary production delay.
To avoid this, the following additional activities should be seriously
considered:

. A bid clarification meeting to guarantee that the prospective vendor fully

understands the requisition and associated specification.
. After the order has been placed, a preinspection meeting to discuss
production, inspection, and quality control.
. Placing the requisition engineer in the vendor’s facilities during critical
manufacturing phases of the job to ensure that the specifications are
understood.
. Placing an inspector in the vendor’s facilities, who is responsible for the
inspection and testing of the order and coordinates with the piping
material engineer in the home office to guarantee that the specifications
are understood and being applied.

The first two are low-cost activities and should be a formality for most
purchase orders, the last two are more-expensive activities and should be
considered based on the complexity of the order or the need for long lead
items.
No two requisitions are the same, and a relatively simple order with a
new and untried vendor may require more consideration than a complex
order with a vendor that is a known quantity. The decision to make
vendor visits also relates to the size of the inspection budget, which might
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:47pm page 10

10 Piping Materials Guide

not be significant enough to support ‘‘on-premises’’ personnel during the

manufacturing phase.
Remember that if the wrong material arrives on site, then the re-
placement cost and the construction delay will be many times the cost of
on-premises supervision.
If the items concerned are custom-made for the project or they have
long lead times (three months or more), then on-premises supervision
should be seriously considered.

2.9. Bids for New Projects

All the preceding are project-related activities; however, the piping

material engineer may also be required to work on bids that the company
has been invited to tender by clients. This is preliminary engineering, but
the work produced should be accurate, based on the information provided
in a brief form the client. The usual activities are preliminary piping
classes, basic valve data sheets and a set of specifications for construction,
inspection, and painting.
A piping material engineer will either be part of a project task force
dedicated to one job or part of a corporate group working on several
projects, all in different stages of completion. Of these two options, the
most preferable is the former, because it allows the PME to become more
familiar with the project as it develops.
The role of a piping material engineer is diverse and rewarding, and
there is always something new to learn. A project may have the same
client, the same process, and be in the same geographical location, but
because of different personnel, a different budget, purchasing in a
different market, or a string of other factors, different jobs have their
own idiosyncrasies. Each one is different.
The knowledge you learn, whether technical or logistical, can be used
again, so it is important that you maintain your own files, either digital
or hard copies, preferably both.
Whether you work for one company for 30 years or 30 companies for
1 year, you will find that the role of PME is respected within the
discipline and throughout the project.
As a function, it is no more important than the piping layout or piping
stress engineer; however, its importance must not be underestimated.
The pipe can be laid out in several different routings, but if the material
of construction is wrong, then all the pipe routes are wrong, because the
material is ‘‘out of spec.’’
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 11

2
PROCESS INDUSTRY
CODES AND STANDARDS

1. INTRODUCTION
Process plants designed and constructed to the ASME B31.3 code also
rely on the standardization of the components used for piping systems
and the method of process plant fabrication and construction.
There are numerous standards, many of which are interrelated, and they
must be referred and adhered to by design engineers and manufacturers
in the process industry. These standards cover the following:

. Material—chemical composition, mechanical requirements, heat treat-

ment, etc.
. Dimensions—general dimensions and tolerances.
. Fabrication codes—welding, threading.

Standards covering the preceding were drawn up by the following major

engineering bodies:

. American Petroleum Institute (API).

. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
. American Water Works Association (AWWA).
. American Welding Society (AWS).

11
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 12

12 Piping Materials Guide

. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS).

. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE).
. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE).

Periodically, these standards are updated to bring them in line with the
latest industry practices. Most of the standards have been in circulation
for a number of years, and the changes are rarely dramatic; however,
such changes must be incorporated into the design. It is essential that the
latest revision is the final reference point.
Other countries publish comprehensive standards containing data on
material, dimensions of components, and construction procedures;
however, for the purpose of this book, the standards mentioned
previously are referenced.
American standards are not superior to other national standards, but
they are the ones most commonly used in the process industry. They are
based on a long track record with a very low failure rate, so there is a
high degree of confidence in these publications. Always refer to the latest
edition of the relevant standards, and if necessary, make sure your
company’s library holds the most current version.
The remainder of this chapter is devoted to a listing of the most-used
specifications current at the time of writing (July 2004). Please refer to
the latest revision in the event of any of the specifications becoming
updated.

2. AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE

API Spec 5B. Specification for Threading, Gauging and Thread Inspection of
Casing, Tubing and Line Pipe Threads, 14th edition, 1996.
API Spec 5L. Specification for Line Pipe, 42nd edition, 2000.
API Spec 6A. Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment,
18th edition, 2002.
API Bull 6AF. Bulletin on Capabilities of API Flanges under Combinations of
Load, 2nd edition, 1995.
API TR 6AF1. Temperature Derating of API Flanges under Combination of
Loading, 2nd edition, 1998.
API TR 6AF2. Bulletin on Capabilities of API Integral Flanges under
Combination of Loading, 2nd edition, 1999.
API Spec 6D. Specification for Pipeline Valves, 22nd edition, 2002.
API Spec 6FA. Specification for Fire Test Valves, 3rd edition, 1999.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 13

Process Industry Codes and Standards 13

ANSI/API Spec 6FB. Fire Test for End Connections, 3rd edition, 1998.
API Spec 6FC. Fire Test for Valve with Automatic Backseats, 3rd edition,
1999.
API Spec 6FD. Specification for Fire Test For Check Valves, 1995.
ANSI/API RP 574. Inspection Practices for Piping System Components, 2nd
edition, 1998.
ANSI/API Std 589. Fire Test for Evaluation of Valve Stem Packing, 2nd
edition, 1998.
ANSI/API RP 591. Use Acceptance of Refinery Valves, 2nd edition, 1998.
API Std 594. Check Valves—Water and Wafer-Lug and Double Flanged
Type, 5th edition, 1997.
API Std 598. Valve Inspection and Testing, 7th edition, 1996.
API Std 599. Metal Plug Valves Flanged and Welding Ends, 5th edition, 2002.
API Std 600. Bolted Bonnet Steel Gate Valves for Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industries, 11th edition, 2001.
API Std 602. Compact Steel Gate Valves Flanged Threaded Welding and
Extended Body Ends, 7th edition, 1998.
API Std 603. Corrosion Resistant, Bolted Bonnet Gate Valves Flanged and
Butt Welding Ends, 6th edition, 2001.
ANSI/API Std 607. Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves, 4th
edition, 1993.
API Std 608. Metal Ball Valves Flange Threaded and Welding Ends, 3rd
edition, 2002.
ANSI/API Std 609. Butterfly Valves Double Flanged, Lug and Wafer Type,
5th edition, 1997.
ANSI/API Std 1104. Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities, 19th
edition, 1999.
ANSI/API RP 1110. Pressure Testing of Liquid Petroleum Pipelines, 4th
edition, 1997.
API RP 520, Part I. Sizing, Selection and Installation of Pressure-Relieving
Devices in Refineries, 7th edition, 2000.
API RP 520, Part II. Sizing, Selection and Installation of Pressure-Relieving
Devices in Refineries, 4th edition, 1994.
ANSI/API RP 521. Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems,
4th edition, 1997.
API Std 526. Flanged Steel Safety-Relief Valves, 4th edition, 1995.
ANSI/API Std 527. Seat Tightness of Pressure Relief Valves, 3rd edition, 1991.
API RP 941. Steels for Hydrogen Service at Elevated Temperatures and
Pressures in Petroleum Refineries and Petrochemical Plants, 5th edition,
1996.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 14

14 Piping Materials Guide

3. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL

ENGINEERS (ASME)
3.1. Piping and Piping Systems

B31.1 (2001), Power Piping (piping for industrial plants and marine
applications). This code covers the minimum requirements for the
design, materials, fabrication, erection, testing, and inspection of
power and auxiliary service piping systems for electric generation
stations, industrial institutional plants, and central and district heating
plants. The code also covers external piping for power boilers and high-
temperature, high-pressure water boilers in which steam or vapor is
generated at a pressure of more than 15 psig and high-temperature water
is generated at pressures exceeding 160 psig or temperatures exceeding
2508F.

B31.2 (1968), Fuel Gas Piping. This has been withdrawn as a national
standard and replaced by ANSI/NFPA Z223.1, but B31.2 is still
available from ASME and is a good reference for the design of gas
piping systems (from the meter to the appliance).

B31.3 (2002), Process Piping. This code covers the design of chemical
and petroleum plants and refineries processing chemicals and hydrocar-
bons, water, and steam. It contains rules for the piping typically found in
petroleum refineries; chemical, pharmaceutical, textile, paper, semicon-
ductor, and cryogenic plants; and related processing plants and terminals.
The code prescribes requirements for materials and components, design,
fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection, and testing of
piping.
This code applies to piping for all fluids, including (1) raw, intermediate,
and finished chemicals; (2) petroleum products; (3) gas, steam, air, and
water; (4) fluidized solids; (5) refrigerants; and (6) cryogenic fluids. Also
included is piping that interconnects pieces or stages within a packaged
equipment assembly.

B31.4 (2002), Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons

and Other Liquids. This code covers the requirements for the design,
materials, construction, assembly, inspection, and testing of piping
transporting liquids such as crude oil, condensate, natural gasoline,
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 15

Process Industry Codes and Standards 15

natural gas liquids, liquefied petroleum gas, carbon dioxide, liquid

alcohol, liquid anhydrous ammonia, and liquid petroleum products
between producers’ lease facilities, tank farms, natural gas processing
plants, refineries, stations, ammonia plants, terminals (marine, rail, and
truck), and other delivery and receiving points.
The piping consists of pipe, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, relief
devices, fittings, and the pressure-containing parts of other piping
components. It also includes hangers and supports and other equipment
items necessary to prevent overstressing the pressure-containing parts. It
does not include support structures such as frames of buildings and
building stanchions or foundations.
The requirements for offshore pipelines are found in Chapter IX. Also
included within the scope of this code are the following:

. Primary and associated auxiliary liquid petroleum and liquid anhydrous

ammonia piping at pipeline terminals (marine, rail, and truck), tank
farms, pump stations, pressure-reducing stations, and metering stations,
including scraper traps, strainers, and prover loops.
. Storage and working tanks, including pipe-type storage fabricated from
pipe and fittings and the piping interconnecting these facilities.
. Liquid petroleum and liquid anhydrous ammonia piping located on
property set aside for such piping within petroleum refinery, natural
gasoline, gas processing, ammonia, and bulk plants.
. Those aspects of operation and maintenance of liquid pipeline
systems relating to the safety and protection of the general public, operating
company personnel, environment, property, and the piping systems.

B31.5 (2001), Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components. This

code prescribes requirements for the materials, design, fabrication,
assembly, erection, testing, and inspection of refrigerant, heat transfer
components, and secondary coolant piping for temperatures as low as
3208F ( 1968C), whether erected on the premises or assembled in a
factory, except as specifically excluded in the following paragraphs.
Users are advised that other piping code Sections may provide
requirements for refrigeration piping in their respective jurisdictions.
This code does not apply to the following:

. Any self-contained or unit systems subject to the requirements of

Underwriters Laboratories or another nationally recognized testing
laboratory.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 16

16 Piping Materials Guide

. Water piping.
. Piping designed for external or internal gauge pressure not exceeding
15 psi (105 kPa) regardless of size.
. Pressure vessels, compressors, or pumps.

The code does include all connecting refrigerant and secondary coolant
piping starting at the first joint adjacent to such apparatus.

B31.8 (1999), Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems. This

code covers the design, fabrication, installation, inspection, testing, and
safety aspects of operation and maintenance of gas transmission and
distribution systems, including gas pipelines, gas compressor stations,
gas metering and regulation stations, gas mains, and service lines up to
the outlet of the customers meter set assembly.
Included within the scope of this code are gas transmission and
gathering pipelines, including appurtenances, installed offshore to
transport gas from production facilities to onshore locations; gas
storage equipment of the closed pipe type, fabricated or forged from
pipe or fabricated from pipe and fittings; and gas storage lines.

B31.8S (2001–2002), Managing System Integrity of Gas Pipelines. This

standard applies to on-shore pipeline systems constructed with ferrous
materials that transport gas. The pipeline system comprises all parts of
the physical facilities through which gas is transported, including the
pipe, valves, appurtenances attached to the pipe, compressor units,
metering stations, regulator stations, delivery stations, holders, and
fabricated assemblies.
The principles and processes embodied in integrity management are
applicable to all pipeline systems. This standard is specifically designed
to provide the operator (as defined in section 13) with the information
necessary to develop and implement an effective integrity management
program utilizing proven industry practices and processes.
The processes and approaches within this standard are applicable to
the entire pipeline system.

B31.9 (1996), Building Services Piping. This code section has rules for
the piping in industrial, institutional, commercial, and public buildings
and multiunit residences that does not require the range of sizes,
pressures, and temperatures covered in B31.1.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 17

Process Industry Codes and Standards 17

This code covers the requirements for the design, materials,

fabrication, installation, inspection, examination, and testing of piping
systems for building services. It includes piping systems in the building or
within the property limits.

B31.11 (2002), Slurry Transportation Piping Systems. The code deals

with the design, construction, inspection, security requirements of slurry
piping systems. It covers piping systems that transport aqueous slurries
of nonhazardous materials, such as coal, mineral ores, and other solids,
between a slurry processing plant and the receiving plant.

B31G (1991), Manual for Determining Remaining Strength of Corroded

Pipelines. This section is a supplement to B31, Code-Pressure Piping.

3.2 American Society of Mechanical Engineers

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Sections

I. Power Boilers
II. Materials
III.1. Division 1, Rules for Nuclear Power Plant Components
III.2. Division 2, Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels and Containments
IV. Heating Boilers
V. Nondestructive Examination
VI. Recommended Rules for the Care and Operation of Heating Boilers
VII. Recommended Guidelines for the Care of Power Boilers
VIII.1. Pressure Vessels, Division 1
VIII.2. Pressure Vessels, Division 2—Alternative Rules
IX. Welding and Brazing Qualifications
X. Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels
XI. Rulesfor In-Service InspectionofNuclearPower PlantComponents

Code Section Titles

B16.1 (1998), Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.

B16.3 (1998), Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.
B16.4 (1998), Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings.
B16.5 (1996), Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
B16.9 (1993), Factory-made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings.
B16.10 (2000) Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 18

18 Piping Materials Guide

B16.11 (2001) Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded.

B16.12 (1998) Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings.
B16.14 (1991) Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings and Locknuts with Pipe
Threads.
B16.15 (1985; R1994), Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings.
B16.18 (1984; R1994), Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.
B16.20 (1998), Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges—Ring-Joint, Spiral-
Wound, and Jacketed.
B16.21 (1992), Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges.
B16.22 (1995), Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure
Fittings.
B16.23 (1992), Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV
Drain, Waste, and Vent).
B16.24 (1991; R1998), Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
B16.25 (1997), Butt Welding Ends.
B16.26 (1988), Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes.
B16.28 (1994), Wrought Steel Butt Welding Short Radius Elbows and
Returns.
B16.29 (1994), Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint
Drainage Fittings (DWV).
B16.33 (1990), Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas
Piping Systems up to 125 psig.
B16.34 (1996), Valves—Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End.
B16.36 (1996), Orifice Flanges.
B16.38 (1985; R1994), Large Metallic Valves for Gas Distribution.
B16.39 (1986; R1998), Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions.
B16.40 (1985; R1994), Manually Operated Thermoplastic Gas.
B16.42 (1998), Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes 150
and 300.
B16.44 (1995), Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in House
Piping Systems.
B16.45 (1998), Cast Iron Fittings for Solvent Drainage Systems.
B16.47 (1996), Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 through NPS 60.
B16.48 (1997), Steel Line Blanks.
B16.49 (2000), Factory-made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Induction Bends
for Transportation and Distribution Systems.
B16.104/FCI70-2, Control Valve Seat Leakage.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 19

Process Industry Codes and Standards 19

4. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING

AND MATERIALS
4.1. Index of ASTM Volumes

A vast majority of the materials of construction for process and utility

piping systems used within a plant are covered by ASTM specifications.
Materials and their testing methods are divided into 15 sections, each
section subdivided into various volumes. ASTM covers materials of
construction for industries other than the petrochemical process facilities
and so many of the 15 volumes are not relevant to this industry. We now
list the 15 sections and the various volumes.

Section 01. Iron and Steel Products

01.01. Steel piping, tubing, fittings.

01.02. Ferrous castings, ferroalloys.
01.03. Steel—plate, sheet, strip, wire; stainless steel bar.
01.04. Steel—structural, reinforcing, pressure vessel, railway.
01.05. Steel—bars, forgings, bearing, chain, springs.
01.06. Coated steel products.
01.07. Ships and marine technology.
01.08. Fasteners, rolling element bearings.

Section 02. Nonferrous-Metal Products

02.01. Copper and copper alloys.

02.02. Aluminium and magnesium alloys.
02.03. Electrical conductors.
02.04. Nonferrous Metals—nickel, cobalt, lead, tin, zinc, cadmium, precious,
reactive, refractory metals and alloys; materials for thermostats, electrical
heating and resistance contacts, and connectors.
02.05. Metallic and inorganic coatings, metal powders, sintered P/M
structural parts.

Section 03. Metals, Test Methods, and Analytical Procedures

03.01. Metals mechanical testing, elevated and low-temperature tests,

metallography.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 20

20 Piping Materials Guide

03.02. Wear and erosion, metal corrosion.

03.03. Nondestructive testing.
03.04. Magnetic properties.
03.05. Analytical chemistry for metals, ores, and related materials (I): E 32
to E 1724.
03.06. Analytical chemistry for metals, ores, and related materials (II):
E 1763 to latest, molecular spectroscopy, surface analysis.

Sections Not Relevant. The following sections are not relevant to the
petrochemical industry:

Section 04. Construction.

Section 05. Petroleum products, lubricants, and fossil fuels.
Section 07. Textiles.
Section 08. Plastics.
Section 09. Rubber.
Section 10. Electrical insulation and electronics.
Section 11. Water and environmental technology.
Section 12. Nuclear, solar, and geothermal energy.
Section 13. Medical devices and services.
Section 14. General methods and instrumentation.
Section 15. General products, chemical specialties, and end-use products.

4.2 Commonly Used ASTM Specifications

Listed next are the most-common ASTM specifications used in the

construction of process plants, designed and constructed to ASME B31.3
or associated codes. These ASTM specifications are listed numerically in
the volume in which they appear.

Section 01. Iron and Steel Products

01.01. Steel—Piping, Tubing, Fittings

A53/A53M-02. Standard specification for pipe—steel, black and hot-

dipped, zinc-coated, welded, and seamless.
A105/A105M-02. Standard specification for carbon steel forgings for piping
applications.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 21

Process Industry Codes and Standards 21

A106-02a. Standard specification for seamless carbon steel pipe for high-
temperature service.
A134-96(2001). Standard specification for pipe—steel, electric-fusion (arc)-
welded (sizes NPS 16 and over).
A135-01. Standard specification for electric-resistance-welded steel pipe.
A139-00. Standard specification for electric-fusion (arc)-welded steel pipe
(NPS 4 and over).
A179/A179M-90a(2001). Standard specification for seamless cold-drawn
low-carbon steel heat-exchanger and condenser tubes.
A181/A181M-01. Standard specification for carbon steel forgings, for
general-purpose piping.
A182/A182M-02. Standard specification for forged or rolled alloy-steel pipe
flanges, forged fittings, and valves and parts for high-temperature service.
A193/A193M-03. Standard specification for alloy-steel and stainless steel
bolting materials for high-temperature service.
A194/A194M-03b. Standard specification for carbon and alloy steel nuts for
bolts for high-pressure or high-temperature service or both.
A210/A210M-02. Standard specification for seamless medium-carbon steel
boiler and superheater tubes.
A234/A234M-03. Standard specification for piping fittings of wrought
carbon steel and alloy steel for moderate- and high-temperature service.
A268/A268M-03. Standard specification for seamless and welded ferritic
and martensitic stainless steel tubing for general service.
A269-02a. Standard specification for seamless and welded austenitic
stainless steel tubing for general service.
A312/A312M-03. Standard specification for seamless and welded austenitic
stainless steel pipes.
A320/A320M-03. Standard specification for alloy-steel bolting materials for
low-temperature service.
A333/A333M-99. Standard specification for seamless and welded steel pipe
for low-temperature service.
A334/A334M-99. Standard specification for seamless and welded carbon
and alloy-steel tubes for low-temperature service.
A335/A335M-03. Standard specification for seamless ferritic alloy-steel pipe
for high-temperature service.
A350/A350M-02b. Standard specification for carbon and low-alloy steel
forgings, requiring notch toughness testing for piping components.
A358/A358M-01. Standard specification for electric-fusion-welded austeni-
tic chromium-nickel alloy steel pipe for high-temperature service.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 22

22 Piping Materials Guide

A369/A369M-02. Standard specification for carbon and ferritic alloy steel

forged and bored pipe for high-temperature service.
A376/A376M-02a. Standard specification for seamless austenitic steel pipe
for high-temperature central-station service.
A381-96(2001). Standard specification for metal-arc-welded steel pipe for
use with high-pressure transmission systems.
A403/A403M-03a. Standard specification for wrought austenitic stainless
steel piping fittings.
A409/A409M-01. Standard specification for welded large-diameter austeni-
tic steel pipe for corrosive or high-temperature service.
A420/A420M-02. Standard specification for piping fittings of wrought
carbon steel and alloy steel for low-temperature service.
A437/A437M-01a. Standard specification for alloy-steel turbine-type bolt-
ing material specially heat treated for high-temperature service.
A453/A453M-02. Standard specification for high-temperature bolting
materials, with expansion coefficients comparable to austenitic stainless
steels.
A524-96(2001). Standard specification for seamless carbon steel pipe for
atmospheric and lower temperatures.
A530/A530M-03. Standard specification for general requirements for
specialized carbon and alloy steel pipe.
A587-96(2001). Standard specification for electric-resistance-welded low-
carbon steel pipe for the chemical industry.
A671-96(2001). Standard specification for electric-fusion-welded steel pipe
for atmospheric and lower temperatures.
A672-96(2001). Standard specification for electric-fusion-welded steel pipe
for high-pressure service at moderate temperatures.
A691-98(2002). Standard specification for carbon and alloy steel pipe,
electric-fusion-welded for high-pressure service at high temperatures.
A789/A789M-02a. Standard specification for seamless and welded ferritic/
austenitic stainless steel tubing for general service.
A790/A790M-03. Standard specification for seamless and welded ferritic/
austenitic stainless steel pipe.
A815/A815M-01a. Standard specification for wrought ferritic, ferritic/
austenitic, and martensitic stainless steel piping fittings.

01.02 Ferrous Castings, Ferroalloys

A47/A47M-99. Standard specification for ferritic malleable iron castings.

A48/A48M-00. Standard specification for gray iron castings.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 23

Process Industry Codes and Standards 23

A126-95(2001). Standard specification for gray iron castings for valves,

flanges, and pipe fittings.
A216/A216M-93(2003). Standard specification for steel castings, carbon,
suitable for fusion welding, for high-temperature service.
A217/A217M-02. Standard specification for steel castings, martensitic
stainless and alloy, for pressure-containing parts, suitable for high-
temperature service.
A278/A278M-01. Standard specification for gray iron castings for pressure-
containing parts for temperatures up to 6508F (3508C).
A351/A351M-03. Standard specification for castings, austenitic, austenitic-
ferritic (duplex), for pressure-containing parts.
A352/A352M-03. Standard specification for steel castings, ferritic and
martensitic, for pressure-containing parts, suitable for low-temperature
service.
A395/A395M-99. Standard specification for ferritic ductile iron pressure-
retaining castings for use at elevated temperatures.
A426/A426M-02. Standard specification for centrifugally cast ferritic alloy
steel pipe for high-temperature service.
A451/A451M-02. Standard specification for centrifugally cast austenitic
steel pipe for high-temperature service.
A487/A487M-93(2003). Standard specification for steel castings suitable for
pressure service.
A494/A494M-03a. Standard specification for castings, nickel and nickel alloy.
A571/A571M-01. Standard specification for austenitic ductile iron castings
for pressure-containing parts suitable for low-temperature service.

01.03 Steel—Plate, Sheet, Strip, Wire; Stainless Steel Bar

A167-99. Standard specification for stainless and heat-resisting chromium-

nickel steel plate, sheet, and strip.
A240/A240M-03c. Standard specification for chromium and chromium-
nickel stainless steel plate, sheet, and strip for pressure vessels and for
general applications.
A263-03. Standard specification for stainless chromium steel-clad plate.
A264-03. Standard specification for stainless chromium-nickel steel-clad
plate, sheet, and strip.
A265-03. Standard specification for nickel and nickel-base alloy-clad steel
plate.
A479/A479M-03. Standard specification for stainless steel bars and shapes
for use in boilers and other high-pressure vessels.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 24

24 Piping Materials Guide

01.04 Steel—Structural, Reinforcing, Pressure Vessel, Railway

A20/A20M-02. Standard specification for general requirements for steel

plates for pressure vessels.
A36/A36M-03a. Standard specification for carbon structural steel.
A202/A202M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy
steel, chromium-manganese-silicon.
A203/A203M-97(2003). Standard specification for pressure vessel plates,
alloy steel, nickel.
A204/A204M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy
steel, molybdenum.
A285/A285M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, carbon
steel, low- and intermediate-tensile strength.
A299/A299M-03e1. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, carbon
steel, manganese-silicon.
A302/A302M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy
steel, manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel.
A353/A353M-93(1999). Standard specification for pressure vessel plates,
alloy steel, 9% nickel, double-normalized and tempered.
A387/A387M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy
steel, chromium-molybdenum.
A515/A515M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, carbon
steel, for intermediate- and higher-temperature service.
A516/A516M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, carbon
steel, for moderate- and lower-temperature service.
A537/A537M-95(2000). Standard specification for pressure vessel plates,
heat-treated, carbon-manganese-silicon steel.
A553/A553M-95(2000). Standard specification for pressure vessel plates,
alloy steel, quenched and tempered 8% and 9% nickel.
A645/A645M-99a. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, 5%
nickel alloy steel, specially heat treated.

01.05 Steel—Bars, Forgings, Bearings, Chains, Springs

A508/A508M-03. Standard specification for quenched and tempered

vacuum-treated carbon and alloy steel forgings for pressure vessels.
A675/A675M-90a(2000). Standard specification for steel bars, carbon, hot-
wrought, special quality, mechanical properties.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 25

Process Industry Codes and Standards 25

01.06 Coated Steel Products

A123/A123M-02. Standard specification for zinc (hot-dip galvanized)

coatings on iron and steel products.
A153/A153M-03. Standard specification for zinc coating (hot-dip) on iron
and steel hardware.
01.07 Ships and Marine Technology. This material is not referenced in
ASME B31.3.

01.08 Fasteners; Rolling Element Bearings.

A307-03. Standard specification for carbon steel bolts and studs, 60,000 psi
tensile strength.
A325-02. Standard specification for structural bolts, steel, heat-treated, 120/
105 ksi minimum tensile strength.
A325M-03. Standard specification for structural bolts, steel heat-treated
830 MPa minimum tensile strength (metric).
A354-03a. Standard specification for quenched and tempered alloy steel
bolts, studs, and other externally threaded fasteners.
A563-00. Standard specification for carbon and alloy steel nuts.

Section 02. Non-Ferrous Metal Products

02.01 Copper and Copper Alloys

B21/B21M-01e1. Standard specification for naval brass rod, bar, and

shapes.
B42-02. Standard specification for seamless copper pipe, standard sizes.
B43-98. Standard specification for seamless red brass pipe, standard sizes.
B61-02. Standard specification for steam or valve bronze castings.
B62-02. Standard specification for composition bronze or ounce metal castings.
B68-02. Standard specification for seamless copper tube, bright annealed.
B68M-99. Standard specification for seamless copper tube, bright annealed
(metric).
B75M-99. Standard specification for seamless copper tube (metric).
B75-02. Standard specification for seamless copper tube.
B88-02. Standard specification for seamless copper water tube.
B88M-99. Standard specification for seamless copper water tube (metric).
B96/B96M-01. Standard specification for copper-silicon alloy plate, sheet,
strip, and rolled bar for general purposes and pressure vessels.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 26

26 Piping Materials Guide

B98/B98M-03. Standard specification for copper-silicon alloy rod, bar, and

shapes.
B148-97(2003). Standard specification for aluminum-bronze sand castings.
B150/B150M-03. Standard specification for aluminum bronze rod, bar, and
shapes.
B152/B152M-00. Standard specification for copper sheet, strip, plate, and
rolled bar.
B169/B169M-01. Standard specification for aluminum bronze sheet, strip,
and rolled bar.
B171/B171M-99e2. Standard specification for copper-alloy plate and sheet
for pressure vessels, condensers, and heat exchangers.
B187/B187M-03. Standard specification for copper, bus bar, rod, and
shapes and general-purpose rod, bar, and shapes.
B280-02. Standard specification for seamless copper tube for air condition-
ing and refrigeration field service.
B283-99a. Standard specification for copper and copper-alloy die forgings
(hot pressed).
B466/B466M-98 Standard specification for seamless copper-nickel pipe and
tube.
B467-88(2003) Standard specification for welded copper-nickel pipe.
B584-00 Standard specification for copper alloy sand castings for general
applications.

02.02 Aluminum and Magnesium Alloys

B26/B26M-03. Standard specification for aluminum-alloy sand castings.

B209-02a. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy sheet
and plate.
B209M-03. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy sheet
and plate (metric).
B210-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy drawn
seamless tubes.
B210M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy drawn
seamless tubes (metric).
B211-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy bar, rod,
and wire.
B211M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy bar,
rod, and wire (metric).
B221M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy
extruded bars, rods, wire, profiles, and tubes (metric).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 27

Process Industry Codes and Standards 27

B221-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy

extruded bars, rods, wire, profiles, and tubes.
B241/B241M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy
seamless pipe and seamless extruded tube.
B247-02a. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy die
forgings, hand forgings, and rolled ring forgings.
B247M-02a. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy die
forgings, hand forgings, and rolled ring forgings (metric).
B345/B345M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy
seamless pipe and seamless extruded tube for gas and oil transmission and
distribution piping systems.
B361-02. Standard specification for factory-made wrought aluminum and
aluminum-alloy welding fittings.
B491/B491M-00. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy
extruded round tubes for general-purpose applications.

02.03 Electrical Conductors. This material is not referenced in ASME

B31.3.

02.04 Nonferrous Metals—Nickel, Cobalt, Lead, Tin, Zinc, Cadmium,

Precious, Reactive, Refractory Metals and Alloys; Materials for
Thermostats, Electrical Heating and Resistance Contacts, and Connectors

B127-98. Standard specification for nickel-copper alloy (UNS N04400)

plate, sheet, and strip.
B160-99. Standard specification for nickel rod and bar.
B161-03. Standard specification for nickel seamless pipe and tube.
B162-99. Standard specification for nickel plate, sheet, and strip.
B164-03. Standard specification for nickel-copper alloy rod, bar, and wire.
B165-93. Standard specification for nickel-copper alloy (UNS N04400)*
seamless pipe and tube.
B166-01. Standard specification nickel-chromium-iron alloys (UNS N06600,
N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) and nickel-
chromium-cobalt-molybdenum alloy (UNS N06617) rod, bar, and wire.
B167-01. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-iron alloys (UNS
N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) and
nickel-chromium-cobalt-molybdenum alloy (UNS N06617) seamless pipe
and tube.
B168-01. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-iron alloys (UNS
N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) and
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 28

28 Piping Materials Guide

nickel-chromium-cobalt-molybdenum alloy (UNS N06617) plate, sheet,

and strip.
B265-02. Standard specification for titanium and titanium-alloy strip, sheet,
and plate.
B333-03. Standard specification for nickel-molybdenum alloy plate, sheet,
and strip.
B335-03. Standard specification for nickel-molybdenum alloy rod.
B338-02. Standard specification for seamless and welded titanium and
titanium-alloy tubes for condensers and heat exchangers.
B363-03. Standard specification for seamless and welded unalloyed titanium
and titanium-alloy welding fittings.
B381-02. Standard specification for titanium and titanium-alloy forgings.
B407-01. Standard specification for nickel-iron-chromium alloy seamless
pipe and tube.
B409-01. Standard Specification for nickel-iron-chromium alloy plate, sheet,
and strip.
B435-03. Standard specification for UNS N06002, UNS N06230, UNS
N12160, and UNS R30556 plate, sheet, and strip.
B443-00e1. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-molybdenum-
columbium alloy (UNS N06625) and nickel-chromium-molybdenum-
silicon alloy (UNS N06219) plate, sheet, and strip.
B444-03. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-molybdenum-colum-
bium alloys (UNS N06625) and nickel-chromium-molybdenum-silicon
alloy (UNS N06219) pipe and tube.
B446-03. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-molybdenum-colum-
bium alloy (UNS N06625), nickel-chromium-molybdenum-silicon alloy
(UNS N06219), and nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy (UNS
N06650) rod and bar.
B462-02. Specification for forged or rolled UNS N06030, UNS N06022,
UNS N06200, UNS N08020, UNS N08024, UNS N08026, UNS N08367,
UNS N10276, UNS N10665, UNS N10675, and UNS R20033 alloy pipe
flanges, forged fittings and valves and parts for corrosive high-
temperature service.
B463-99. Standard specification for UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS
N08024 alloy plate, sheet, and strip.
B464-99. Standard specification for welded UNS N08020, UNS N08024,
and UNS N08026 alloy pipe.
B493-01(2003). Standard specification for zirconium and zirconium alloy
forgings.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 29

Process Industry Codes and Standards 29

B514-95(2002)e1. Standard specification for welded nickel-iron-chromium

alloy pipe.
B517-03. Standard specification for welded nickel-chromium-iron-
alloy (UNS N06600, UNS N06603, UNS N06025, and UNS N06045)
pipe.
B523/B523M-02. Standard specification for seamless and welded zirconium
and zirconium alloy tubes.
B550/B550M-02. Standard specification for zirconium and zirconium alloy
bar and wire.
B551/B551M-02. Standard specification for zirconium and zirconium alloy
strip, sheet, and plate.
B564-00a. Standard specification for nickel alloy forgings.
B574-99a. Specification for low-carbon nickel-molybdenum-chromium,
low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum, low-carbon nickel-molyb-
denum-chromium-tantalum, low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum-
copper, low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy rod.
B575-99a. Specification for low-carbon nickel-molydbdenum-chromium,
low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum, low-carbon nickel-chro-
mium-molybdenum-copper, low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum-
tantalum, low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy
plate, sheet and strip.
B619-00. Standard specification for welded nickel and nickel-cobalt alloy
pipe.
B620-03. Standard specification for nickel-iron-chromium-molybdenum
alloy (UNS N08320) plate, sheet, and strip.
B621-02. Standard specification for nickel-iron-chromium-molybdenum
alloy (UNS N08320) rod.
B622-00. Standard specification for seamless nickel and nickel-cobalt alloy
pipe and tube.
B625-99. Standard specification for UNS N08904, UNS N08925, UNS
N08031, UNS N08932, UNS N08926, and UNS R20033 plate, sheet, and
strip.
B658/B658M-02. Standard specification for seamless and welded zirconium
and zirconium-alloy pipe.
B675-02. Standard specification for UNS N08367 welded pipe.
B688-96. Standard specification for chromium-nickel-molybdenum-iron
(UNS N08366 and UNS N08367) plate, sheet, and strip.
B690-02. Standard specification for iron-nickel-chromium-molybdenum
alloys (UNS N08366 and UNS N08367) seamless pipe and tube.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 30

30 Piping Materials Guide

B705-00. Standard specification for nickel-alloy (UNS N06625, UNS

N06219 and UNS N08825) welded pipe.
B725-93. Standard specification for welded nickel (UNS N02200/UNS
N02201) and nickel-copper alloy (UNS N04400) pipe.
B729-00. Standard specification for seamless UNS N08020, UNS N08026,
and UNS N08024 nickel-alloy pipe and tube.

Section 03. Metals, Test Methods, and Analytical Procedures

03.01 Metals Mechanical Testing, Elevated and Low-Temperature Tests,
Metallography. E112-96e2. Standard test methods for determining
average grain size.

03.02 Wear and Erosion, Metal Corrosion. This situation is not

referenced in ASME B31.3.

03.03 Nondestructive Testing. E114-95. (2001) Standard practice for

ultrasonic pulse-echo straight-beam examination by the contact
method.

E125-63(2003). Standard reference photographs for magnetic particle

indications on ferrous castings.
E155-00. Standard reference radiographs for inspection of aluminum and
magnesium castings.
E165-02. Standard test method for liquid penetrant examination.
E186-98. Standard reference radiographs for heavy-walled (2–41⁄2 –12 in.;
51–114 mm) steel castings.
E213-02. Standard practice for ultrasonic examination of metal pipe and
tubing.
E272-99. Standard reference radiographs for high-strength copper-base and
nickel-copper alloy castings.
E280-98. Standard reference radiographs for heavy-walled (41⁄2 –12 in.;
114–305 mm) steel castings.
E310-99. Standard reference radiographs for tin bronze castings.
E446-98. Standard reference radiographs for steel castings up to 2 in.
(51 mm) thickness.
E709-01. Standard guide for magnetic particle examination.

03.04 Magnetic Properties. Such properties are not referenced in ASME

B31.3.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 31

Process Industry Codes and Standards 31

5. AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY

A3.0: 2001. Standard welding terms and definitions, including terms for
adhesive bonding, brazing, soldering, thermal cutting, and thermal
spraying.
A5.01-93R. Filler metal procurement guidelines.
A5-ALL. Filler metal specifications series plus filler metal procurement
guide.

6. AMERICAN WATER WORKS

ASSOCIATION
Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

C110/A21.10-03. ANSI standard for ductile-iron and gray-iron fittings,

3–48 in. (76–1219 mm), for water.
C111/A21.11-00. ANSI standard for rubber-gasket joints for ductile-iron
pressure pipe and fittings.
C115/A21.15-99. ANSI standard for flanged ductile-iron pipe with ductile-
iron or gray-iron threaded flanges.
C150/A21.50-02. ANSI standard for thickness design of ductile-iron pipe.
C151/A21.51-02. ANSI standard for ductile-iron pipe, centrifugally cast, for
water.

Steel Pipe

C200-97. Steel water pipe—6 in. (150 mm) and larger.

C207-01. Steel pipe flanges for waterworks service—sizes 4–144 in.
(100–3600 mm).
C208-01. Dimensions for fabricated steel water pipe fittings.

Concrete Pipe

C300-97. Reinforced concrete pressure pipe, steel-cylinder type.

C301-99. Prestressed concrete pressure pipe, steel-cylinder type.
C302-95. Reinforced concrete pressure pipe, no cylinder type.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 32

32 Piping Materials Guide

Valves and Hydrants

C500-02. Metal-Seated gate valves for water supply service (includes

addendum C500a-95).
C504-00. Rubber-seated butterfly valves.
C507-99. Ball valves, 6–48 in. (150–1200 mm).

Plastic Pipe

C900-97. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe, and fabricated fittings,

4–12 in. (100–300 mm), for water distribution.
C950-01. Fiberglass pressure pipe.

7. MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION
SOCIETY
SP-6 (2001). Standard finishes for contact faces of pipe flanges and
connecting-end flanges of valves and fittings.
SP-9 (2001). Spot facing for bronze, iron, and steel flanges.
SP-25 (1998). Standard marking system for valves, fittings, flanges, and
unions.
SP-421 (1999). Class 150 corrosion resistant gate, globe, angle, and check
valves with flanged and butt weld ends.
SP-43 (1991; R2001). Wrought stainless steel butt-welding fittings.
SP-44 (1996; R2001). Steel pipeline flanges.
SP-45 (2003). Bypass and drain connections.
SP-51 (2003). Class 150LW corrosion-resistant cast flanges and flanged
fittings.
SP-53 (1999). Quality standard for steel castings and forgings for valves,
flanges, and fittings and other piping components, magnetic particle exam
method.
SP-54 (1999; R2002). Quality standard for steel castings for valves, flanges,
and fittings and other piping components, radiographic examination
method.
SP-55 (2001). Quality standard for steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings,
and other piping components, visual method for evaluation of surface
irregularities.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 33

Process Industry Codes and Standards 33

SP-58 (2002). Pipe hangers and supports—materials, design, and manu-

facture.
SP-60 (1999). Connecting flange joint between tapping sleeves and tapping
valves.
SP-61 (2003). Pressure testing of steel valves.
SP-65 (1999). High-pressure chemical industry flanges and threaded stubs
for use with lens gaskets.
SP-67 (2002). Butterfly valves.
SP-68 (1997). High-pressure butterfly valves with offset design.
SP-69 (2002). Pipe hangers and supports—selection and application.
SP-70 (1998). Cast-iron gate valves, flanged and threaded ends.
SP-71 (1997). Gray-iron swing check valves, flanged and threaded ends.
SP-72 (1999). Ball valves with flanged or butt-welding ends for general
service.
SP-73 (2003). Brazing joints for copper and copper-alloy pressure fittings.
SP-75 (1998). Specification for high-test wrought butt-welding fittings.
SP-77 (1995; R2000). Guidelines for pipe support contractual relationships.
SP-78 (1998). Cast-iron plug valves, flanged and threaded ends.
SP-79 (1999a). Socket-welding reducer inserts.
SP-80 (2003). Bronze gate, globe, angle, and check valves.
SP-81 (2001). Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged Knife Gate Valves.
SP-82 (1992). Valve-pressure testing methods.
SP-83 (2001). Class 3000 steel pipe unions, socket welding and threaded.
SP-85 (2002). Cast-iron globe and angle valves, flanged and threaded ends.
SP-86 (2002). Guidelines for metric data in standards for valves, flanges,
fittings and actuators.
SP-88 (1993; R2001). Diaphragm valves.
SP-89 (1998). Pipe hangers and supports—fabrication and installation
practices.
SP-90 (2000). Guidelines on terminology for pipe hangers and supports.
SP-91 (1992; R1996). Guidelines for manual operation of valves.
SP-92 (1999). MSS valve user guide.
SP-93 (1999). Quality standard for steel castings and forgings for valves,
flanges, and fittings and other piping components, liquid-penetrant exam
method.
SP-94 (1999). Quality standard for ferritic and martensitic steel castings for
valves, flanges, and fittings and other piping components, ultrasonic exam
method.
SP-95 (2000). Swage (d) nipples and bull plugs.
SP-96 (2001). Guidelines on terminology for valves and fittings.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 34

34 Piping Materials Guide

SP-97 (2001). Integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings—socket

welding, threaded, and butt welding ends.
SP-98 (2001). Protective coatings for the interior of valves, hydrants, and
fittings.
SP-99 (1994; R2001). Instrument valves.
SP-100 (2002). Qualification requirements for elastomer diaphragms for
nuclear service diaphragm-type valves.
SP-101 (1989; R2001). Part-turn valve actuator attachment—flange and
driving component dimensions and performance characteristics.
SP-102 (1989; R2001). Multiturn valve actuator attachment—flange and
driving component dimensions and performance characteristics.
SP-103 (1995; R2000). Wrought copper and copper-alloy insert fittings for
polybutylene systems.
SP-104 (2003). Wrought copper solder joint pressure fittings.
SP-105 (1996; R2001). Instrument valves for code applications.
SP-106 (2003). Cast copper-alloy flanges and flanged fittings, Class 125, 150
and 300.
SP-107 (1991; R2000). Transition union fittings for joining metal and plastic
products.
SP-108 (2002). Resilient-seated cast iron-eccentric plug valves.
SP-109 (1997). Welded fabricated copper solder joint pressure fittings.
SP-110 (1996). Ball Valves threaded, socket-welding, solder joint, grooved
and flared ends.
SP-111 (2001). Gray-iron and ductile-iron tapping sleeves.
SP-112 (1999). Quality standard for evaluation of cast surface finishes—
visual and tactile method (this SP must be sold with a 10-surface, three-
dimensional cast surface comparator, which is a necessary part of the
standard).
SP-113 (2001). Connecting joint between tapping machines and tapping
valves.
SP-114 (2001). Corrosion resistant pipe fittings threaded and socket welding,
Class 150 and 1000.
SP-115 (1999). Excess flow valves for natural gas service.
SP-116 (2003). Service line valves and fittings for drinking water systems.
SP-117 (2002). Bellows seals for globe and gate valves.
SP-118 (2002). Compact steel globe and check valves—flanged, flangeless,
threaded and welding ends (chemical and petroleum refinery service).
SP-119 (2003). Factory-made wrought belled-end socket-welding fittings.
SP-120 (2002). Flexible graphite packing system for rising-stem steel valves
(design requirements).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 35

Process Industry Codes and Standards 35

SP-121 (1997; R2002). Qualification testing methods for stem packing for
rising-stem steel valves.
SP-122 (1997). Plastic industrial ball valves.
SP-123 (1998). Nonferrous threaded and solder-joint unions for use with
copper water tube.
SP-124 (2001). Fabricated tapping sleeves.
SP-125 (2000). Gray-iron and ductile-iron in-line, spring-loaded, center-
guided check valves.
SP-126 (2000). Steel in-line spring-assisted center guided check valves.
SP-127 (2001). Bracing for piping systems seismic-wind-dynamic design,
selection, application.
SP-129 (2003). Copper-nickel socket-welding fittings and unions.
SP-130 (2003). Bellows seals for instrument valves.

8. NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
OF CORROSION ENGINEERS (NACE)
MR0175 (2003). Metals for sulfide stress cracking and stress corrosion
cracking resistance in sour oilfield environments.
RP0170 (1997). Protection of austenitic stainless steels and other austenitic
alloys from polythionic acid stress corrosion cracking during shutdown of
refinery equipment.
RP0472 (2000). Methods and controls to prevent in-service environmental
cracking of carbon steel weldments in corrosive petroleum refining
environments.

9. SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS

SAE J513 (1999). Refrigeration tube fittings—general specifications.
SAE J514 (2001). Hydraulic tube fittings.
SAE J 518 (1993). Hydraulic flanged tube, pipe, and hose connections, four-
bolt split flange type.
Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:50pm page 36
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 37

3
MATERIALS

1. INTRODUCTION
This chapter covers the most commonly used materials of construction
for piping systems within a process plant.
The two principal international codes used for the design and
construction of a process plant are ASME B31.3, Process Piping, and
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Sections.
Generally, only materials recognized by the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) can be used as the ‘‘materials of
construction’’ for piping systems within process plants, because they
meet the requirements set out by a recognized materials testing body, like
the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM).
There are exceptions, however; the client or end user must be satisfied
that the non-ASTM materials offered are equal or superior to the ASTM
material specified for the project.
The Unified Numbering System (UNS) for identifying various alloys is
also quoted. This is not a specification, but in most cases, it can be cross-
referenced to a specific ASTM specification.

1.1. American Society of Testing and Materials

The American Society of Testing and Materials specifications

cover materials for many industries, and they are not restricted to the
process sector and associated industries. Therefore, many ASTM

37
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 38

38 Piping Materials Guide

specifications are not relevant to this book and will never be referred to
by the piping engineer.
We include passages from a number of the most commonly used
ASTM specifications. This gives the piping engineer an overview of the
specifications and scope in one book, rather than several ASTM books,
which carry specifications a piping engineer will never use.
It is essential that at the start of a project, the latest copies of all the
relevant codes and standards are available to the piping engineer.
All ASTM specification identifiers carry a prefix followed by a
sequential number and the year of issue; for example, A105/A105M-02,
Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applica-
tions, breaks down as follows:

A ¼ prefix.
105 ¼ sequential number.
M means that this specification carries metric units.
02 ¼ 2002, the year of the latest version.
Official title ¼ Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping
Applications.

The complete range of ASTM prefixes are A, B, C, D, E, F, G, PS, WK;

however, the piping requirements referenced in ASME B31.3, which is
considered our design ‘‘bible,’’ call for only A, B, C, D, and E.
The requirements of an ASTM specification cover the following:

. Chemical requirements (the significant chemicals used in the production

and the volumes).
. Mechanical requirements (yield, tensile strength, elongation, hardness).
. Method of manufacture.
. Heat treatment.
. Weld repairs.
. Tolerances.
. Certification.
. Markings.
. Supplementary notes.

If a material satisfies an ASTM standard, then the various characteristics

of the material are known and the piping engineer can confidently use the
material in a design, because the allowable stresses and the strength of
the material can be predicted and its resistance against the corrosion
of the process is known.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 39

Materials 39

1.2. Unified Numbering System

Alloy numbering systems vary greatly from one alloy group to the
next. To avoid confusion, the UNS for metals and alloys was developed.
The UNS number is not a specification, because it does not refer to the
method of manufacturing in which the material is supplied (e.g., pipe
bar, forging, casting, plate). The UNS indicates the chemical compos-
ition of the material.
An outline of the organization of UNS designations follows:

UNS Series Metal

A00001 to A99999 Aluminum and aluminum alloys
C00001 to C99999 Copper and copper alloys
D00001 to D99999 Specified mechanical property steels
E00001 to E99999 Rare earth and rare-earth-like metals and alloys
F00001 to F99999 Cast irons
G00001 to G99999 AISI and SAE carbon and alloy steels (except tool
steels)
H00001 to H99999 AISI and SAE H-steels
J00001 to J99999 Cast steels (except tool steels)
K00001 to K99999 Miscellaneous steels and ferrous alloys
L00001 to L99999 Low-melting metals and alloys
M00001 to M99999 Miscellaneous nonferrous metals and alloys
N00001 to N99999 Nickel and nickel alloys
P00001 to P99999 Precious metals and alloys
R00001 to R99999 Reactive and refractory metals and alloys
S00001 to S99999 Heat and corrosion resistant (stainless) steels
T00001 to T99999 Tool steels, wrought and cast
W00001 to W99999 Welding filler metals
Z00001 to Z99999 Zinc and zinc alloys

In this chapter, the ASTM specification is the most common reference in

the design of process plants. Extracts from a number of the most
commonly used ASTM specifications are listed in the book, along
with the general scope of the specification and the mechanical
requirements.
For detailed information, the complete specification must be referred
to and the engineering company responsible for the design of the plant
must have copies of all codes and standards used as part of their
contractual obligation.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 40

40 Piping Materials Guide

1.3. Manufacturer’s Standards

Several companies are responsible for inventing, developing, and

manufacturing special alloys, which have advanced characteristics that
allow them to be used at elevated temperatures, low temperatures, and in
highly corrosive process services. In many cases, these materials were
developed for the aerospace industry, and after successful application,
they are now used in other sectors.
Three examples of such companies are listed below:

. Haynes International, Inc.—high-performance nickel- and cobalt-based

alloys.
. Carpenter Technology Corporation—stainless steel and titanium.
. Sandvik—special alloys.

1.4. Metallic Material Equivalents

Some ASTM materials are compatible with specifications from other

countries, such as BS (Britain), AFNOR (France), DIN (Germany), and
JIS (Japan). If a specification from one of these other countries either
meets or is superior to the ASTM specification, then it is considered a
suitable alternative, if the project certifications are met.

1.5. Nonmetallic Materials

In many cases, nonmetallic materials have been developed by a major

manufacturer, such as Dow Chemical, ICI, or DuPont, which holds the
patent on the material. This material can officially be supplied only by
the patent owner or a licensed representative.
The patent owners are responsible for material specification, which
defines the chemical composition and associated mechanical character-
istics. Four examples of patented materials that are commonly used in
the process industry are as follows:

. Nylon, a polyamide, DuPont.

. Teflon, polytetrafluoroethylene, DuPont.
. PEEK, polyetheretherketone, ICI.
. Saran, polyvinylidene chloride, Dow.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 41

Materials 41

Certain types of generic nonmetallic material covering may have several

patent owners; for example, patents for PVC (polyvinyl chloride) are
owned by Carina (Shell), Corvic (ICI), Vinoflex (BASF), and many
others. Each of these examples has unique characteristics that fall into
the range covered by the generic term PVC. To be sure of these
characteristics, it is important that a material data sheet (MDS) is
obtained from the manufacturer and this specification forms part of the
project documentation.

2. MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
Listed below are extracts from the most commonly used material
specifications referenced in ASME B31.3.

ASTM, A53/A53M-02 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-
Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless

Scope.

1.1 This specification covers seamless and welded black and hot-dipped
galvanized steel pipe in NPS 1⁄8 to NPS 26 (DN 6 to DN 650) for the
following types and grades:
1.2.1 Type F—furnace-butt welded, continuous welded Grade A.
1.2.2 Type E—electric-resistance welded, Grades A and B.
1.2.3 Type S—seamless, Grades A and B.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A90/A90M, Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel
Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel
Products.
A530/A530M, Specification for General Requirements for Specialized
Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe.
A700, Practices for Packaging, Marking, and Loading Methods for Steel
Products for Domestic Shipment.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 42

42 Piping Materials Guide

A751, Test Methods, Practices, and Terminology for Chemical Analysis of

Steel Products.
A865, Specification for Threaded Couplings, Steel, Black or Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) Welded or Seamless, for Use in Steel Pipe Joints.
B6, Specification for Zinc.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E213, Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing.
E309, Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products
Using Magnetic Saturation.
E570, Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromagnetic Steel
Tubular Products.
E1806, Practice for Sampling Steel and Iron for Determination of Chemical
Composition.
ASC Acredited Standards Committee X12.

ASME

B1.20.1, Pipe Threads, General Purpose.

B36.10, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.

Military Standard (MIL)

STD-129, Marking for Shipment and Storage.

STD-163, Steel Mill Products Preparation for Shipment and Storage.
Fed. Std. No. 123, Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies).
Fed. Std. No. 183, Continuous Identification Marking of Iron and Steel
Products.

American Petroleum Institute (API)

5L, Specification for Line Pipe.

Methods of Manufacture. Open hearth (OH), electrofurnace (EF), basic

oxygen (BO).

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A53/A53M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A53/A53M:

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 43

Materials 43

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Type Grade Manufacture Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
F A OH, EF, BO 48.0 (330) 30.0 (205)
E, S A OH, EF, BO 48.0 (330) 30.0 (205)
E, S B OH, EF, BO 60.0 (415) 35.0 (240)

ASTM, A106-02a (Volume 1.01), Standard

Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe
for High-Temperature Service

Scope. This specification covers seamless carbon steel pipe for high-
temperature service (Note: It is suggested that consideration be given to
possible graphitization) in NPS 1⁄8 –NPS 48 inclusive, with nominal
(average) wall thickness as given in ANSI B 36.10. It is permissible to
furnish pipe having other dimensions provided such pipe complies with all
other requirements of this specification. Pipe ordered under this
specification is suitable for bending, flanging, and similar forming
operations and for welding. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed
that a welding procedure suitable to the grade of steel and intended use or
service is utilized (Note: The purpose for which the pipe is to be used should
be stated in the order. Grade A rather than Grade B or Grade C is the
preferred grade for close coiling or cold bending. This note is not intended
to prohibit the cold bending of Grade B seamless pipe).

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A530/A530M, Specification for General Requirements for Specialized

Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe.
E213, Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing.
E309, Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products
Using Magnetic Saturation.
E381, Method of Macroetch Testing, Inspection, and Rating Steel Products,
Comprising Bars, Billets, Blooms, and Forgings.
A520, Specification for Supplementary Requirements for Seamless and
Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Tubular Products for High-
Temperature Service Conforming to ISO Recommendations for Boiler
Construction.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 44

44 Piping Materials Guide

E570, Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromagnetic Steel

Tubular Products.

ASME

B36.10, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel.

Methods of Manufacture. Open hearth (OH), electrofurnace (EF), basic

oxygen (BO).

Chemical Requirements. Refer to from ASTM A106/A106M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A106/

A106M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Manufacture Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A OH, EF, BO 48.0 (330) 30.0 (205)
B OH, EF, BO 60.0 (415) 35.0 (240)
C OH, EF, BO 70.0 (485) 40.0 (275)

ASTM, A126-95 (2001) (Volume 01.02), Standard

Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,
Flanges, and Pipe Fittings

Scope. This specification covers three classes of gray iron for castings
intended for use as valve pressure retaining parts, pipe fittings, and flanges.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A438, Test Method for Transverse Testing of Gray Cast Iron.

A644, Terminology Relating to Iron Castings.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
A48, Specification for Gray Iron Castings.

Sizes. Varies.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 45

Materials 45

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A126/A126M.

Welding Repair. For repair procedures and welder qualifications, see

ASTM A488/A488M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A126/A126M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A126/A126M:

Class Minimum Tensile Strength, ksi (MPa)

A 21 (145)
B 31 (214)
C 41 (283)

ASTM, A134-96 (2001) (Volume 1.01), Standard

Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion
(Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Over)

Scope. This specification covers electric-fusion (arc)-welded straight seam

or spiral seam steel pipe NPS 16 and over in diameter (inside or outside as
specified by purchaser), with wall thicknesses up to 3⁄4 in. (19.0 mm)
inclusive. Pipe having other dimensions may be furnished provided such
pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A36/A36M, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.

A283/A283M, Specification for Low- and Intermediate-Tensile-Strength
Carbon Steel Plates.
A285/A285M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low-
and Intermediate-Tensile Strength.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A570/A570M, Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled,
Structural.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Section IX Welding Qualifica-

tions American National Standards Institute Standard.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 46

46 Piping Materials Guide

ASTM, A167-99 (Volume 01.03), Standard

Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting
Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers stainless and heat-resisting chromium-

nickel steel plate, sheet, and strip.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A240/A240M, Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-

Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A480/A480M, Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled
Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.

UNS

E527, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys.

J1086, Numbering Metals and Alloys.

Chemical Composition. Refer to ASTM A167.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A167:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
S31215 75.0 (515) 30.0 (205)
S30800 75.0 (515) 30.0 (205)
S30900 75.0 (515) 30.0 (205)
S31000 75.0 (515) 30.0 (205)

ASTM, A179/A179M-90a (2001) (Volume 01.01),

Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn
Low-Carbon Steel Heat Exchanger and Condenser
Tubes

Scope. This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless

cold-drawn low-carbon steel tubes for tubular heat exchangers,
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 47

Materials 47

condensers, and similar heat transfer apparatus. The tubes are 1⁄8–3 in.
(3.2–76.2 mm), inclusive, in outside diameter. Note: Tubing smaller in
outside diameter and having a thinner wall than indicated in this
specification is available. Mechanical property requirements do not
apply to tubing smaller than 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) in outside diameter or with
a wall thickness under 0.015 in. (0.4 mm).

Referenced Document
ASTM. A450/A450M Specification for General Requirements for
Carbon, Ferritic Alloy, and Austenitic Alloy Steel Tubes.

Methods of Manufacture. Tubes are made by the seamless process and

cold drawn.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A179/A179M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A179/A

179M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
47.0 (325) 26.0 (180)

ASTM, A181/A181M-01 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for
General-Purpose Piping

Scope. This specification covers nonstandard as-forged fittings, valve

components, and parts for general service. Forgings made to this
specification are limited to a maximum weight of 10,000 lb (4540 kg).
Larger forgings may be ordered to Specification A266/A266M.
Two grades of material are covered, designated Classes 60 and
70, respectively, and classified in accordance with their chemical
composition and mechanical properties.
Class 60 was formerly designated Grade I, and Class 70 was formerly
designated Grade II.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 48

48 Piping Materials Guide

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A266/A266M, Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel

Components.
A788, Specification for Steel Forgings, General Requirements.
A961, Specification for Common Requirements for Steel Flanges, Forged
Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Piping Applications.

Automotive Industry Action Group (AIAG). AIAG B-5 02.00, Primary

Metals Identification Tag Application Standard.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A181/A181M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer ASTM A181/A181M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A181/

A181M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A181 60 60 (415) 30 (250)
70 70 (485) 36 (250)

ASTM, A182/A182M-02 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe
Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for
High-Temperature Service

Scope. This specification covers forged low-alloy and stainless steel

piping components for use in pressure systems. Included are flanges,
fittings, valves, and similar parts to specified dimensions or dimensional
standards, such as the ASME specifications referenced next.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A234/A234M, Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel

and Alloy Steel for Moderate- and High-Temperature Service.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 49

Materials 49

A262, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in

Austenitic Stainless Steels.
A275/A275M, Test Method for Magnetic Particle Examination of Steel
Forgings.
A336/A336M, Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-
Temperature Parts.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A403/A403M, Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping
Fittings.
A479/A479M, Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in
Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels.
A484/A484M, Specification for General Requirements for Stainless Steel
Bars, Billets, and Forgings.
A739, Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Hot Wrought, for Elevated
Temperature or Pressure-Containing Parts or Both.
A763, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in
Ferritic Stainless Steels.
A788, Specification for Steel Forgings, General Requirements.
A961, Specification for Common Requirements for Steel Flanges, Forged
Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Piping Applications.
E112, Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size.
E165, Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination.
E340, Test Method for Macroetching Metals and Alloys.
Section IX, Welding Qualifications.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPV). Section IX Welding

Qualifications

SFA-5.4, Specification for Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-

Nickel Steel Covered Welding Electrodes.
SFA-5.5, Specification for Low-Alloy Steel-Covered Arc-Welding Electrodes.
SFA-5.9, Specification for Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-
Nickel Steel Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes.
SFA-5.11, Specification for Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Covered Welding
Electrodes.

ASME

B16.5, Dimensional Standards for Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
B16.9, Steel Butt-Welding Fittings.
B16.10, Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Ferrous Valves.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 50

50 Piping Materials Guide

B16.11, Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Weld and Threaded.

B16.34, Valves-Flanged, Threaded and Welding End.

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture

Low alloy—open hearth, electric furnace or basic oxygen.

Stainless steel—electric furnace, vacuum furnace, one of the former,
followed by vacuum or electroslag-consumable remelting.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A182/A182M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A182/A182M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A182/

A182M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
F1 70 (485) 40 (275)
F2 70 (485) 40 (275)
F5 70 (485) 40 (275)
F5a 90 (620) 65 (450)
F9 85 (585) 55 (380)
F91 85 (585) 60 (415)
F92 90 (620) 64 (440)
F911 90 (620) 64 (440)
F11 Class 1 60 (415) 30 (205)
F11 Class 2 70 (485) 40 (275)
F11 Class 3 75 (515) 45 (310)
F12 Class 1 60 (415) 32 (220)
F12 Class 2 70 (485) 40 (275)
F21 75 (515) 45 (310)
F3V, F3VCb 85–110 (585–760) 60 (415)
F22 Class 1 60 (415) 30 (205)
F22 Class 3 75 (515) 45 (310)
F22V 85–110 (585–760) 60 (415)
F23 74 (510) 58 (400)
F24 85 (585) 60 (415)
FR 63 (435) 46 (315)
F122 90 (620) 58 (400)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 51

Materials 51

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
F6a Class 1 70 (485) 40 (275)
F6a Class 2 85 (585) 55 (380)
F6a Class 3 110 (760) 85 (585)
F6a Class 4 130 (895) 110 (760)
F6b 110–135 (760–930) 90 (620)
F6NM 115 (790) 90 (620)
FXM-27Cb 60 (415) 35 (240)
F429 60 (415) 35 (240)
F430 60 (415) 35 (240)
F304 75 (515) 30 (205)
F304H 75 (515) 30 (205)
F304L 70 (485) 25 (170)
F304N 80 (550) 35 (240)
F304LN 75 (515) 30 (205)
F309H 75 (515) 30 (205)
F310 75 (515) 30 (205)
F310H 75 (515) 30 (205)
F310MoLN 75 (515) 37 (225)
F316 75 (515) 30 (205)
F316H 75 (515) 30 (205)
F316L 70 (485) 25 (170)
F316N 80 (550) 35 (240)
F316LN 75 (515) 30 (205)
F317 75 (515) 30 (205)
F317L 70 (485) 25 (170)
F321 75 (515) 30 (205)
F321H 75 (515) 30 (205)
F347 75 (515) 30 (205)
F347H 75 (515) 30 (205)
F348 75 (515) 30 (205)
F348H 75 (515) 30 (205)
FXM-11 90 (620) 50 (345)
FXM-19 100 (690) 55 (380)
F10 80 (550) 30 (205)
F20 80 (550) 35 (240)
F44 94 (650) 44 (300)
F45 87 (600) 45 (310)
F46 78 (540) 35 (240)
F47 75 (515) 30 (205)
F48 80 (550) 35 (240)
F49 115 (795) 60 (415)
F56 73 (500) 27 (185)
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 52

52 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield
Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
F58 109 (750) 61 (420)
F62 95 (655) 45 (310)
F50 100–130 (690–900) 65 (450)
F51 90 (620) 65 (450)
F52 100 (690) 70 (485)
F53 116 (800) 80 (550)
F54 116 (800) 80 (550)
F55 109–130 (750–895) 80 (550)
F57 118 (820) 85 (585)
F59 112 (770) 80 (550)
F60 95 (655) 70 (485)
F61 109 (750) 80 (550)

ASTM, A193/A193M-03 (Volume 01-01), Standard

Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel
Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service

Scope. This specification covers alloy and stainless steel bolting material
for pressure vessels and flanges and fittings for high temperature service.
The term bolting material, as used in the specification, covers bars, bolts,
screws, studs, stud bolts, and wire. Bare and wire are hot wrought. The
material may be further processed by centerless grinding or cold drawing.
Austenitic stainless steel may be carbide treated and strain hardened.
Nuts for use with this bolting material are covered in ASTM A194/
A194M.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A194/A194M, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High-Pressure or High-Temperature Service or Both.
A320/A320M, Specification for Alloy/Steel Bolting Materials for Low-
Temperature Service.
A354, Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs,
and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners.
A962/A962M, Specification of Common Requirements for Steel Fasteners
or Fastener Materials or Both, Intended for Use at Any Temperature
from Cryogenic to the Creep Range.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 53

Materials 53

E18, Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial

Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E21, Test Methods for Elevated Temperature Tension Tests of Metallic
Materials.
E112, Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size.
E139, Test Methods for Conducting Creep, Creep-Rupture, and Stress-
Rupture Tests of Metallic Materials.
E292, Test Methods for Conducting Time-for-Rupture Notch Tension Tests
of Materials.
E328, Methods for Stress-Relaxation Tests for Materials and Structures.
E381, Method of Macroetch Testing Steel Bars, Billets, Blooms, and
Forgings.
E566, Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Sorting of Ferrous
Metals.
E709, Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination.
F606, Test Methods for Determining the Mechanical Properties of
Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners, Washers, and Rivets.
E150, Practice for Conducting Creep and Creep-Rupture Tension Tests
of Metallic Materials under Conditions of Rapid Heating and Short
Times.
E151, Practice for Tension Tests of Metallic Materials at Elevated
Temperatures with Rapid Heating and Conventional or Rapid Strain
Rates.

ASME

B1.1, Screw Threads.

B1.13M, Metric Screw Threads.
B18.2.1, Square and Hex Bolts and Screws.
B18.2.3.1M, Metric Hex Cap Screws.
B18.3, Hexagon Socket and Spline Socket Screws.
B18.3.1M, Metric Socket Head Cap Screws.

AIAG. AIAG B-5 02.00, Primary Metals Identification Tag Application

Standard.

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel shall be produced by any of the

following processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, electric furnace, or
vacuum induction melting (VIM).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 54

54 Piping Materials Guide

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A193/A193M.

Chemical Requirements (maximum in percentages). Refer to ASTM

A193/A193M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A193/

A193M:

Minimum Minimum
Tensile Yield
Strength, Strength,
Grade ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
B5
Up to 4 in. (M100) inclusive 100 (690) 80 (550)
B6
Up to 4 in. (M100) inclusive 110 (760) 85 (585)
B6X
Up to 4 in. (M100) inclusive 90 (620) 70 (485)
B7
21⁄2 in. (M64) and under 125 (860) 105 (720)
21⁄2 in. (M64) to 4 in. (100 mm) 115 (795) 95 (655)
Over 4 in. (M100) to 7 in. (175 mm) 100 (690) 75 (515)
B7M
4 in. (M100) and under 100 (690) 80 (550)
Over 4 in. (M100) to 7 in. (M180) 100 (690) 75 (515)
B16
21⁄2 in. (M64) and under 125 (860) 105 (720)
21⁄2 in. (M64) to 4 in. (M100) 110 (760) 95 (665)
Over 4 in. (M100) to 8 in. (M180) 100 (690) 85 (586)
Classes 1 and 1D: B8, B8M, B8P, B8LN, 75 (515) 30 (205)
all diameters
Class 1: B8C, B8T, all diameters 75 (515) 30 (205)
Class 1A: B8A, B8CA, B8MA, B8PA, 75 (515) 30 (205)
B8TA, B8LNA, B8MLNA,
B8NA, B8MNA, B8NA, B8MNA,
B8MLCuNA all diameters
Classes 1B and 1D: B8N, B8MN, 80 (550) 35 (240)
B8MLCuN all diameters
Class 1C and 1D: B8R all diameters 100 (690) 55 (380)
Class 1C: B8RA all diameters 100 (690) 55 (380)
Class 1C and 1D: B8S all diameters 95 (655) 50 (345)
Class 1C: B8SA all diameters 95 (655) 50 (345)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 55

Materials 55

Minimum Minimum
Tensile Yield
Strength, Strength,
Grade ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Class 2: B8, B8C, B8P, B8T, B8Nb
3
⁄4 in. and under 125 (860) 100 (690)
Over 3⁄4 in. (M24) to 1 in. (M24) 115 (795) 80 (550)
Over 1 in. (M24) to 11⁄4 in. (M30) 105 (725) 65 (450)
Over 11⁄4 in. (M30) to 11⁄2 in. (M36) 100 (690) 50 (345)
Class 2: B8M, B8MN, B8MLCuNb
3
⁄4 in. (M20) and under 110 (760) 96 (665)
Over 3⁄4 in. (M20) to 1 in. (M24) 100 (690) 80 (550)
Over 1 in. (M24) to 11⁄4 in. (M30) 95 (655) 65 (450)
Over 11⁄4 in. (M30) to 11⁄2 in. (M36) 90 (620) 50 (345)
Class 2B: B8, B8M2 (note d)
2 in. and under 95 (655) 75 (515)
Over 2 in. (M48) to 21⁄2 in. (M64), 90 (620) 65 (450)
inclusive
Over 21⁄2 in. (M64) to 3 in.(M72), 80 (550) 55 (380)
inclusive
Class 2C: B8M3b 2 in. (M48) and under 85 (585) 65 (450)
Over 2 in. (M48) 85 (585) 60 (415)

ASTM, A194/A194M-03b (Volume 01.01),

Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy
Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure or
High-Temperature Service or Both

Scope. This specification covers a variety of carbon, alloy, and

martensitic stainless steel nuts in the range 1⁄4 in. through 4 in. (metric
M6 through M100 nominal). It also covers austenitic steel nuts in the
size range 1⁄4 in. (M6 nominal) and above. These nuts are intended for
high-pressure or high-temperature service or both.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A153/A153M, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware.
A276, Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 56

56 Piping Materials Guide

A320/A320M, Specification for Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low-

Temperature Service.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A962/A962M, Specification of Common Requirements for Steel Fasteners
or Fastener Materials or Both, Intended for Use at Any Temperature
from Cryogenic to the Creep Range.
B633, Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
B695, Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron
and Steel.
B696, Specification for Coatings of Cadmium Mechanically Deposited.
B766, Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium.
E112, Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size.

ASME

B1.1, Unified Screw Threads.

B1.13M, Metric Screw Threads.
B18.2.2, Square and Hex Nuts.
B18.2.4.6M, Metric Heavy Hex Nuts.

Methods of Manufacture. From hot wrought bars.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A194/A194M.

Chemical Requirements (maximums). Refer to ASTM A 194/A19M.

Mechanical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A194/A19M.

Hardness Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A 194/A 194M:

Grade Brinell
1 121 minimum
2 159–352
2H
#11⁄2 in. (M36) 248–352
Over 11⁄2 in. (M36) 212–352
2HM, 7M 159–237
3, 4, 7, and 16 248–352
6 and 6F 228–271
8, 8C, 8M, 8T, 8F, 8P, 8N 126–300
8MN, 8LN, 8MLN, 8MLCuN, and 9C 126–300
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 57

Materials 57

Grade Brinell
8A, 8CA, 8MA, 8TA 126–192
8FA, 8PA, 8NA, 8MNA 126–192
8LNA, 8MLNA, & 8MLCuNA 126–192
8R, 8RA, 8S, and 8SA 183–271
9C, 9CA 126–192

ASTM, A202/A202M-03 (Volume 01.04), Standard

Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy
Steel, Chromium-Manganese-Silicon
Scope. This specification covers chromium-manganese-silicon alloy steel
plates, intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure
vessels. Plates under this specification are available in two grades having
strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi (MPa)

A 75–95 (515–655)
B 85–110 (585–760)

The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the

composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements;
however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of
plates furnished under this specification to 2 in. (50 mm).
Grade A is suitable for rivets, and when so used, the bars are subject to
the requirements for rolled bars specified in Specification A31, except for
the chemical and mechanical requirements.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A31, Specification for Steel Rivets and Bars for Rivets, Pressure Vessels.
A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for
Pressure Vessels.
A435/A435M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Steel Plates.
A577/A577M, Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of
Steel Plates.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 58

58 Piping Materials Guide

A578/A578M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of

Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel shall be killed.

Heat Treatment. The plates may be supplied normalized or stress

relieved or both.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A202/A202M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A202/A202M:

Tensile Strength, Minimum Yield

Material Grade ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A 202 A 75–95 (515–655) 45 (310)
B 85–110 (585–760) 47 (325)

ASTM, A203/A203M-97(2003) (Volume 01.04),

Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates,
Alloy Steel, Nickel

Scope. This specification covers nickel-alloy steel plates intended primar-

ily for welded pressure vessels. Plates under this specification are available
with four strength levels and two nickel compositions as follows:

Nominal Minimum Minimum

Nickel Yield Strength, Tensile Strength,
Grade Content, % ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
A 2.25 37 (255) 65 (450)
B 2.25 40 (275) 70 (485)
D 3.50 37 (255) 65 (450)
E 3.50 40 (275) 70 (485)
F 3.50
2 in. (50 mm) 55 (380) 80 (550)
and under
Over 2 in. (50 mm) 50 (345) 75 (515)

The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the

composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 59

Materials 59

However, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of

plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade Maximum Thickness, in. (mm)

A 6 (150)
B 6 (150)
D 4 (100)
E 4 (100)
F 4 (100)

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for

Pressure Vessels.
A435/A435M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Steel Plates.
A577/A577M, Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of
Steel Plates.
A578/A578M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel is killed and conforms to the fine

grain size requirement of Specification AS.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A203/A203M.

Chemical Requirements (maximums). Refer to ASTM 203/A203M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A202/A202M:

Tensile Strength, Minimum Yield

Material Grade ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A 203 A and D #2 in.: 65–85 (450–585) #2 in.: 37 (255)
Over 2 in.: 65–85 (450–585) Over 2 in.: 37 (255)
B and E #2 in.: 70–90 (485–620) #2 in.: 40 (275)
Over 2 in.: 70–90 (485–620) Over 2 in.: 40 (275)
F #2 in.: 80–100 (550–690) #2 in.: 55 (380)
Over 2 in.: 75–95 (515–655) Over 2 in.: 50 (345)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 60

60 Piping Materials Guide

ASTM, A204/A204M-03 (Volume 01.04), Standard

Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy
Steel, Molybdenum

Scope. This specification covers molybdenum-alloy steel plates, intended

particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels. Plates under
this specification are available in three grades having different strength
levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi (MPa)

A 65–85 (450–585)
B 70–90 (485–620)
C 75–95 (515–655)

The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the

composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements;
however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of
plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade Maximum Thickness, in. (mm)

A 6 (150)
B 6 (150)
C 4 (100)

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for

Pressure Vessels.
A435/A435M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Steel Plates.
A577/A577M, Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of
Steel Plates.
A578/A578M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 61

Materials 61

Sizes. The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity

of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property require-
ments.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel is killed.

Heat Treatment. Plates 11⁄2 in. (40 mm) and under in thickness are
normally supplied in the as-rolled condition. The plates may be ordered
normalized or stress relieved. Plates over 11⁄2 in. (40 mm) in thickness are
normalized.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A204/A204M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A204/

A204M:

Tensile Strength, Yield Strength,

Material Grade ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
A 204 A 65–85 (450–585) 37 (255)
B 70–90 (485–620) 40 (275)
C 75–95 (515–655) 43 (295)

ASTM, A216/A216M-93 (2003) (Volume 01.02),

Standard Specification for Steel Castings,
Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for
High-Temperature Service

Scope. This specification covers carbon steel castings for valves, flanges,
fittings, or other pressure-containing parts for high-temperature service
and of quality suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought-steel
parts by fusion welding.
Three grades, WCA, WCB, and WCC, are covered in this specification.
Selection depends on the design and service conditions, mechanical
properties, and high temperature characteristics.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 62

62 Piping Materials Guide

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A488/A488M, Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qualifications of

Procedures and Personnel.
A703/A703M, Specification for Steel Castings, General Requirements, for
Pressure-Containing Parts.
E165, Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination.
E709, Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination.

MSS (Manufacturer’s Standardization Society). SP-55 Steel Castings

for Valve, Flanges, and Fittings, and Other Components (Visual
Method).

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel is made by the electric furnace

process with or without separate refining such as argon-oxygen
decarburization (AOD).

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A216/A216M.

Welding Repair. Repair procedures and welder qualifications are to

ASTM A488/A488M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A216/A216M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A216/

A216M:

Minimum Tensile Strength, Minimum Yield

Grade ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
WCA 60–85 (415–585) 30 (205)
WCB 70–95 (485–655) 36 (250)
WCC 70–95 (485–655) 40 (275)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 63

Materials 63

ASTM, A217/A217M-02 (Volume 01.02), Standard

Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic
Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing
Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service

Scope. This specification covers martensitic stainless steel and alloy steel
castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts
(Note: Carbon steel castings for pressure-containing parts are covered by
Specification A216/A216M. Low-alloy quench-and-tempered grades
equivalent to Specification A217/A217M grades may be found in both
Specifications A352/A352M and A487/A487M) intended primarily for
high-temperature and corrosive service.
One grade of martensitic stainless steel and nine grades of ferritic alloy
steel are covered. Selection depends on the design and service conditions,
mechanical properties, and the high-temperature and corrosion-resistant
characteristics.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A216/A216M, Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion

Welding, for High-Temperature Service.
A352/A352M, Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for
Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for Low-Temperature Service.
A487/A487M, Specification for Steel Castings Suitable for Pressure Service.
A488/A488M, Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qualifications of
Procedures and Personnel.
A703/A703M, Specification for Steel Castings, General Requirements, for
Pressure-Containing Parts.
A802/A802M, Practice for Steel Castings, Surface Acceptance Standards,
Visual Examination.
E165, Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination.
E709, Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination.

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel is made by the electric furnace

process, with or without separate refining, such as argon-oxygen
decarburization.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 64

64 Piping Materials Guide

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A217/A217M.

Welding Repair. Repair procedures and welder qualifications are in

ASTM A488/A488M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to extract from ASTM A217/A217M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A217/

A217M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Yield Strength, ksi (MPa)
WC1 65–90 (450–620) 35 (240)
WC4, WC5, WC6, WC9 70–95 (485–655) 40 (275)
WC11 80–105 (550–745) 50 (345)
C5, C12 90–115 (620–760) 60 (415)
C12A 85–110 (585–760) 60 (415)
CA15 90–115 (620–795) 60 (415)

ASTM, A234/A234M-03 (Volume 01.01),

Standard Specification for Piping Fittings
of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for
Moderate- and High-Temperature Service

Scope. This specification covers wrought carbon steel and alloy steel
fittings of seamless and welded construction covered by the latest
revision of ASME B16.9, B16.11, B16.28, MSS SP-79, and MSS SP-95.
These fittings are for use in pressure piping and pressure vessel
fabrication for service at moderate and elevated temperatures.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A216/A216M, Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion

Welding, for High-Temperature Service.
A217/A217M, Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and
Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for High-Temperature
Service.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 65

Materials 65

A960, Specification for Common Requirements for Wrought Steel Piping

Fittings.

ASME

B16.9, Steel Butt-Welding Fittings.

B16.11, Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded.
B16.28, Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Short Radius Elbows and Returns.

ASME BPV Code

Section V, Nondestructive Examination.

Section VIII, Division 1, Pressure Vessels.
Section IX, Welding Qualifications.

MSS

SP-25, Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions.
SP-79, Socket Welding Reducer Inserts.
SP-95, Swage(d) Nipples and Bull Plugs.

ANSI. SNT-TC-1A (1984), Recommended Practice for Nondestructive

Testing Personnel Qualification and Certification.

Methods of Manufacture. Shaping operations are performed by

hammering, pressing, piercing upsetting, rolling bending, fusion
welding, machining, or by a combination of two or more of these
operations.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A234/A234M.

Welding Repair. Repair procedures and welder qualifications are in

ASTM A488/A488M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A234/A234M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A234/

A234M:
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 66

66 Piping Materials Guide

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
WPB 60–85 (415–585) 35 (240)
WPC, WP11 Cl 2, WP12 Cl 2 70–95 (485–655) 40 (275)
WP1 55–80 (380–550) 30 (205)
WP11 Cl 1, WP22 Cl 1, 60–85 (415–585) 30 (205)
WP5 Cl 1, WP9 Cl 1
WPR 63–88 (435–605) 46 (315)
WP11 Cl 3, WP22 Cl 3, 75–100 (520–690) 45 (310)
WP5 Cl 3, WP9 Cl 3
WP91 85–110 (585–760) 60 (415)
WP911 90–120 (620–840) 64 (440)
WP12 Cl 1 60–85 (415–585) 32 (220)

ASTM, A285/A285M-03 (Volume 01.04), Standard

Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon
Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength

Scope. This specification covers carbon steel plates of low- and

intermediate-tensile strengths, which may be made by killed, semi-killed,
capped, or rimmed steel practices, at the producer’s option. These plates
are intended for fusion-welded pressure vessels. Plates under this
specification are available in three grades, having different strength
levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi (MPa)

A 45–65 (310–450)
B 50–70 (345–485)
C 55–75 (380–515)

Referenced Document
ASTM. A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel
Plates for Pressure Vessels.

Methods of Manufacture Refer to ASTM A285/A285M.

Heat Treatment. The plates are supplied normalized, stress relieved, or

both.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 67

Materials 67

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A285/A285M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A285/A285M:

Tensile Strength, Minimum Yield

Material Grade ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A 285 A 45–65 (310–450) 24 (165)
B 50–70 (345–485) 27 (185)
C 55–75 (380–515) 30 (205)

ASTM, A302/A302M-03 (Volume 01.04), Standard

Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy
Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum, and
Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel

Scope. This specificationcovers manganese-molybdenum and manganese-

molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates intended particularly for welded
boilers and other pressure vessels. Plates under this specification are
available in four grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi (MPa) Type

A 75–95 (515–655) Mn-Mo
B 80–100 (550–690) Mn-Mo
C 80–100 (550–690) Mn-Mo-Ni
D 80–100 (550–690) Mn-Mo-Ni

The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the

chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property
requirements. The minimum thickness is limited to 0.25 in. (6.5 mm).

Referenced Document
ASTM. A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel
Plates for Pressure Vessels.

Chemical Composition. Refer to ASTM A302/A302M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A302/

A302M:
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 68

68 Piping Materials Guide

Tensile Strength, Minimum Yield

Material Grade ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A 302 A 75–95 (515–655) 45 (310)
B 80–100 (550–690) 50 (345)
C 80–100 (550–690) 50 (345)
D 80–100 (550–690) 50 (345)

ASTM, A307-03 (Volume 01.08), Standard

Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile Strength
Scope. This specification covers the chemical and mechanical require-
ments of three grades of carbon steel bolts and studs in sizes 1⁄4 in.
(6.35 mm) through 4 in. (104 mm). The fasteners are designated by
‘‘Grade,’’ denoting tensile strength and intended use, as follows:

Grade Description
Grade A Bolts and studs having a minimum tensile strength of 60 ksi
(414 MPa), intended for general applications
Grade B Bolts and studs having a tensile strength of 60–100 ksi
(414–690 MPa), intended for flanged joints in piping systems
with cast iron flanges
Grade C Nonheaded anchor bolts, either bent or straight, having
properties conforming to Specification A36 (tensile strength
of 58–80 ksi (400–550 MPa), intended for structural
anchorage purposes

The term studs includes stud stock, sometimes referred to as threaded rod.
Suitable nuts are covered in Specification A563. Unless otherwise
specified, the grade and style of nut for each grade of fastener, of all
surface finishes, is as follows:

Fastener Grade and Size Nut Grade and Style

A, C, 1⁄4 –11⁄2 in. A, hex
A, C, over 11⁄2 –4 in. A, heavy hex
B, 1⁄4 –4 in. A, heavy hex nuts of other grades and styles
having specified proof load stresses
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 69

Materials 69

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A563, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
A706/A706M, Specification for Low-Alloy-Steel Deformed Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
A751, Test Methods, Practices, and Terminology for Chemical Analysis of
Steel Products.
B695, Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron
and Steel.
D3951, Practice for Commercial Packaging.
F606, Test Methods for Determining the Mechanical Properties of
Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners, Washers, and Rivets.
F1470, Guide for Fastener Sampling for Specified Mechanical Properties
and Performance Inspection.
A36/A36M, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
A153, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.

ASME

B1.1, Unified Screw Threads.

B18.2.1, Square and Hex Bolts and Screws.
B18.24.1, Part Identifying Number (PIN) Code System.
MIL-STD105, Single Sampling Plan for Normal Inspection.

Methods of Manufacture. Open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace

process.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A307/A307M.

Threads. Unless specified otherwise, threads are in the coarse thread series,
as specified in the latest issue of ASME B1.1 and have a Class 2A tolerance.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A307/A307M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A307/

A307M:
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 70

70 Piping Materials Guide

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Material Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A 307 A 60 (415)
B 60–100 (415–690)
C 58–80 (400–550) 36 (50)

ASTM, A312/A312M-03 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic
Stainless Steel Pipes

Scope. This specification covers seamless, straight-seam welded, and

heavily cold-worked-welded austenitic stainless steel pipe intended for
high-temperature and general-corrosive service.
Grades TP304H, TP309H, TP309HCb, TP310H, TP310HCb,
TP316H, TP321H, TP347H, and TP348H are modifications of Grades
TP304, TP309Cb, TP309S, TP310Cb, TP310S, TP316, TP321, TP347,
and TP348, intended for high-temperature service.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A262, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in

Austenitic Stainless Steels.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A941, Terminology Relating to Steel, Stainless Steel, Related Alloys, and
Ferroalloys.
A999/A999M, Specification for General Requirements for Alloy and
Stainless Steel Pipe.
A1016/A1016M, Specification for General Requirements for Ferritic Alloy
Steel, Austenitic Alloy Steel, and Stainless Steel Tubes.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E381, Method of Macroetch Testing Steel Bars, Billets, Blooms, and Forgings.
E527, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS).

ASME

B1.20.1, Pipe Threads, General Purpose.

B36.10, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.
B36.19, Stainless Steel Pipe.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 71

Materials 71

ASME BPV Code. Section VIII. Unfired Pressure Vessels

AWS. A5.9, Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel

Steel Welding Rods and Electrodes.

Society for Automative Engineers (SAE). J1086, Practice for Numbering

Metals and Alloys (UNS).

ANSI. SNT-TC-1A, Personnel Qualification and Certification in Non-

destructive Testing.

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture. The pipe is manufactured by one of the

following processes:

Seamless (SMLS) pipe is made by a process that does not involve welding at
any stage of production.
Welded (WLD) pipe is made using an automatic welding process with no
addition of filler during the welding process.
Heavily cold-worked (HCW) pipe is made by applying cold working
of not less than 35% reduction in thickness of both wall and weld to a
welded pipe prior to the final annealing. No filler is used in making the
weld.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A312/A312M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A312/A312M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A312/

A312M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
TP304L 70 (485) 25 (170)
TP316L 70 (485) 25 (170)
TP304 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP304H 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP309Cb 75 (515) 30 (205)
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 72

72 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield
Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
TP309H 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP309HCb 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP309S 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP310Cb 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP310H 75 (515) 37 (225)
TP310Cb 75 (515) 37 (225)
TP310S 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP316 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP316H 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP317 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP317L 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP321
Welded 75 (515) 30 (205)
Seamless
#3/8 in. 75 (515) 30 (205)
>3/8 in. 70 (485) 25 (170)
TP321H
Welded 75 (515) 30 (205)
Seamless
#3/16 in. 75 (515) 30 (205)
>3/16 in. 70 (480) 25 (170)
TP347 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP347H 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP348 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP348H 75 (515) 30 (205)
TPXM-10 90 (620) 50 (345)
TPXM-11 90 (620) 50 (345)
TPXM-15 75 (515) 30 (205)
TPXM-29 100 (690) 55 (380)
TPXM-19 100 (690) 55 (380)
TP304N 80 (550) 35 (240)
TP316N 80 (550) 35 (240)
TP304LN 75 (515) 30 (205)
TP316LN 75 (515) 30 (205)

ASTM, A320/A320M-03 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for
Low-Temperature Service
Scope. This specification covers alloy steel bolting materials for pressure
vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for low-temperature service. The term
bolting material, as used in this specification, covers rolled, forged, or
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 73

Materials 73

strain-hardened bars, bolts, screws, studs, and stud bolts. The bars are
hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless
grinding or cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel is solution annealed
or annealed and strain hardened.
Several grades are covered, including both ferritic and austenitic steels
designated L7, B8, etc. Selection depends on the design, service
conditions, mechanical properties, and low-temperature characteristics.
The mechanical requirements of the following table indicate the
diameters for which the minimum mechanical properties apply to the
various grades and classes, and Table 2 (in the specification) stipulates
the requirements for Charpy impact energy absorption. The manufac-
turer should determine that the material can conform to these
requirements before parts are manufactured. For example, when
Grade L43 is specified to meet the Table 2 impact energy values at

1508F (
1018C), additional restrictions (such as procuring a steel with
lower P and S contents than might normally be supplied) in the chemical
composition for AISI 4340 are likely to be required.
Nuts for use with this bolting material are covered in ASTM A194/
A194M and the nut material should be impact tested.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A194/A194M, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High-Pressure or High-Temperature Service or Both.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A962/A962M, Specification of Common Requirements for Steel Fasteners
or Fastener Materials or Both, Intended for Use at Any Temperature
from Cryogenic to the Creep Range.
E566, Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Sorting of Ferrous Metals.
F436, Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.

ASME

B1.1, Screw Threads.

B18.22.1, Plain Washers.

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM A320/A320M.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 74

74 Piping Materials Guide

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A320/A320M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A320/A320M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A320/A320M:

Minimum
Minimum Yield
Tensile Strength, Strength,
Grade ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Ferritic Steels:

L7, L7A, L7B, L7C, L70, L71, L72, L73 125 (860) 105 (725)
2 1⁄2 in. (65 mm) and under L43
4 in. (100 mm) and under L7M 125 (860) 105 (725)
2 1⁄2 in. (65 mm) and under L1 100 (690) 80 (550)
1 in. (25 mm) and under 125 (860) 105 (725)
Austenitic Steels:

Class 1: B8, B8C, B8M, B8P, B8F, B8T, 75 (515) 30 (205)

B8LN, B8MLN: all diameters
Class 1A: B8A, B8CA, B8MA, B8PA, 75 (515) 30 (205)
B8FA, B8TA, B8LNA, B8MLNA: all
diameters
Class 2: B8, B8C, B8P, B8T:
3
⁄4 in. (20 mm) and under 125 (860) 100 (690)
Over 3⁄4 –1 in. (20–25 mm) inclusive. 115 (795) 80 (550)
Over 1 in. to 11⁄4 in (25–32 mm) inclusive 105 (725) 65 (450)
Over 11⁄4 in. to 11⁄2 in. (32–40 mm) inclusive 100 (690) 50 (345)
Class 2: B8M:
3
⁄4 in. (20 mm) and under 110 (760) 95 (655)
Over 3⁄4 in. to 1 in. (20–25 mm) inclusive 100 (690) 80 (550)
Over 1 in. to 11⁄4 in (25–32 mm) inclusive 95 (655) 65 (450)
Over 11⁄4 in. to 11⁄2 in. (32 mm to 40 mm) 90 (620) 50 (345)
inclusive

ASTM, A333/A333M-99 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe
for Low-Temperature Service

Scope. This specification covers nominal (average) wall seamless and

welded carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 75

Materials 75

Several grades of ferritic steel are included as listed in the following table.
Some product sizes may not be available under this specification because
heavier wall thicknesses have an adverse affect on low-temperature
impact properties.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A530/A530M, Specification of General Requirements for Specialized
Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe.
A671, Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric
and Lower Temperatures.
E23, Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic
Materials.
E213, Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing.
E309, Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products
Using Magnetic Saturation.

Sizes. Nominal pipe size 1⁄8 –48 in.

Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM A333/A333M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A333/A333M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A333/

A333M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
1 55.0 (380) 30.0 (205)
3 65.0 (450) 35.0 (240)
4 60.0 (415) 35.0 (240)
6 60.0 (415) 35.0 (240)
7 60.0 (415) 35.0 (240)
8 100.0 (690) 75.0 (515)
9 63.0 (435) 46.0 (315)
10 80.0 (550) 65.0 (450)
11 65.0 (450) 35.0 (240)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 76

76 Piping Materials Guide

ASTM, A335/A335M-03 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe
for High-Temperature Service

Scope. This specification covers nominal (average) wall seamless alloy-

steel pipe intended for high-temperature service. Pipe ordered to this
specification should be suitable for bending, flanging (vanstoning) and
similar forming operations, and fusion welding. Selection depends on the
design, service conditions, mechanical properties, and high-temperature
characteristics.
Several grades of ferritic steels (Note: Ferritic steels in this specification
are defined as low- and intermediate-alloy steels containing up to and
including 10% chromium) are covered. Their compositions are given in the
following table.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A450/A450M, Specification of General Requirements for Carbon, Ferritic

Alloy, and Austenitic Alloy Steel Tubes.
A999/A999M, Specification of General Requirements for Alloy and
Stainless Steel Pipe.
E213, Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing.
E309, Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products
Using Magnetic Saturation.
E381, Method of Macroetch Testing Steel Bars, Billets, Blooms, and Forgings.
E527, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS).
E570, Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromagnetic Steel
Tubular Products.

ANSI. SNT-TC-1A, Recommended Practice for Nondestructive Testing

Personnel Qualification and Certification.

SAE. J1086, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS).

Sizes. Nominal pipe size 1⁄8 – 48 in.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A335/A335M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A335/A335M:

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 77

Materials 77

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
P1, P2 55.0 (380) 30.0 (205)
P12 60.0 (415) 32.0 (220)
P23 74.0 (510) 58.0 (400)
P91 85.0 (585) 60.0 (415)
P92, P911 90.0 (620) 64.0 (440)
P122 90.0 (620) 58.0 (400)
All others 60.0 (415) 30.0 (205)

ASTM, A350/A350M-02b (Volume 01.01),

Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy
Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness
Testing for Piping Components

Scope. This specification covers several grades of carbon and low-alloy

steel forged or ring-rolled flanges, forged fittings, and valves intended
primarily for low-temperature service and requiring notch toughness
testing. They are made to specified dimensions, or dimensional standards,
such as the ASME and API Specifications referenced next. Although this
specification covers some piping components machined from rolled bar
and seamless tubular materials, it does not cover raw material produced in
these product forms.
No limitation on size is intended beyond the ability of the manufacturer
to obtain the specified requirements. However, Class 3 of Grade LF787
is available only in the quenched-and-precipitation heat-treated condition.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel

Products.
A788, Specification for Steel Forgings, General Requirements.
A961, Specification for Common Requirements for Steel Flanges, Forged
Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Piping Applications.

ASME

B16.5, Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 78

78 Piping Materials Guide

B16.9, Factory-made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings.

B16.10, Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Ferrous Valves.
B16.11, Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded.
B16.30, Unfired Pressure Vessel Flange Dimensions.
B16.34, Valves-Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End.
B16.47, Large Diameter Steel Flanges.

ASME BPV. Section IX. Welding Qualifications.

(AWS).

A5.1, Mild Steel Covered Arc-Welding Electrodes.

A5.5, Low-Alloy Steel Covered Arc-Welding Electrodes.

API

600, Steel Gate Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends.

602, Compact Design Carbon Steel Gate Valves for Refinery Use.
605, Large Diameter Carbon Steel Flanges.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel is made by any of the following

primary processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, electric furnace or
vacuum-induced melting.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A350/A350M.

Welding Repair. Repair procedures and welder qualifications are in

ASME Section IX of the code.

Hardness. Except when only one forging is produced, a minimum of two

forgings are hardness tested per batch or continuous run to ensure that
the hardness of the forgings does not exceed 197 HB after heat treatment
for the mechanical properties.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A350/A350M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A350/

A350M:
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 79

Materials 79

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
LF1, LF5 Class 1 60–85 (415–585) 30 (205)
LF2 Classes 1 and 2 70–95 (485–655) 36 (250)
LF3 and LF5 Class 2 70–95 (485–655) 37.5 (260)
LF6 Class 1 66–91 (455–630) 52 (360)
LF6 Classes 2 and 3 75–100 (515–690) 60 (415)
LF9 63–88 (435–605) 46 (315)
LF787 Class 2 65–85 (450–585) 55 (380)
LF787 Class 3 75–95 (515–655) 65 (450)

ASTM, A351/A351M-03 (Volume 01.02), Standard

Specification for Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-
Ferritic (Duplex), for Pressure-Containing Parts

Scope. This specification covers austenitic and austenitic-ferritic (du-

plex) steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-
containing parts (Note: Carbon steel castings for pressure-containing
parts are covered by Specification A 216/A216M and low-alloy steel
castings by Specification A 217/A217M).
A number of grades of austenitic and austenitic-ferritic steel castings
are included in this specification. Since these grades possess varying
degrees of suitability for service at high temperatures or in corrosive
environments, it is the responsibility of the purchaser to determine which
grade is furnished. Selection depends on the design and service
conditions, mechanical properties, and high-temperature or corrosion-
resistant characteristics or both.
Because of thermal instability, Grades CE20N, CF3A, CF3MA, and
CF8A are not recommended for service at temperatures above 8008F
(4258C).
Because of embrittlement phases, Grade CD4MCu is not recom-
mended for service at temperatures above 6008F (3168C).

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A216/A216M, Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion

Welding, for High-Temperature Service.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 80

80 Piping Materials Guide

A217/A217M, Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and

Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature
Service.
A488/A488M, Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qualification of
Procedures and Personnel.
A703/A703M, Specification for Steel Castings, General Requirements, for
Pressure-Containing Parts.
E165, Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination.
E709, Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination.

MSS. SP-55, Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges,
and Fittings and Other Components (Visual Method).

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel is made by the electric furnace

process with or without separate refining such as argon-oxygen
decarburization.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A351/A351M.

Welding Repair. Repair procedures and welder qualifications shall be to

ASTM A488/A488M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A351/A351M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A351/A351M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
CF3 70 (485) 30 (205)
CF3A 77 (530) 35 (240)
CF8 70 (485) 30 (205)
CF8A 77 (530) 35 (240)
CF3M 70 (485) 30 (205)
CF3MA 80 (550) 37 (255)
CF8M 70 (485) 30 (205)
CF3MN 75 (515) 37 (255)
CF8C 70 (485) 30 (205)
CF10 70 (485) 30 (205)
CF10M 70 (485) 30 (205)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 81

Materials 81

CH8 65 (450) 28 (195)

CH10 70 (485) 30 (205)
CH20 70 (485) 30 (205)
CK20 65 (450) 28 (195)
HK30 65 (450) 35 (240)
HK40 62 (425) 35 (240)
HT30 65 (450) 28 (195)
CF10MC 70 (485) 30 (205)
CN7M 62 (425) 25 (170)
CN3MN 80 (550) 38 (260)
CD4MCu 100 (690) 70 (485)
CE8MN 95 (655) 65 (450)
CG8MMN 85 (585) 42.5 (295)
CG8M 75 (515) 35 (240)
CF10SMnN 85 (585) 42.5 (295)
CT15C 63 (435) 25 (170)
CK3MCuN 80 (550) 38 (260)
CE20N 80 (550) 40 (275)
CG3M 75 (515) 35 (240)
F45CD3M-WCuN 100 (700) 65 (450)

ASTM, A352/A352M-03 (Volume 01.02), Standard

Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and
Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts,
Suitable for Low-Temperature Service
Scope. This specification covers steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings,
and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for low-
temperature service.
Several grades of ferritic steels and one grade of martensitic steel are
covered. Selection of analysis depends on the design and service
conditions.

Usual Minimum Testing

Grade Temperatures,  F ( C)
LCA
25 (
32)
LCB
50 (
46)
LCC
50 (
46)
LC1
75 (
59)
LC2
100 (
73)
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 82

82 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Usual Minimum Testing
Grade Temperatures,  F ( C)
LC2-1
100 (
73)
LC3
150 (
101)
LC4
175 (
115)
LC9
320 (
196)
CA6NM
100 (
73)

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A351/A351M, Specification for Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic

(Duplex), for Pressure-Containing Parts.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel
Products.
A488/A488M, Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qualifications of
Procedures and Personnel.
A703/A703M, Specification for Steel Castings, General Requirements, for
Pressure-Containing Parts.
E165, Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination.
E709, Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination.
MSS. SP-55, Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges,
and Fittings and Other Piping Components (Visual Method).

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture.

Low alloy—open hearth, electric furnace, or basic oxygen.

Stainless steel—electric furnace, vacuum furnace, or one of the former
followed by vacuum or electro slag-consumable remelting.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A352/A352M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A352/A352M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A352/A352M:

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 83

Materials 83

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
LCA 60.0–85.0 (415–585) 30.0 (205)
LCB 65.0–90.0 (450–620) 35.0 (240)
LCC 70.0–85.0 (485–655) 40.0 (275)
LC1 65.0–90.0 (450–620) 35.0 (240)
LC2 70.0–95.0 (485–655) 40.0 (275)
LC2–1 105.0–130.0 (725–895) 80.0 (550)
LC3 70.0–95.0 (485–655) 40.0 (275)
LC4 70.0–95.0 (485–655) 40.0 (275)
LC9 85.0 (585) 75.0 (515)
CA6NM 110.0–135.0 (760–930) 80.0 (550)

ASTM, A353/A353M-93(1999) (Volume 01.04),

Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates,
Alloy Steel, 9% Nickel, Double-Normalized and
Tempered

Scope. This specification covers 9% nickel steel plates, double-normalized

and -tempered, intended particularly for welded pressure vessels in
cryogenic service. Plates produced under this specification are subject
to impact testing at
3208F (
1958C) or at such other temperatures as
agreed on.
The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the
material to meet the specific mechanical property requirements; however,
current mill practice normally limits this material to 2 in. (50 mm)
maximum.
This material is susceptible to magnetization. Use of magnets in
handling after heat treatment should be avoided if residual magnetism
would be detrimental to subsequent fabrication or service.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for

Pressure Vessels.
A435/A435M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Steel Plates.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 84

84 Piping Materials Guide

A577/A577M, Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of

Steel Plates.
A578/A578M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications.
Methods of Manufacture. The steel is killed and conforms to the fine
austenitic grain size requirements of Specification of A20/A20M.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A353/A353M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A353/A353M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A353/

A353M:

Tensile Strength, Minimum Yield

Material Grade ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A353 A 100–120 (690–825) 75 (515)

ASTM, A358/A358M-01 (Volume 01.01),

Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded
Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe for
High-Temperature Service
Scope. This specification covers electric-fusion-welded austenitic
chromium-nickel alloy steel pipe suitable for corrosive or high-
temperature service, or both.
Note: The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been
substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as nominal
diameter, size, and nominal size.
The selection of the proper alloy and requirements for heat treatment
is at the discretion of the purchaser, depending on the service conditions
to be encountered.
The five classes of pipe are covered as follows:

Class 1. Pipe double welded by processes employing filler metal in all

passes and completely radiographed.
Class 2. Pipe double welded by processes employing filler metal in all
passes. No radiography is required.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 85

Materials 85

Class 3. Pipe single welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes
and completely radiographed.
Class 4. Same as Class 3 except that the weld pass exposed to the inside pipe
surface may be made without the addition of filler metal (see
Specifications 6.2.2.1 and 6.2.2.2).
Class 5. Pipe double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes
and spot radiographed.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A240/A240M, Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-

Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels.
A262, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in
Austenitic Stainless Steels.
A480/A480M, Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled
Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
A941, Terminology Relating to Steel, Stainless Steel, Related Alloys, and
Ferroalloys.
A999/A999M, Specification for General Requirements for Alloy and
Stainless Steel Pipe.
E527, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS).

ASME BPV

Section I, Welding and Brazing Qualifications.

Section IX, Welding Qualifications.

AWS

A5.22, Flux Cored Arc Welding.

A5.30, Consumable Weld Inserts for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding.
A5.4, Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Steel Covered
Welding Electrodes.
A5.9, Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Steel Welding
Rods and Bare Electrodes.
A5.11, Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Covered Welding Electrodes.
A5.14, Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Bare Welding Rods and Electrodes.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 86

86 Piping Materials Guide

SAE. J1086, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS).

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A358/A358M. The chemical

composition of the plate conforms to the requirements of the applicable
specification and grade listed in Specification A240.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A358/

A358M. The plate used in making the pipe conforms to the requirements
as to tensile properties of tensile properties listed in Specification A240.

ASTM, A403/A403M-03a (Volume 01.01),

Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic
Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

Scope. This specification covers wrought stainless steel fittings for pressure
piping applications. Several grades of austenitic stainless steel alloys are
included in this specification. The grades are designated with a prefix, WP or
CR, based on the applicable ASME or MSS dimensional and rating
standards, respectively. For each of the WP stainless grades, several classes
of fittings are covered, to indicate whether seamless or welded construction
was utilized. Class designations are also utilized to indicate the non-
destructive test method and extent of nondestructive examination
(NDE).

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A262, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in

Austenitic Stainless Steels.
A351/A351M, Specification for Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic
(Duplex), for Pressure-Containing Parts.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel
Products.
A388/A388M, Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Heavy Steel
Forgings.
A480/A480M, Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled
Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 87

Materials 87

A743/A743M, Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium-

Nickel, Corrosion-Resistant, for General Application.
A744/A744M, Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion-
Resistant, for Severe Service.
A751, Test Methods, Practices, and Terminology for Chemical Analysis of
Steel Products.
A960, Specification for Common Requirements for Wrought Steel Piping
Fittings.
E112, Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size.
E165, Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination.
E213, Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing.

ASME

ASME B16.9, Factory-made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings.

ASME B16.11, Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded.
ASME B16.28, Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Short Radius Elbows and
Returns.

MSS

SP-25, Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and

Unions.
SP-43, Standard Practice for Lightweight Stainless Steel Butt-Welding
Fittings.
SP-79, Socket-Welding Reducer Inserts.
SP-95, Swaged(d) Nipples and Bull Plugs.

ASME BPV Code

Section VIII, Division I, Pressure Vessels.

Section IX, Welding Qualifications.

AWS

A5.4, Specification for Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-

Nickel Steel Covered Welding Electrodes.
A5.9, Specification for Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-
Nickel Steel Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 88

88 Piping Materials Guide

ANSI. SNT-TC-1A (1984), Recommended Practice for Nondestructive

Testing Personnel Qualification and Certification.

Classes.

S (seamless)—no NDE.
W (welded)—radiography or ultrasonic testing.
WX (welded)—radiography.
WU (welded)—ultrasonic testing.
Sizes. Varies according to the applicable ASME or MSS dimensional
range.

Methods of Manufacture. Shaping operations performed by hammering,

pressing, piercing, upsetting, rolling, bending, fusion welding, machining,
or a combination of two or more of these operations.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A403/A403M.

Welding Repair. Repair procedures and welder qualifications are in

ASTM A488/A488M.

Chemical Requirements (maximum in percentages). Refer to ASTM

A403/A403M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A403/A403M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
304, 304LN, 304H, 309, 310, 75 (515) 30 (205)
316, 316LN, 316H, 317, 317L,
321, 321H, 347, 347H, 348,
348H, S31725
304L, 316L 70 (485) 25 (170)
304N, 316N, S31726 80 (550) 35 (240)
XM-19 100 (690) 55 (380)
S31254 94–119 (650–820) 44 (300)
S33228 73 (500) 27 (185)
S34565 115 (795) 60 (415)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 89

Materials 89

ASTM, A420/A420M-03 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought
Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature
Service

Scope. This specification covers wrought carbon steel and alloy steel
fittings of seamless and welded construction, covered by the latest
revision of ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11, ASME B16.28, MSS SP-79,
and MSS SP-95. Fittings differing from these ASME and MSSVF
standards should be furnished in accordance with Supplementary
Requirement S6. These fittings are for use in pressure piping and
pressure vessel service at low temperatures.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel

Products.
A960, Specification for Common Requirements for Wrought Steel Piping
Fittings.
ASME

B 16.9, Factory-made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings.

B 16.11, Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding Threaded.
B 16.28, Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Short-Radius Elbows and Returns.

ASME BPV Code

Section VIII, Division 1, Pressure Vessels.

Section V, Nondestructive Examination.

MSS

SP-25, Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions.
SP-79, Socket Welding Reducer Inserts.
SP-95, Swage(d) Nipples and Bull Plugs.
ANSI. ASNT (1984), Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A.

Classes. W (welded)—radiography or ultrasonic testing.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 90

90 Piping Materials Guide

Sizes. Varies according to the applicable ASME or MSS dimensional

range.

Methods of Manufacture. Shaping operations performed by hammering,

pressing, piercing, upsetting, working, bending, fusion welding, or a
combination of two or more of these operations.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A420/A420M.

Welding Repair. Repair procedures and welder qualifications are in

ASTM A488/A488M.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A420/A420M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A420/A420M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
WPL6 60–85 (415–585) 35 (240)
WPL9 63–88 (435–610) 46 (315)
WPL3 65–90 (450–620) 35 (240)
WPL8 100–125 (690–865) 75 (515)

ASTM, A515/A515M-03 (Volume 01.04), Standard

Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon
Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature
Service

Scope. This specification covers carbon-silicon steel plates primarily for

intermediate- and higher-temperature service in welded boilers and other
pressure vessels. Plates under this specification are available in three
grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi (MPa)

60 60–80 (415–550)
65 65–85 (450–585)
70 70–90 (485–620)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 91

Materials 91

The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the

composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements;
however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of
plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade Maximum Thickness, in. (mm)

60 8 (200)
65 8 (200)
70 8 (200)

Referenced Document.
ASTM. A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel
Plates for Pressure Vessels.

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel is killed and made into a coarse

austenitic grain size practice.

Heat Treatment. Plates 2 in. (50 mm) and under in thickness are normally
supplied in the as-rolled condition. The plates may be ordered normalized,
stress relieved, or both. Plates over 2 in. (50 mm) in thickness are
normalized.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A515/A515M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A515/

A515M:

Tensile Strength, Minimum Yield Strength,

Grade ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
60 60–80 (415–550) 32 (220)
65 65–85 (450–585) 35 (240)
70 70–90 (485–620) 38 (260)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 92

92 Piping Materials Guide

ASTM, A516/A516M-03 (Volume 01.04), Standard

Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon
Steel, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature
Service

Scope. This specification covers carbon steel plates intended primarily

for service in welded pressure vessels where improved notch toughness is
important. Plates under this specification are available in four grades,
having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi (MPa)

55 (380) 55–75 (380–515)
60 (415) 60–80 (415–550)
65 (450) 65–85 (450–585)
70 (485) 70–90 (485–620)

The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the

composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements;
however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of
plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade Maximum Thickness, in. (mm)

55 (380) 12 (305)
60 (415) 8 (205)
65 (450) 8 (205)
70 (485) 8 (205)

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for

Pressure Vessels.
A435/A435M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Steel Plates.
A577/A577M, Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of
Steel Plates.
A578/A578M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 93

Materials 93

Sizes. Varies.

Methods of Manufacture. The steel is killed and made to a coarse

austenitic grain size, following the requirements of Specification ASTM
A20/A20M.

Heat Treatment. Plates 1.5 in (40 mm) and under in thickness are
normally supplied in the as rolled condition. The plates may be ordered
normalized, or stress relieved, or both. Plates over 1.5 in. (40 mm) in
thickness are normalized.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A516/A516M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A515/A515M:

Tensile Strength, Minimum Yield

Grade ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
55 55–75 (380–515) 30 (205)
60 60–80 (415–550) 32 (220)
65 65–85 (450–585) 35 (240)
70 70–90 (485–620) 38 (260)

ASTM, A587-96 (2001) (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Low-
Carbon Steel Pipe for the Chemical Industry

Scope. This specification covers electric-resistance-welded low-carbon

steel pipe intended for use as process lines. Pipe ordered under this
specification are suitable for severe forming operations involving flanging
in all sizes and bending to close radii up to and including NPS 4.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A53/A53M, Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-

Coated Welded and Seamless.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel
Products.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 94

94 Piping Materials Guide

A530/A530M, Specification for General Requirements for Specialized

Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe.
A751, Test Methods, Practices, and Terminology for Chemical Analysis of
Steel Products.
E213, Practice for Ultrasonic Inspection of Metal Pipe and Tubing.
E273, Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Longitudinal Welded Pipe
and Tubing.
E309, Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products
Using Magnetic Saturation.
E570, Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromagnetic Steel
Tubular Products.
Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM A 587.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM A 587.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A 587:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
A 587 48 (331) 30 (207)

ASTM, A671-96 (2001) (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe
for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures

Scope. This specification covers electric-fusion-welded steel pipe with

filler metal added, fabricated from pressure-vessel-quality plate of several
analyses and strength levels and suitable for high-pressure service at
atmospheric and lower temperatures. Heat treatment may or may not be
required to attain the desired properties or comply with applicable code
requirements. Supplementary requirements are provided for use when
additional testing or examination is desired.
The specification nominally covers pipe 16 in. (405 mm) in outside
diameter or larger and of 1⁄4 in. (6.4 mm) wall thickness or greater. Pipe
having other dimensions may be furnished provided it complies with all
other requirements of this specification.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 95

Materials 95

Radiography Pressure Test

Class Heat Treatment on Pipe (see Section) (see Section)
10 None None None
11 None 9 None
12 None 9 8.3
13 None None 8.3
20 Stress relieved, see 5.3.1 None None
21 Stress relieved, see 5.3.1 9 None
22 Stress relieved, see 5.3.1 9 8.3
23 Stress relieved, see 5.3.1 None 8.3
30 Normalized, see 5.3.2 None None
31 Normalized, see 5.3.2 9 None
32 Normalized, see 5.3.2 9 8.3
33 Normalized, see 5.3.2 None 8.3
40 Normalized and tempered, see 5.3.3 None None
41 Normalized and tempered, see 5.3.3 9 None
42 Normalized and tempered, see 5.3.3 9 8.3
43 Normalized and tempered, see 5.3.3 None 8.3
50 Quenched and tempered, see 5.3.4 None None
51 Quenched and tempered, see 5.3.4 9 None
52 Quenched and tempered, see 5.3.4 9 8.3
53 Quenched and tempered, see 5.3.4 None 8.3
60 Normalized and precipitation heat None None
treated
61 Normalized and precipitation heat 9 None
treated
62 Normalized and precipitation heat 9 8.3
treated
63 Normalized and precipitation heat None 8.3
treated
70 Quenched and precipitation heat None None
treated
71 Quenched and precipitation 9 None
heat treated
72 Quenched and precipitation 9 8.3
heat treated
73 Quenched and precipitation None 8.3
heat treated
Note: Selection of materials should be made with attention to temperature
of service. For such guidance, Specification A20/A20M may be consulted.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 96

96 Piping Materials Guide

Referenced Documents.
ASTM

A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for

Pressure Vessels.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A435/A435M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Steel Plates.
A530/A530M, Specification for General Requirements for Specialized
Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe.
A577/A577M, Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of
Steel Plates.
A578/A578M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications.
E110, Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Metallic Materials by
Portable Hardness Testers.
E165, Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Inspection.
E350. Test Method for Chemical Analysis of Carbon Steel, Low-Alloy Steel,
Silicon Electrical Steel, Ingot Iron, and Wrought Iron.
E709. Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination.
A203/A203M. Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel.
A285/A285M. Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low-
and Intermediate-Tensile Strength.
A299/A299M. Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel,
Manganese-Silicon.
A353/A353M. Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,
9% Nickel, Double-Normalized and Tempered.
A515/A515M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for
Intermediate-and Higher-Temperature Service.
A516/A516M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for
Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Service.
A517/A517M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, High-
Strength, Quenched and Tempered.
A537/A537M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated,
Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel.
A553/A553M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,
Quenched and Tempered 8% and 9% Nickel.
A645/A645M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, 5% Nickel Alloy
Steel, Specially Heat Treated.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 97

Materials 97

A736/A736M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Low-Carbon Age-

Hardening, Nickel-Copper-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium and
Nickel-Copper-Manganese-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy Steel.
A442/A442M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel,
Improved Transition Properties.

ASME BPV Code

Section II, Material Specifications.

Section III, Nuclear Vessels.
Section VIII, Unfired Pressure Vessels.
Section IX, Welding Qualifications.
Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A671/A671M.

Plate Specifications. These are extracted from ASTM A671/A671M:

Grade Type of Steel Plate ASTM Grade

CA 55 Plain carbon A285/A285M C
CB 60 Plain carbon, killed A515/A515M 60
CB 65 Plain carbon, killed A515/A515M 65
CB 70 Plain carbon, killed A515/A515M 70
CC 60 Plain carbon, killed, fine grain A516/A516M 60
CC 65 Plain carbon, killed, fine grain A516/A516M 65
CC 70 Plain carbon killed, fine grain A516/A516M 70
CD 70 Manganese-silicon, normalized A537/A537M 1
CD 80 Manganese-silicon, normalized A537/A537M 2
and tempered
CE 55 Plain carbon A442/A442M 55
CE 60 Plain carbon A442/A442M 60
CF 65 Nickel steel A203/A203M A
CF 70 Nickel steel A203/A203M B
CF 66 Nickel steel A203/A203M D
CF 71 Nickel steel A203/A203M E
CJ 101 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M A
CJ 102 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M B
CJ 103 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M C
CJ 104 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M D
CJ 105 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M E
CJ 106 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M F
CJ 107 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M G
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 98

98 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Grade Type of Steel Plate ASTM Grade
CJ 108 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M H
CJ 109 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M J
CJ 110 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M K
CJ 111 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M L
CJ 112 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M M
CJ 113 Alloy steel, quenched and tempered A517/A517M P
CK 75 Carbon-manganese-silicon A299/A299M
CP 65 Alloy steel, age hardened, normalized, A517/A517M 2
and precipitation heat treated
CP 75 Alloy steel, age hardened, normalized, A517/A517M 3
and precipitation heat treated

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A671/

A671M. The plate used in making the pipe shall conform to the
requirements as to tensile properties of various ASTM specifications
listed in the preceding table.

ASTM, A672-96 (2001) (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel
Pipe for High-Pressure Service at Moderate
Temperatures

Scope. This specification covers steel pipe: electric-fusion-welded with

filler metal added, fabricated from pressure-vessel-quality plate of any of
several analyses and strength levels and suitable for high-pressure service
at moderate temperatures. Heat treatment may or may not be required
to attain the desired properties or comply with applicable code
requirements. Supplementary requirements are provided for use when
additional testing or examination is desired.
The specification nominally covers pipe 16 in. (405 mm) in outside
diameter or larger with wall thicknesses up to 3 in. (75 mm), inclusive.
Pipe having other dimensions may be furnished provided it complies
with all other requirements of this specification.
Several grades and classes of pipe are provided. The grade designates the
type of plate used. The class designates the type of heat treatment performed
during manufacture of the pipe, whether the weld is radiographically
examined, and whether the pipe has been pressure tested as listed.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 99

Materials 99

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for

Pressure Vessels.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel
Products.
A435/A435M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Steel Plates.
A530/A530M, Specification for General Requirements for Specialized
Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe.
A577/A577M, Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of
Steel Plates.
A578/A578M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications.
E110, Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Metallic Materials by
Portable Hardness Testers.
E165, Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination.
E350, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Carbon Steel, Low-Alloy
Steel, Silicon Electrical Steel, Ingot Iron, and Wrought Iron.
E709, Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination.
A202/A202M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chromium-Manganese-
Silicon.
A204/A204M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum.
A285/A285M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low and Intermediate
Tensile Strength.
A299/A299M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-Silicon.
A302/A302M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum
and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel.
A515/A515M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- and
Higher-Temperature Service.
A516/A516M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and
Lower-Temperature Service.
A533/A533M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered,
Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel.
A537/A537M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon-Manganese-
Silicon Steel.
A442/A442M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Improved Transition
Properties.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 100

100 Piping Materials Guide

ASME BPV Code

Section II, Material Specifications.

Section III, Nuclear Vessels.
Section VIII, Unfired Pressure Vessels.
Section IX, Welding Qualifications.
Methods of Manufacture. The joints are double welded, with full
penetration welds, made either manually or automatically and
in accordance with standard procedures and by welders qualified in
accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM A672/A672M.

Plate Specifications. These are extracted from ASTM A672/A672M:

Grade Type of Steel Plate ASTM Grade

A 45 Plain carbon A285/A285M A
A 50 Plain carbon A285/A285M B
A 55 Plain carbon A285/A285M C
B 55 Plain carbon, killed A515/A515M 55
B 60 Plain carbon, killed A515/A515M 60
B 65 Plain carbon, killed A515/A515M 65
B 70 Plain carbon, killed A515/A515M 70
C 55 Plain carbon, killed, fine grain A516/A516M 55
C 60 Plain carbon, killed, fine grain A516/A516M 60
C 65 Plain carbon, killed, fine grain A516/A516M 65
C 70 Plain carbon, killed, fine grain A516/A516M 70
D 70 Manganese-silicon, normalized A537/A537M 1
D 80 Manganese-silicon, Q&T A537/A537M 2
E 55 Plain carbon A442/A442M 55
E 60 Plain carbon A442/A442M 60
H 75 Manganese-molybdenum normalized A302/A302M A
H 80 Manganese-molybdenum normalized A302/A302M B, C, D
J 80 Manganese-molybdenum, quenched A533/A533M Cl-1
and tempered
J 90 Manganese-molybdenum, quenched A533/A533M Cl-2
and tempered
J 100 Manganese-molybdenum, quenched A533/A533M Cl-3
and tempered
K 75 Chromium-manganese-silicon A202/A202M A
K 85 Chromium-manganese-silicon A202/A202M B
L 65 Molybdenum A204/A204M A
L 70 Molybdenum A204/A204M B
L 75 Molybdenum A204/A204M C
N 75 Manganese-silicon A299/A299M
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 101

Materials 101

Tensile Requirements (ASTM A672/A672M). The plate used in making

the pipe conforms to the requirements as to tensile properties of various
ASTM specifications listed in the preceding table.

ASTM, A691-98 (2002) (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe,
Electric-Fusion-Welded for High-Pressure Service
at High Temperatures
Scope. This specification covers carbon and alloy steel pipe, electric-
fusion-welded with filler metal added, fabricated from pressure-vessel-
quality plate of several analyses and strength levels and suitable for high-
pressure service at high temperatures. Heat treatment may or may not be
required to attain the desired mechanical properties or comply with
applicable code requirements. Supplementary requirements are provided
for use when additional testing or examination is desired.
The specification nominally covers pipe 16 in. (405 mm) in outside
diameter and larger with wall thicknesses up to 3 in. (75 mm) inclusive.
Pipe having other dimensions may be furnished provided it complies
with all other requirements of this specification.

Radiography Pressure Test

Class Heat Treatment on Pipe (see Section) (see Section)
10 None None None
11 None 9 None
12 None 9 8.3
13 None None 8.3
20 Stress relieved, see 5.3.1 None None
21 Stress relieved, see 5.3.1 9 None
22 Stress relieved, see 5.3.1 9 8.3
23 Stress relieved, see 5.3.1 None 8.3
30 Normalized, see 5.3.2 None None
31 Normalized, see 5.3.2 9 None
32 Normalized, see 5.3.2 9 8.3
33 Normalized, see 5.3.2 None 8.3
40 Normalized and tempered, see 5.3.3 None None
41 Normalized and tempered, see 5.3.3 9 None
42 Normalized and tempered, see 5.3.3 9 8.3
43 Normalized and tempered, see 5.3.3 None 8.3
50 Quenched and tempered, see 5.3.4 None None
51 Quenched and tempered, see 5.3.4 9 None
52 Quenched and tempered, see 5.3.4 9 8.3
53 Quenched and tempered, see 5.3.4 None 8.3
Note: Selection of materials should be made with attention to temperature of
service. For such guidance, Specification A20/A20M may be consulted.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 102

102 Piping Materials Guide

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A20/A20M, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for

Pressure Vessels.
A204/A204M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,
Molybdenum.
A299/A299M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel,
Manganese-Silicon.
A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A387/A387M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,
Chromium-Molybdenum.
A435/A435M, Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
Steel Plates.
A530/A530M, Specification for General Requirements for Specialized
Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe.
A537/A537M, Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated,
Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel.
E165 Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination.
E709 Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination.

ASME BPV Code

Section II, Material Specifications.

Section III, Nuclear Power Plant Components.
Section VIII, Unfired Pressure Vessels.
Section IX, Welding Qualifications.

Grades. The grade designates the specification of the plate used to make
the pipe.

Class. The class designates the heat treatment performed in the

manufacture of the pipe.

Methods of Manufacture. Double welded, full penetration welds, made

in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code IX. The
welds are made either manually or automatically by an electric process
involving the deposition of filler metal.

Heat Treatment and Inspection. These are extracted from ASTM A691/
A691M:
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 103

Materials 103

Class Heat Treatmenta Radiography Pressure Test

10 None No No
11 None Yes No
12 None Yes Yes
13 None No Yes
20 Stress relieved No No
21 Stress relieved Yes No
22 Stress relieved Yes Yes
23 Stress relieved No Yes
30 Normalized No No
31 Normalized Yes No
32 Normalized Yes Yes
33 Normalized No Yes
40 Normalized and tempered No No
41 Normalized and tempered Yes No
42 Normalized and tempered Yes Yes
43 Normalized and tempered No Yes
50 Quenched and tempered No No
51 Quenched and tempered Yes No
52 Quenched and tempered Yes Yes
53 Quenched and tempered No Yes
a
For heat treatment parameters, refer to ASTM A691/691M.

Plate Materials. These are extracted from ASTM A691/691M:

ASTM HB
Grade Type of Steel Specification Grade Maximum
CM-65 Carbon-molybdenum A204/A204M A 201
CM-70 Carbon-molybdenum A204/A204M B 201
CM-75 Carbon-molybdenum A204/A204M C 201
CMSH-70 Carbon-managanese-silicon A537/A537M 1
steel, normalised
CMS-75 Carbon-managanese-silicon A299/A299M
steel
CMSH-80 Carbon-managanese-silicon A537/A537M 2 201
steel, quenched and
tempered
1 1
⁄2 CR ⁄2% chromium, A387/A387M 2 201
1
⁄2% molybdenum steel
1CR 1% chromium, A387/A387M 12 201
1
⁄2% molybdenum steel
1
1 ⁄4 CR 11⁄4 % chromium, A387/A387M 11 201
1
⁄2% molybdenum steel
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 104

104 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
ASTM HB
Grade Type of Steel Specification Grade Maximum
21⁄4 CR 21⁄4% chromium, A387/A387M 22 201
1% molybdenum steel
3CR 3% chromium, A387/A387M 21 201
1% molybdenum steel
5CR 5% chromium, A387/A387M 5 225
1
⁄2% molybdenum steel
9CR 9% chromium, A387/A387M 9 241
1% molybdenum steel
91 9% chromium, A387/A387M 91 241
1% molybdenum steel,
vanadium, columbium

ASTM, A790/A790M-03 (Volume 01.01), Standard

Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic/
Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe

Scope. This specification covers seamless and straight-seam welded

ferritic/austenitic steel pipe intended for general corrosive service, with
particular emphasis on resistance to stress corrosion cracking. These
steels are susceptible to embrittlement if used for prolonged periods at
elevated temperatures.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A370, Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
A941, Terminology Relating to Steel, Stainless Steel, Related Alloys and
Feroalloys.
A999/A999M, Specification for General Requirements for Alloy and
Stainless Steel Pipe.
E213, Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing.
E309, Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products
Using Magnetic Saturation.
E381, Method of Macroetch Testing Steel Bars, Billets, Blooms, and Forgings.
E426, Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Examination of Seamless
and Welded Tubular Products, Austenitic Stainless Steel and Similar Alloys.
E527, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 105

Materials 105

ASME

B1.20.1, Pipe Threads, General Purpose.

B36.10, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.
B36.19, Stainless Steel Pipe.

SAE. J 1086, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS).

ANSI. SNT-TC-1A, Personal Qualification and Certification in Non-

destructive Testing.

Grades. The grade designates the specification of the plate used to make
the pipe.

Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM A790/A790M.

Chemical Analysis. Refer to ASTM A790/A790M.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A790/

A790M:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
S31803 90 (620) 65 (450)
S32205 90 (620) 65 (450)
S31500 92 (630) 64 (440)
S32550 110 (760) 80 (550)
S31200 100 (690) 65 (450)
S31260 100 (690) 65 (450)
S32304 87 (600) 58 (400)
S39274 116 (800) 80 (550)
S32750 116 (800) 80 (550)
S32760 109–130 (750–895) 80 (550)
S32900 90 (620) 70 (485)
S32950 100 (690) 70 (485)
S39277 120 (825) 90 (620)
S32520 112 (770) 80 (550)
S32906 116 (800) below 0.4 in. 96 (650)
109 (750) 0.4 and above 80 (550)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 106

106 Piping Materials Guide

ASTM, B127-98 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy
(UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers rolled nickel-copper alloy (UNS

N04400) plate, sheet, and strip.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B164, Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire.

E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E10, Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E18, Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial Hardness
of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E140, Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals.
E76, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Copper Alloys.
F155, Test Method for Temper of Strip and Sheet Metals for Electronic
Devices (Spring-back Method).

MIL

MIL-STD-129, Marking for Shipment and Storage.

MIL-STD-271, Nondestructive Testing Requirements for Metals.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B127-98:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade (Plate) Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS04400
Annealed 70 (485) 28 (128)
UNS04400
As rolled 75 (515) 40 (275)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 107

Materials 107

ASTM, B160-99 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel Rod and Bar

Scope. This specification covers nickel (UNS N02200) and low-carbon

nickel (UNS N02201) in the form of hot-worked and cold-worked rod
and bar.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B162, Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.

B880, General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis of Nickel, Nickel
Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E18, Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial
Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E140, Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals.
E39, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B160-93

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
Cold worked
Rounds 1 in. (25.4 mm) 80 (550) 60 (415)
and less
Rounds over 1 in. (25.4 mm) 75 (515) 50 (345)
Square, hex, rectangle, all sizes 65 (450) 40 (275)
Hot worked
All sections and sizes 60 (415) 15 (105)
Annealed
Rods and bars, all sizes 55 (380) 145 (105)

ASTM, B162-99 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers rolled nickel (UNS N02200) and low-
carbon nickel (UNS N02201) plate, sheet, and strip. The values stated in
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 108

108 Piping Materials Guide

inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The other values

given are for information only.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B160, Specification for Nickel Rod and Bar.

B880, General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis of Nickel, Nickel
Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E10, Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E18, Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial Hardness
of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E140, Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals.
E39, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel.
F155, Test Method for Temper of Strip and Sheet Metals for Electronic
Devices (Spring-back Method).

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B162-99:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade (Plate) Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNSN02200
Anealed 55 (380) 15 (100)
As rolled 55 (380) 20 (135)
UNSN02201
Anealed 50 (345) 12 (80)
As rolled 50 (345) 12 (80)

ASTM, B164-03 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy
Rod, Bar, and Wire

Scope. This specification covers nickel-copper alloys UNS N04400 and

N04405 in the form of hot-worked and cold-worked rod and bar.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 109

Materials 109

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B127, Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet,

and Strip.
B880, Specification for General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis
Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E18, Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial
Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E76, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Copper Alloys.
E140, Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.

MIL

STD-129, Marking for Shipment and Storage.

STD-271, Nondestructive Testing Requirements for Metals.

Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM B 164.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B 164.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B 164.

Mechanical Requirements (for rod and bar). These are extracted from
ASTM A 164:

Minimum Minimum
Tensile Yield
Strength, Strength,
Grade ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
UNS N04400
Cold worked (as worked):
Rounds under 1⁄2 in. (12.7) 110 (760) 85 (585)
Squares, hexagons and rectangles 85 (585) 55 (380)
under 1⁄2 in. (12.7)
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 110

110 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Minimum Minimum
Tensile Yield
Strength, Strength,
Grade ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Cold worked (stress relieved):
Rounds over 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) 84 (580) 50 (345)
Rounds 1⁄2 –31⁄2 in. (12.7–88.9 mm) 87 (600) 60 (415)
inclusive
Rounds over 31⁄2 –4 in. (88.9–101.6 mm) 84 (580) 55 (380)
Squares, hexagons, rectangles 2 in. (50.8 mm) 84 (580) 50 (345)
and under
Squares, hexagons, rectangles over 2–31⁄8 in. 80 (552) 50 (345)
(50.8–74.4 mm) inclusive
Hot worked (as worked or stress relieved):
Rounds, squares, rectangles up to 12 in. 80 (552) 40 (276)
(305 mm) inclusive
Rounds, squares, rectangles over 12–14 in. 75 (517) 40 (276)
(305–356 mm)
Hexagons over 21⁄8 –4 in. (54–102 mm) 75 (517) 30 (207)
inclusive
Rings and disks
Hot or cold worked (annealed): 70 (480) 25 (170)
Rod and bar, all sizes
Rings and disks
UNS N04405
Cold worked (as worked or stress relieved):
Rounds under 1⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) 85 (585) 50 (345)
Rounds 1⁄2 –3 in. (12.7–76.2 mm) inclusive 85 (585) 50 (345)
Rounds over 3–4 in. (76.2–101.6 mm) 80 (552) 50 (345)
Squares, hexagons 2 in. (50.8 mm) and under 85 (585) 50 (345)
Squares, hexagons, rectangles 2 (50.8 mm) to
31⁄8 (79.4) inclusive
Hot worked (as hot worked or stress relieved):
Rounds 3 in. (76.2 mm) or less. 75 (517) 35 (241)
Hexagons, squares 21⁄8 in. (54 mm) or less. 75 (517) 35 (241)
Hexagon, squares over 21⁄8 –4 in. (54–101.6 mm) 70 (480) 30 (207)
inclusive
Hot or cold worked (annealed): 70 (480) 25 (170)
Rod and bar all sizes
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 111

Materials 111

ASTM, B168-01 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys
(UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690,
N06693, N06025, and N06045) and
Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy
(UNS N06617) Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers rolled nickel-chromium-iron alloys

(UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and
N06045) and nickel-chromium-cobalt-molybdenum alloy (UNS
N06617) plate, sheet, and strip. The values stated in inch-pound units
are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are
for information only.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B166, Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600,N06601,

N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) and Nickel-Chromium-
Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N06617) Rod, Bar, and Wire.
B880, Specification for General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis
Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E10, Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E18, Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial
Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E140, Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.
E38, Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Chromium and Nickel-
Chromium-Iron Alloys.
F155, Test Method for Temper of Strip and Sheet Metals for Electronic
Devices (Spring-back Method).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 112

112 Piping Materials Guide

Federal Standard

Fed. Std. No. 102, Preservation, Packaging, and Packing Levels.

Fed. Std. No. 123, Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies).
Fed. Std. No. 182, Continuous Identification Marking of Nickel and Nickel-
Base Alloys.

MIL. MIL-STD-129, Marking for Shipment and Storage.

Mechanical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B168-01.

ASTM, B333-03 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy
Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers plate, sheet, and strip of nickel-molyb-

denum alloys (UNS N10001, N10665, N10675, N10629, and N10624)
The following products are covered under this specification: Sheet
and strip include hot- or cold-rolled, solution-annealed, and descaled
products, unless the solution annealing is performed in an atmosphere
yielding a bright finish. Plate includes hot- or cold-rolled, solution-
annealed, and descaled products.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B906, Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Nickel and

Nickel Alloys Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B333-03:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade (Plate) Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N10001 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N10665 110 (760) 51 (350)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 113

Materials 113

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade (Plate) Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N10675 110 (760) 51 (350)
UNS N10629 110 (760) 51 (350)

ASTM, B335-03 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy Rod

Scope. This specification covers rods of nickel-molybdenum alloys

(UNS N10001, N10665, N10675, N10629, and N10624).
The following products are covered under this specification: rods
5
⁄16 –1⁄3 in. (7.94–19.05 mm), inclusive, in diameter, hot or cold finished,
solution annealed, and pickled or mechanically descaled; and rods
3
⁄4 –31⁄2 in. (19.05–88.9 mm), inclusive, in diameter, hot or cold finished,
solution annealed, and ground or turned.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B880, Specification for General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis

Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E55, Practice for Sampling Wrought Nonferrous Metals and Alloys for
Determination of Chemical Composition.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.

Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM B335.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B335.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B335.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B335.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 114

114 Piping Materials Guide

Minimum Minimum
Tensile Yield
Strength, Strength,
Grade ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
UNS N10001 5/8–11⁄2 in. 115 (795) 46 (315)
(7.94–38.1 mm) inclusive
Over 11⁄2 –31⁄2 in. (38.1–88.9 mm)
N10665 100 (690) 46 (315)
N10675 112 (760) 51 (350)
N10629 110 (760) 51 (350)
N10624 104 (720) 46 (320)

ASTM, B387-90(2001) (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Molybdenum and Molybdenum
Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire

Scope. This specification covers unalloyed molybdenum and molyb-

denum alloy bars, rods, and wires as follows:

Molybdenum 360—unalloyed vacuum arc-cast molybdenum.

Molybdenum 361—unalloyed powder metallurgy molybdenum.
Molybdenum alloy 363—vacuum arc-cast molybdenum–0.5% titanium–
0.1% zirconium (TZM) alloy.
Molybdenum alloy 364—powder metallurgy molybdenum–0.5% titanium–
0.1% zirconium (TZM) alloy.
Molybdenum 365—unalloyed vacuum arc-cast molybdenum, low carbon.
Molybdenum alloy 366—vacuum arc-cast molybdenum, 30% tungsten
alloy.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.

F289, Specification for Molybdenum Wire and Rod for Electronic
Applications.

Mechanical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B387-90(2001).

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 115

Materials 115

ASTM, B409-01 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy
Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers UNS N08120, UNS N08890, UNS

N08800, UNS N08810, and UNS N08811 in the form of rolled plate,
sheet, and strip. Alloy UNS N08800 is normally employed in service
temperatures up to and including 11008F (5938C). Alloys UNS N08120,
UNS N08810, UNS N08811, and UNS N08890 are normally employed in
service temperatures above 11008F (5938C) where resistance to creep and
rupture is required, and they are annealed to develop controlled grain size
for optimum properties in this temperature range.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B408, Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Rod and Bar.

B880, Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis
Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E10, Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E18, Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial
Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E140, Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.
F155 Test Method for Temper of Strip and Sheet Metals for Electronic
Devices (Spring-back Method).

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B409-01:

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 116

116 Piping Materials Guide

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade (Plate) Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N08120
Annealed 90 (621) 40 (276)
UNS N08800
Annealed 75 (520) 30 (205)
As rolled 80 (550) 35 (240)
UNS N08810
Annealed 65 (450) 25 (170)
UNS N08811
Annealed 65 (450) 25 (170)

ASTM, B424-98a (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy
(UNS N08825 and UNS N08221) Plate, Sheet,
and Strip

Scope. This specification covers rolled nickel-iron-chromium-

molybdenum-copper alloy (UNS N08825 and UNS N08221) plate,
sheet, and strip. The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded
as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information
only.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B425, Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy (UNS N08825 and UNS

N08221) Rod and Bar.
B880, Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis
Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 117

Materials 117

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B424-98a:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
Hot Rolled Plate:
UNS N08825 85 (586) 35 (586)
UNS N08221 79 (544) 34 (235)
Cold Rolled Plate:
UNS N08825 85 (586) 35 (586)
UNS N08221 79 (544) 34 (235)

ASTM, B435-03 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for UNS N06002, UNS N06230,
UNS N12160, and UNS R30556 Plate, Sheet,
and Strip

Scope. This specification covers alloys UNS N06002, UNS N06230,

UNS N12160, and UNS R30556 in the form of rolled plate, sheet, and
strip for heat-resisting and general corrosive service.
The following products are covered under this specification: Sheet and
strip include hot- or cold-rolled, annealed, and descaled products, unless
solution annealing is performed in an atmosphere yielding a bright finish.
Plate includes hot-rolled, solution-annealed, and descaled products.

Referenced Document
ASTM

B906, Specification of General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Nickel and

Nickel Alloys Plate, Sheet, and Strip.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B435-03:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N06002 95 (655) 35 (240)
UNS N06230 110 (750) 45 (310)
UNS R30556 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N12160 90 (670) 35 (240)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 118

118 Piping Materials Guide

ASTM, B443-00e1 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-
Columbium Alloy (UNS N06625) and Nickel-
Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS
N06219) Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers rolled nickel-chromium-molybdenum-

columbium alloy (UNS N06625) and nickel-chromium-molybdenum-
silicon alloy (UNS N06219) plate, sheet, and strip.
Alloy UNS N06625 products are furnished in two grades of different
heat-treated conditions:

Grade 1 (annealed)—Material is normally employed in service temperatures

up to 11008F (5938C).
Grade 2 (solution annealed)—Material is normally employed in service
temperatures above 11008F (5938C) when resistance to creep and rupture
is required.
Note: Hot-working or reannealing may change properties signifi-
cantly, depending on working history and temperatures.)
Alloy UNS N06219 is supplied only in a solution-annealed condition.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B446, Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy

(UNS N06625) Rod and Bar.
B880, Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis
Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E354, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of High-Temperature, Electrical,
Magnetic, and Other Similar Iron, Nickel, and Cobalt Alloys.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B443-

00e1:
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 119

Materials 119

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N06625 (plate)
Grade 1 (annealed) 110 (758) 55 (379)
Grade 2 (solution annealed) 100 (690) 40 (276)

ASTM, B462-02 (Volume 02.04), Specification for

Forged or Rolled UNS N06030, UNS N06022, UNS
N06200, UNS N08020, UNS N08024, UNS
N08026, UNS N08367, UNS N10276, UNS
N10665, UNS N10675, and UNS R20033 Alloy
Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and
Parts for Corrosive High-Temperature Service.

Scope. This specification covers forged or rolled UNS N06030, UNS

N06022, UNS N06200, UNS N08020, UNS N08024, UNS N08026,
UNS N08367, UNS N10276, UNS N10665, UNS N10675, and UNS
R20033 pipe flanges, forged fittings, and valves and parts intended for
corrosive high-temperature service.

Referenced Documents.
ASTM

A262, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in

Austenitic Stainless Steels.
B472, Specification for UNS N06030, UNS N06022, UNS N06200, UNS
N08020, UNS N08026, UNS N08024, UNS N08926, UNS N08367, UNS
N10276, UNS N10665, UNS N10675, and UNS R20033 Nickel Alloy
Billets and Bars for Reforging.
B880, Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis
Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.
E1916, Guide for the Identification and/or Segregation of Mixed Lots of
Metals.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 120

120 Piping Materials Guide

ASME. B16.5, Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (for applicable
alloy UNS N08020).

MSS. SP-25, Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges,

and Unions.

Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM B462.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B462.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B462.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B462:

Minimum Tensile Minimum

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Yield Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N08020, 80 (551) 35 (241)
UNS N08024,
UNS N08026
UNS N08367 95 (655) 45 (310)
UNS NR20033 109 (750) 55 (3800)
UNS N06030 85 (586) 35 (241)
UNS N06022 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N06200 100 (690) 41 (283)
UNS N10276 100 (690) 41 (283)
UNS N10665 110 (760) 51 (350)
UNS N10675 110 (760) 51 (350)

ASTM, B463-04 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and
UNS N08024 Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS
N08024 alloy plate, sheet, and strip.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A262, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in

Austenitic Stainless Steels.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 121

Materials 121

B906, Specification of General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Nickel and

Nickel Alloys Plate, Sheet, and Strip.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B463-04:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N08026 80 (551) 35 (241)
UNS N08020 80 (551) 35 (241)
UNS N08024 80 (551) 35 (241)

ASTM, B511-01 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon
Alloy Bars and Shapes

Scope. This specification covers wrought alloys UNS N08330 and UNS
N08332 in the form of hot-finished and cold-finished bar and shapes
intended for heat-resisting applications and general corrosive service.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B536 Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloys (UNS N08330

and N08332) Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
B880 Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis
Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E112 Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E1473 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B511.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B511.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 122

122 Piping Materials Guide

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B511:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N10003 70 (483) 30 (207)
UNS N10242 67 (462) 27 (186)

ASTM, B536-02 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon
Alloys (UNS N08330 and N08332) Plate, Sheet,
and Strip

Scope. This specification covers nickel-iron-chromium silicon alloys

(UNS N08330 and UNS N08332) plate, sheet, and strip intended for
heat resisting applications and general corrosive service.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B880, Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis

Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E10, Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E18, Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial
Hardness of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E140, Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B536-02:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N08330 70 (483) 30 (207)
UNS N08332 67 (462) 27 (186)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 123

Materials 123

ASTM, B564-00a (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings

Scope. This specification covers forgings of nickel alloy UNS N02200;

Ni-Cu alloy UNS N04400; Ni-Cr-Fe alloys UNS N06600, UNS N06603,
and UNS N06690; Ni-Cr-Mo-Nb alloy UNS N06625; Ni-Cr-Mo-Si
alloy UNS N06219; low-carbon Ni-Mo-Cr alloys UNS N10276 and
UNS N06022; Ni-Cr-Mo-W alloy UNS N06110; low-carbon Ni-Cr-Mo-
W alloy UNS N06686; Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu alloy UNS N08825; Fe-Ni-Cr-
Mo-N alloy UNS N08367; low-carbon Ni-Cr-Mo alloy UNS N06058;
low-carbon Ni-Cr-Mo alloy UNS N06059; low carbon Ni-Cr-Mo-Cu
alloy UNS N06200; Ni-Mo-Cr-Fe alloy UNS N10242; Ni-Mo alloys
UNS N10665 and UNS N10675; low-carbon Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu alloy
UNS N08031; Ni-Cr-W-Mo alloy UNS N06230; Ni-Cr-Co-Mo alloy
UNS N06617; Ni-Co-Cr-Si alloy UNS N12160; Ni-Fe-Cr alloys, Ni-Mo
alloy UNS N10629, Ni-Cr-Fe-Al alloy UNS N06025; Ni-Cr-Fe-Si alloy
UNS N06045; low-carbon Ni-Mo-Cr-Ta alloy UNS N06210; Ni-Mo-Cr-
Fe alloy UNS N10624; and low-carbon Cr-Ni-Fe-N alloy UNS R20033.
The nickel-iron-chromium alloys are UNS N08120, UNS N08800,
UNS N08810, and UNS N08811. Alloy UNS N08800 is normally
employed in service temperatures up to and including 11008F (5938C).
Alloys UNS N08810, N08120, and UNS N08811 are normally employed
in service temperatures above 11008F where resistance to creep and
rupture is required; these are annealed to develop controlled grain size
for optimum properties in this temperature range.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B880, Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis

Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E76, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Copper Alloys.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E350, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Carbon Steel, Low-Alloy
Steel, Silicon Electrical Steel, Ingot Iron, and Wrought Iron.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 124

124 Piping Materials Guide

MIL

MIL-STD-129, Marking for Shipment and Storage.

MIL-STD-271, Nondestructive Testing Requirements for Metals.

Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM B564.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B564.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B564.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A564:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N02200 55 (380) 15 (105)
UNS N04400 70 (483) 25 (172)
UNS N06600 80 (552) 35 (241)
UNS N06690 85 (586) 35 (241)
UNS N06058 110 (760) 52 (360)
UNS N06059 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N06200 100 (690) 41 (283)
UNS N08120 90 (621) 40 (276)
UNS N08800 75 (517) 30 (207)
UNS N08810 and UNS N08811 65 (448) 25 (172)
UNS N06625
Up to 4 in. (102 mm) 120 (827) 60 (414)
Over 4 in. (102 mm) 110 (758) 50 (345)
UNS N 06110
Up to 4 in. (102 mm) 95 (655) 45 (310)
Over 4 in. (102 mm) 90 (621) 40 (276)
UNS N08825 85 (586) 35 (241)
UNS N10276 100 (690) 41 (283)
UNS N06022 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N08367 95 (655) 45 (310)
UNS N08031 94 (650) 40 (276)
UNS N06230 110 (758) 45 (310)
UNS N06617 95 (655) 35 (241)
UNS N10665 110 (758) 51 (350)
UNS N10675 110 (758) 51 (350)
UNS N10242 105 (725) 45 (310)
UNS N06686 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N12160 90 (620) 35 (241)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 125

Materials 125

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS R20033 109 (750) 55 (380)
UNS N10629 110 (758) 51 (350)
UNS N06025
Up to 4 in. (102 mm) 98 (680) 45 (310)
Over 4 in. (102 mm) 84 (580) 45 (310)
UNS N06603 94 (650) 43 (300)
UNS N06045 90 (620) 35 (240)
UNS N10624 104 (720) 46 (320)
UNS N06210 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N06219 96 (660) 39 (270)

ASTM, B572-03 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for UNS N06002, UNS N06230,
UNS N12160, and UNS R30556 Rod

Scope. This specification covers alloys UNS N06002, UNS N06230,

UNS N12160, and UNS R30556 in the rod form for heat resisting and
general-corrosive service.
The following products are covered under this specification: Rods
5
⁄16 –3⁄4 in. (7.94–19.05 mm), inclusive, in diameter, hot or cold finished,
solution annealed, and pickled or mechanically descaled; and rods
3
⁄4 –31⁄2 in. (19.05–88.9 mm), inclusive, in diameter, hot or cold finished,
solution annealed, and ground or turned.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B880, Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis

Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E55, Practice for Sampling Wrought Nonferrous Metals and Alloys for
Determination of Chemical Composition.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 126

126 Piping Materials Guide

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B572.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B572.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B572:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
N06002 95 (660) 35 (240)
N06230 110 (760) 45 (310)
N12160 90 (620) 35 (240)
R30556 100 (690) 45 (310)

ASTM, B573-00 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium-
Iron Alloy (UNS N10003, N10242) Rod

Scope. This specification covers nickel-molybdenum-chromium-iron

alloy (UNS N10003) rod for use in general corrosive service.
The following products are covered under this specification: Rods 5⁄16
3
– ⁄4 in. (7.94–19.05 mm), inclusive, in diameter, hot or cold finished,
annealed, and pickled or mechanically descaled; and rods 3⁄4 –31⁄2 in.
(19.05–88.9 mm), inclusive, in diameter, hot or cold finished, annealed,
and ground or turned.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B880, Specification of General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis

Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B573.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B573.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 127

Materials 127

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A573:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N10003 100 (690) 40 (280)
UNS N10242 105 (725) 45 (310)

ASTM, B574-99a (Volume 02.04), Specification

for Low-Carbon Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium,
Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum,
Low-Carbon Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium-
Tantalum, Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-
Molybdenum-Copper, Low-Carbon Nickel-
Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy Rod

Scope. This specification covers rods of low-carbon nickel-molybdenum-

chromium alloys (UNS N10276, N06022, and N06455), low-carbon
nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy (UNS N06059), and low-carbon
nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten (UNS N06686).
The following products are covered under this specification: Rods
5
⁄16 –3⁄4 in. (7.94–19.05 mm), inclusive, in diameter, hot or cold finished,
solution annealed, and pickled or mechanically descaled; and rods
3
⁄4 –31⁄2 in. (19.05–88.9 mm), inclusive, in diameter, hot or cold finished,
solution annealed, and ground or turned.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B880, Specification for General Requirements for Chemical-Check-Analysis

Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E55, Practice for Sampling Wrought Nonferrous Metals and Alloys for
Determination of Chemical Composition.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 128

128 Piping Materials Guide

Methods of Manufacture. Refer to ASTM B574.

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B574.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B574.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A574:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
N10276 100 (690) 41 (283)
N06022 100 (690) 45 (310)
N06455 100 (690) 40 (276)
N06059 100 (690) 52 (360)
N06058 110 (760) 45 (310)
N06200 100 (690) 41 (283)
N06210 100 (690) 45 (310)
N06686 100 (690) 45 (310)

ASTM, B575-04 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-
Molybdenum, Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-
Molybdenum-Copper, Low-Carbon Nickel-
Chromium-Molybdenum-Tantalum, and Low-
Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten
Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip

Scope. This specification covers plate, sheet, and strip of low-carbon

nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloys (UNS N10276, UNS N06022,
UNS N06455, N06035, UNS N06058, and UNS N06059), low-carbon
nickel-chromium-molybdenum-copper alloy (UNS N06200), low-carbon
nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tantalum alloy (UNS N06210), and low-
carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy (UNS N06686).
The following products are covered under this specification: Sheet and
strip include products hot or cold rolled, solution annealed, and
descaled, unless solution annealing is performed in an atmosphere
yielding a bright finish. Plate includes products hot or cold rolled,
solution annealed, and descaled.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 129

Materials 129

Referenced Documents
ASTM

B906, Specification of General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Nickel and

Nickel Alloys Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
E112, Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain Size.
E140, Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM B575-04:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
UNS N10276 100 (690) 41 (283)
UNS N06022 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N06455 100 (690) 40 (276)
UNS N06059 100 (690) 45 (310)
UNS N06200 100 (690) 41 (283)
UNS N06686 100 (690) 45 (310)

ASTM, B672-02 (Volume 02.04), Standard

Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-
Molybdenum-Columbium Stabilized Alloy (UNS
N08700) Bar and Wire
Scope. This specification covers nickel-iron-chromium-molybdenum-
columbium stabilized alloy (UNS N08700) bars.

Referenced Documents
ASTM

A262, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in

Austenitic Stainless Steels.
B880, Specification for General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis
Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys and Cobalt Alloys.
E8, Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials.
E29, Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
Conformance with Specifications.
E1473, Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel, Cobalt, and High-
Temperature Alloys.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 10:56pm page 130

130 Piping Materials Guide

Heat Treatment. Refer to ASTM B672.

Chemical Requirements. Refer to ASTM B672.

Mechanical Requirements. These are extracted from ASTM A672:

Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield

Grade Strength, ksi (MPa) Strength, ksi (MPa)
N08700 80 (550) 35 (240)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 131

4
PIPING COMPONENTS

1. INTRODUCTION
This introduction covers the numerous dimensional standards that
relate to the most commonly used piping components within a metallic
piping system. A piping component is a fitting that does one or more of
the following:

. Transports the fluid—pipe.

. Changes the direction of the flow—elbows, tee.
. Changes the size of the pipe—reducers, reducing tees, reducing couplings.
. Joins together pipe—flanges, couplings.
. Dismantles pipe—flanges, unions.
. Isolates the flow. Spectacle blinds, Spades and Spacers
. Reinforces branch connections—weldolets, threadolets, sockolets.

The term piping component is interchangeable with piping fitting. A

piping fitting is considered a component of a piping system.
A piping system comprises a variety of these components, and they
serve one or more function. For example, a reducing tee changes the
direction of the flow and the size of the pipe. Each particular component
is manufactured to a specific dimensional standard, with fixed tolerances,
based on its size, pressure rating, the method of manufacture, and the
choice of end connections. The table in the next section lists the piping

131
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 132

132 Piping Materials Guide

components most commonly used with their purposes and the

appropriate dimensional standards.

2. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS OF PIPE

The most common reference dimensional standards for pipe are as
follows:

Material Type Construction Size Range Standard

1
Carbon steel Seamless and ⁄8 –80 in. AMSE B36.10
welded
1
Stainless steel and other Seamless and ⁄8 –30 in. ASME B36.19
corrosion-resistant alloys welded

3. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS FOR

PIPING COMPONENTS
The most commonly used piping components and the dimensional
standards are as follows:

Threaded-
Type of Butt-Weld Socket-Weld Held between
Component Function Ends Ends Flanges
908 long Change ASME B16.9 ASME B16.11 Not applicable
radius (LR) direction (1⁄2 –48 in.) (1⁄2 – 4 in.)
elbow
908 short Change ASME B16.28 Not applicable Not applicable
radius (SR) direction (1⁄2 –48 in.)
elbow
458 Elbow Change ASME B16.9 ASME B16.11 Not applicable
direction (1⁄2 –48 in.) (1⁄2 – 4 in.)
1808 return Change ASME B16.9 Not applicable Not applicable
direction (1⁄2 –48 in.)
Equal tee Change ASME B16.9 ASME B16.11 Not applicable
direction (1⁄2 –48 in.) (1⁄2 – 4 in.)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 133

Piping Components 133

Threaded-
Type of Butt-Weld Socket-Weld Held between
Component Function Ends Ends Flanges
Reducing Change ASME B16.9 ASME B16.11 Not applicable
tee direction (1⁄2 –48 in.) (1⁄2 –4 in.)
and size
Reinforced Change Manufacturer’s Manufacturer’s Not applicable
branch direction standard standard
(O’let) and size
Eccentric Change size ASME B16.9 ASME B16.11 Not applicable
reducer (1⁄2 –48 in.) (1⁄2 –4 in.)
Concentric Change size ASME B16.9 ASME B16.11 Not applicable
reducer (1⁄2 –48 in.) (1⁄2 –4 in.)
Flanges Join pipe and ASME B16.5 ASME B16.5 Not applicable
components (1⁄2 –48 in.) (1⁄2 –24 in.)
Flanges Join pipe and ASME B16.47 Not applicable Not applicable
components (26–60 in.)
Couplings Join pipe and Not applicable ASME B16.11 Not applicable
components (1⁄2 –4 in.)
Unions Join pipe and Not applicable BS 3799 Not applicable
components
Spectacle Isolation Not applicable Not applicable API 590 or
blinds, company’s
spades and standards
spacers

Each piping component type also has one or more methods of

being connected to pipe or another component. The end connection
chosen can be selected from one of the flowing commonly used
alternatives:

. Butt weld.
. Plain end or socket weld.
. Threading.
. Flanging.

Other, less commonly used methods include hubbed connections and

SAE flanges, however the preceding four types cover a vast majority of
end connections and on certain projects, all requirements.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 134

134 Piping Materials Guide

Dimensional Standards Covering End

Connections of Components

The most commonly used dimensional standards for end connections

are as follows:

End Connection Joint Type ASME Standard Size

Weld end (WE) Butt weld ASME B16.25 All sizes
Plain end (PE) Socket weld ASME B16.11 4 in. and below
Threaded (Thd) Screwed ASME B1.20.1 4 in. and below
1
Flanged (Flg) Flanged ASME B16.5 ⁄2 –24 in.
Flanged (Flg) Flanged ASME B16.47 26–60 in.

Generally, a piping component has the same connection at both ends.

However, it is possible to have a mixture, especially with valves; for
example, flanged by threaded, flanged by socket weld, or threaded by
socket weld. This is acceptable as long as both end connections satisfy
the design conditions of the fluid being transported in the piping system.
As mentioned previously, numerous other national standards cover
the dimensional standards for piping components, however, differences
in the dimensions and tolerances, in a vast majority of cases, could make
the components incompatible.

4. THE MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRIC

RESISTANCE WELDED PIPE
We next examine the basic steps necessary to produce electric
resistance welded (ERW) pipe.

Coil Feed Ramp

The coils are removed from storage and placed on the feed ramp (see
Figure 4.1). Each coil is fed into the uncoiling unit.

First Forming Section

The roll transition section receives the product from the first forming
section and continues the ‘‘rounding-up’’ process (see Figure 4.2).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 135

Piping Components 135

Figure 4.1. Coil Feed Ramp.

Figure 4.2. First Forming Section.

Final Forming Pass Section

This section of the forming rolls finishes the rounding process and
prepares the edges of the strip for welding (see Figure 4.3).

High-Frequency Welder

An automatic high-frequency welder heats the edges of the strip to

approximately 26008F at the fusion point location (see Figure 4.4).
Pressure rollers squeeze these heated edges together to form a fusion weld.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 136

136 Piping Materials Guide

Figure 4.3. Final Forming Pass Section.

Figure 4.4. Automatic High-Frequency Welder.

In-Process Weld Nondestructive Inspection

After welding has been completed, it is inspected by independent

nondestructive inspection units (see Figure 4.5).

Seam Weld Normalizing

The weld area is then subjected to postweld treatment, as metallur-

gically required, to remove residual welding stresses and produce a
uniform normalized grain structure (see Figure 4.6).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 137

Piping Components 137

Figure 4.5. Nondestructive Inspection Unit.

Figure 4.6. Seam Weld Normalizer.

Sizing Mill

The pipe passes through a sizing mill to achieve the correct outside
diameter (see Figure 4.7).

Cutting the Pipe

The pipe is then cut to the correct length (see Figure 4.8).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 138

138 Piping Materials Guide

Figure 4.7. Sizing Mill.

Figure 4.8. Cutting the Pipe.

Hydrostatic Testing

Each length of pipe is subjected to a hydrostatic test as a strength and

leak check (see Figure 4.9).

Straightening

Each pipe length is then straightened by a series of horizontal

deflection rolls (see Figure 4.10).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 139

Piping Components 139

Figure 4.9. Hydrostatic Tester.

Figure 4.10. Horizontal Deflection Rolls.

Nondestructive Examination

The pipe is ultrasonically inspected and examined by electromagnetic

means (see Figure 4.11).

Cutoff Facilities
Surface defects detected by nondestructive examination (NDE) are
removed (see Figure 4.12).

Facing and Beveling

The desired end finish is then added to the pipe (see Figure 4.13).

Final Visual Inspection

A final visual inspection is given to the pipe prior to stenciling,

loading, and shipping (see Figure 4.14).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 140

140 Piping Materials Guide

Figure 4.11. Electromagnetic Examination.

Figure 4.12. Removal of Surface Defects.

Figure 4.13. Adding the End Finish.

5. THE BASIC MANUFACTURE

OF SEAMLESS PIPE
The methods of manufacturing seamless steel pipe vary slightly from
manufacturer to manufacturer, but these are the basic stages.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 141

Piping Components 141

Cast Round Billets

High-quality rounds are required for seamless tubular products (see

Figure 4.14).

Round Reheating

The rounds are cut to the required length and weighed prior to being
reheated in a furnace (see Figure 4.15).

Rotary Piercing Mill

The round billet is gripped by the rolls, which rotate and advance it
into the piercer point, which creates a hole through its length (see Figure
4.16).

Figure 4.14. Casting Process. Figure 4.15. Round Reheating.

Figure 4.16. Rotary Piercing Mill Figure 4.17. Mandrel Pipe Mill
(RPM). (MPM).
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 142

142 Piping Materials Guide

Mandrel Pipe Mill

The pipe is rolled using several stands over a long, restrained mandrel
(see Figure 4.17).

Shell Reheating

The MPM shell is transferred to a reheat facility, where it can be

cropped and weighed prior to reheating (see Figure 4.18).

Stretch Reducing Mill

The reheated and descaled pipe is conveyed through a stretch reducing

mill, which utilizes up to 24 stands to reduce the diameter to the required
finished size (see Figure 4.19).

Cooling Bed

The pipe lengths are placed on cooling bed (see Figure 4.20).

Figure 4.18. Shell Reheated in a Figure 4.20. Pipe on a Cooling

Furnace. Bed.

Figure 4.19. Stretch Reducing Mill. Figure 4.21. Batch Saws.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 143

Piping Components 143

Batch Saws

After cooling, batches of the as-rolled mother pipe are roller conveyed
in parallel to carbide tipped batch saws for cropping into specified
lengths (see Figure 4.21).

NDT Inspection

After cutting, the pipes are inspected for longitudinal and transverse
flaws (electromagnetic), wall thickness (ultrasonic), and grade verifica-
tion (eddy current) (see Figure 4.22).

Heat Treatment Furnace

Pipe to be heat treated can be austenitized in a walking beam furnace

at a maximum temperature of about 19008F (see Figure 4.23).

Figure 4.22. Nondestructive Test- Figure 4.23. Walking Beam Fur-

ing. nace.

Figure 4.24. Quenching Unit.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 144

144 Piping Materials Guide

Quenching Unit

On leaving the furnace, the hot pipe passes through a descaler and a
three-section outside diameter water spray quencher (see Figure 4.24).

Tempering Furnace

The as-quenched pipe is tempered in a walking beam furnace at

temperatures varying from 9008F to about 13008F depending on grade
(see Figure 4.25).

Sizing Mill

Pipe diameter tolerance is maintained by a three-stand, two-roll sizing

mill (see Figure 4.26).

Hot Straightener

To ensure minimal effect on physical properties, all heat-treated pipe

is straightened using a heated rotary straightener (see Figure 4.27).

Figure 4.25. Tempering Furnace. Figure 4.27. Rotary Straightener.

Figure 4.26. Sizing Mill. Figure 4.28. Cooling Bed.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 145

Piping Components 145

Cooling Bed

Pipe is allowed to cool (see Figure 4.28).

Finishing

Straightening. Each pipe passes through a rotary straightener (see

Figure 4.29).

Nondestructive Inspection. NDE is used to detect longitudinal and

transverse flaws and ultrasonic testing is used to check the wall thickness
(see Figure 4.30).

End Finishing. If required, bevelled ends are cut (see Figure 4.31).

Threading and Coupling. If required, the pipe is threaded and coupled at

the mill (see Figure 4.32).

Hydrostatic Testing. All pipe lengths are then pressure tested to satisfy
the relevant specification (see Figure 4.33).

Figure 4.29. Rotary Straightener. Figure 4.31. Beveller.

Figure 4.32. Threading.

Figure 4.30. Nondestructive Exam-

ination. Figure 4.33. Pressure Testing.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 146

146 Piping Materials Guide

Figure 4.34. Pipes Awaiting Final Inspection.

Final Inspection. After a final visual inspection, the pipe is weighed,

measured, and stenciled and either dispatched to the purchaser or held in
stock (see Figure 4.34).

6. STEEL PIPE (SEAMLESS AND WELDED),

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
See Figure 4.35.

Dimensions—as per ASME B36.10.

Weights—as per manufacturer’s estimates.
Size range—1/8 to 80 in., outside diameter (OD).
Wall thickness (WT)—STD, XS, XXS, and per schedules.
Methods of manufacture—covered in the relevant ASTM specification.
Chemical composition and mechanical properties—covered in the relevant
ASTM specification.
Tolerances and permissible variations—depend on the method of manu-
facture, which are covered in the relevant ASTM specification.
Pipe length—covered in the relevant ASTM specification.
Below is a table that covers wall thicknesses and weights of pipe
manufactured to ASME B36.19

Figure 4.35. Taking the Dimensions of Steel Pipe.

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 147

Piping Components 147

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m
1
⁄8’’ 0.405 10.3 0.049 1.24 0.19 0.28 10
1
⁄8’’ 0.405 10.3 0.057 1.45 0.21 0.32 30
1
⁄8’’ 0.405 10.3 0.068 1.73 0.24 0.37 40 STD
1
⁄8’’ 0.405 10.3 0.095 2.41 0.31 0.47 80 XS
1
⁄4’’ 0.540 13.7 0.065 1.65 0.33 0.49 10
1
⁄4’’ 0.540 13.7 0.073 1.85 0.36 0.54 30
1
⁄4’’ 0.540 13.7 0.088 2.24 0.43 0.63 40 STD
1
⁄4’’ 0.540 13.7 0.119 3.02 0.54 0.80 80 XS
3
⁄8’’ 10 0.675 17.1 0.065 1.65 0.42 0.63 10
3
⁄8’’ 10 0.675 17.1 0.073 1.85 0.47 0.70 30
3
⁄8’’ 10 0.675 17.1 0.091 2.31 0.57 0.84 40 STD
3
⁄8’’ 10 0.675 17.1 0.126 3.20 0.74 1.10 80 XS
1
⁄2’’ 15 0.840 21.3 0.065 1.65 0.54 0.80 5
1
⁄2’’ 15 0.840 21.3 0.083 2.11 0.67 1.00 10
1
⁄2’’ 15 0.840 21.3 0.095 2.41 0.76 1.12 30
1
⁄2’’ 15 0.840 21.3 0.109 2.77 0.85 1.27 40 STD
1
⁄2’’ 15 0.840 21.3 0.147 3.73 1.09 1.62 80 XS
1
⁄2’’ 15 0.840 21.3 0.188 4.78 1.31 1.95 160
1
⁄2’’ 15 0.840 21.3 0.294 7.47 1.72 2.55 XXS
3
⁄4’’ 20 1.050 26.7 0.065 1.65 0.69 1.03 5
3
⁄4’’ 20 1.050 26.7 0.083 2.11 0.86 1.28 10
3
⁄4’’ 20 1.050 26.7 0.095 2.41 0.97 1.44 30
3
⁄4’’ 20 1.050 26.7 0.113 2.87 1.13 1.69 40 STD
3
⁄4’’ 20 1.050 26.7 0.154 3.91 1.48 2.20 80 XS
3
⁄4’’ 20 1.050 26.7 0.219 5.56 1.95 2.90 160
3
⁄4’’ 20 1.050 26.7 0.308 7.82 2.44 3.64 XXS

1’’ 25 1.315 33.4 0.065 1.65 0.87 1.29 5

1’’ 25 1.315 33.4 0.109 2.77 1.41 2.09 10
1’’ 25 1.315 33.4 0.114 2.90 1.46 2.18 30
1’’ 25 1.315 33.4 0.133 3.38 1.68 2.50 40 STD

1’’ 25 1.315 33.4 0.179 4.55 2.17 3.24 80 XS

1’’ 25 1.315 33.4 0.250 6.35 2.85 4.24 160
1’’ 25 1.315 33.4 0.358 9.09 3.66 5.45 XXS

1 1⁄4’’ 32 1.660 42.2 0.065 1.65 1.11 1.65 5

1 1⁄4’’ 32 1.660 42.2 0.109 2.77 1.81 2.69 10
1 1⁄4’’ 32 1.660 42.2 0.117 2.97 1.93 2.87 30
1 1⁄4’’ 32 1.660 42.2 0.140 3.56 2.27 3.39 40 STD
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 148

148 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m
1
1 ⁄4’’ 32 1.660 42.2 0.191 4.85 3.00 4.47 80 XS
1
1 ⁄4’’ 32 1.660 42.2 0.250 6.35 3.77 5.61 160
1
1 ⁄4’’ 32 1.660 42.2 0.382 9.70 5.22 7.77 XXS

1 1⁄2’’ 40 1.900 48.3 0.065 1.65 1.28 1.90 5

1 1⁄2’’ 40 1.900 48.3 0.109 2.77 2.09 3.11 10
1 1⁄2’’ 40 1.900 48.3 0.125 3.18 2.37 3.53 30
1 1⁄2’’ 40 1.900 48.3 0.145 3.68 2.72 4.05 40 STD

1 1⁄2’’ 40 1.900 48.3 0.200 5.08 3.63 5.41 80 XS

1 1⁄2’’ 40 1.900 48.3 0.281 7.14 4.86 7.25 160
1 1⁄2’’ 40 1.900 48.3 0.400 10.15 6.41 9.55 XXS

2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.065 1.65 1.61 2.39 5

2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.083 2.11 2.03 3.03
2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.109 2.77 2.64 3.93 10
2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.125 3.18 3.01 4.48 30

2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.141 3.58 3.37 5.01

2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.154 3.91 3.66 5.44 40 STD
2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.172 4.37 4.05 6.03
2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.188 4.78 4.40 6.54

2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.218 5.54 5.03 7.48 80 XS

2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.250 6.35 5.68 8.45
2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.281 7.14 6.29 9.36
2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.344 8.74 7.47 11.11 160
2’’ 50 2.375 60.3 0.436 11.07 9.04 13.44 XXS

2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.083 2.11 2.48 3.69 5

2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.109 2.77 3.22 4.80
2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.120 3.05 3.53 5.25 10
2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.125 3.18 3.67 5.48

2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.141 3.58 4.12 6.13

2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.156 3.96 4.53 6.74
2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.172 4.37 4.97 7.40
2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.188 4.78 5.40 8.04 30

2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.203 5.16 5.80 8.63 40 STD

2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.216 5.49 6.14 9.14
2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.250 6.35 7.02 10.44
2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.276 7.01 7.67 11.41 80 XS

2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.375 9.53 10.02 14.92 160

2 1⁄2’’ 65 2.875 73.0 0.552 14.02 13.71 20.39 XXS
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:52am page 149

Piping Components 149

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.083 2.11 3.03 4.52 5

3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.109 2.77 3.95 5.88
3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.102 3.05 4.34 6.46 10
3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.125 3.18 4.51 6.72

3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.141 3.58 5.06 7.53

3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.156 3.96 5.58 8.30
3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.172 4.37 6.12 9.11
3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.188 4.78 6.66 9.92 30
3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.216 5.49 7.58 11.29 40 STD

3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.250 6.35 8.69 12.93

3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.281 7.14 9.67 14.40
3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.300 7.62 10.26 15.27 80 XS
3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.438 11.13 14.34 21.35 160
3’’ 75 3.500 0.083 0.600 15.24 18.60 27.68 XXS
1
3 ⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.083 2.11 3.48 5.18 5
1
3 ⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.109 2.77 4.53 6.75
1
3 ⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.120 3.05 4.98 7.41 10
1
3 ⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.125 3.18 5.18 7.72

3 1⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.141 3.58 5.82 8.65

3 1⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.156 3.96 6.41 9.54
3 1⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.172 4.37 7.04 10.48
3 1⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.188 4.78 7.66 11.41 30
1
3 ⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.226 5.74 9.12 13.57 40 STD
1
3 ⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.250 6.35 10.02 14.92
1
3 ⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.281 7.14 11.17 16.63
1
3 ⁄2’’ 4.000 101.6 0.318 8.08 12.52 18.64 80 XS

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.083 2.11 3.92 5.84 5

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.109 2.77 5.12 7.62
4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.120 3.05 5.62 8.37 10
4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.125 3.18 5.85 8.71

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.141 3.58 6.57 9.78

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.156 3.96 7.24 10.78
4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.172 4.37 7.95 11.85
4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.188 4.78 8.67 12.91 30

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.203 5.16 9.32 13.89

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.219 5.56 10.02 14.91
4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.237 6.02 10.80 16.08 40 STD
4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.250 6.35 11.36 16.91
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 150

150 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.281 7.14 12.67 18.87

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.312 7.92 13.97 20.78
4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.337 8.56 15.00 22.32 80 XS
4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.438 11.13 19.02 28.32 120

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.531 13.49 22.53 33.54 160

4’’ 100 4.500 114.3 0.674 17.12 27.57 41.03 XXS

5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.083 2.11 4.86 7.24

5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.119 2.77 6.36 9.46 5
5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.125 3.18 7.27 10.83
5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.134 3.40 7.78 11.56 10

5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.156 3.96 9.02 13.41

5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.188 4.78 10.80 16.09
5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.219 5.56 12.51 18.61
5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.258 6.55 14.63 21.77 40 STD

5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.281 7.14 15.87 23.62

5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.312 7.92 17.51 26.05
5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.344 8.74 19.19 28.57
5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.375 9.53 20.80 30.97 80 XS

5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.500 12.70 27.06 40.28 120

5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.625 15.88 32.99 49.12 160
5’’ 125 5.563 141.3 0.750 19.05 38.58 57.43 XXS

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.083 2.11 5.80 8.65

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.109 2.77 7.59 11.31 5
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.125 3.18 8.69 12.95
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.134 3.40 9.30 13.83 10

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.141 3.58 9.77 14.54

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.156 3.96 10.79 16.05
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.172 4.37 11.87 17.67
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.188 4.78 12.94 19.28

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.203 5.16 13.94 20.76

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.219 5.56 15.00 22.31
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.250 6.35 17.04 25.36
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.280 7.11 18.99 28.26 40 STD

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.312 7.92 21.06 31.33

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.344 8.74 23.10 34.39
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.375 9.53 25.05 37.31
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.432 10.67 28.60 42.56 80 XS
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 151

Piping Components 151

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.500 12.70 32.74 48.73

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.562 14.27 36.43 54.21 120
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.625 15.88 40.09 59.69

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.719 18.26 45.39 67.57 160

6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.750 19.05 47.10 70.12
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.864 21.95 53.21 79.22 XXS
6’’ 150 6.625 168.3 0.875 22.23 53.78 80.08

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.109 2.77 9.92 14.78 5

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.125 3.18 11.36 16.93
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.148 3.76 13.41 19.97 10
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.158 3.96 14.12 21.01

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.188 4.78 16.96 25.26

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.203 5.16 18.28 27.22
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.219 5.56 19.68 29.28
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.250 6.35 22.38 33.32 20

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.277 7.04 24.72 36.82 30

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.312 7.92 27.58 41.25
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.322 8.18 28.58 42.55 40 STD
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.344 8.74 30.45 45.34

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.375 9.53 33.07 49.25

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.406 10.31 35.67 53.09 60
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.438 11.13 38.33 57.08
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.500 12.70 43.43 64.64 80 XS

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.562 14.27 48.44 72.08

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.594 15.09 51.00 75.92 100
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.625 15.88 53.45 79.59
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.719 18.26 60.77 90.44 120

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.750 19.05 63.14 93.98

8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.812 20.62 67.82 100.93 140
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.875 20.23 72.49 107.93 XXS
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 0.906 23.01 74.76 111.27 160
8’’ 200 8.625 219.1 1.000 25.40 81.51 121.33

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.134 3.40 15.21 22.61 5

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.156 3.96 17.67 26.27
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.165 4.19 18.67 27.78 10
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.188 4.78 21.23 31.62
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 152

152 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.209 5.16 22.89 34.08

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.219 5.56 24.65 36.67
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.250 6.35 28.06 41.76 20
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.279 7.09 31.23 46.49

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.307 7.80 34.27 51.01 30

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.344 6.74 38.27 56.96
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.365 9.27 40.52 60.29 40 STD
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.438 11.13 48.28 71.88

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.500 12.70 54.79 81.53 60 XS

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.562 14.27 61.21 91.05
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.594 15.09 64.49 95.98 80
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.625 15.88 67.65 100.69

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.719 18.26 77.10 114.71 100

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.812 20.62 86.26 128.34
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.844 21.44 89.38 133.01 120
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.875 22.23 92.37 137.48

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 0.938 23.83 98.39 146.43

10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 1.000 25.40 104.23 155.10 XXS 140
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 1.125 28.58 115.75 172.27 160
10’’ 250 10.750 273.0 1.250 31.75 126.94 188.90

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.156 3.96 21.00 31.24 5

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.172 4.37 23.13 34.43
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.180 4.57 24.19 35.98 10
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.188 4.78 25.25 37.61

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.203 5.16 27.23 40.55

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.219 5.56 29.34 43.64
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.250 6.35 33.41 49.71 20
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.281 7.14 37.46 55.76

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.312 7.92 41.48 61.70

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.330 8.38 43.81 65.19 30
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.344 8.74 45.62 67.91
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.375 9.53 49.61 73.86 STD

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.406 10.31 53.57 79.71 40

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.438 11.13 57.65 85.82
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.500 12.70 65.48 97.44
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.562 14.27 73.22 108.93 60
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 153

Piping Components 153

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.625 15.88 81.01 120.59

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.688 17.48 88.71 132.05 80
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.750 19.05 96.21 143.17
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.812 20.62 103.63 154.17

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.844 21.44 107.42 159.87 100

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.875 22.23 111.08 165.33
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 0.938 23.83 118.44 176.29
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 1.000 25.40 125.61 186.92 120 XXS

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 1.062 26.97 132.69 197.43

12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 1.125 28.58 139.81 208.08 140
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 1.250 31.75 153.67 228.68
12’’ 300 12.750 323.8 1.312 33.32 160.42 238.69 160

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.156 3.96 23.09 34.34 5

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.188 4.78 27.76 41.36
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.203 5.16 29.94 44.59
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.210 5.33 30.96 46.04

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.219 5.56 32.26 48.00

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.250 6.35 36.75 54.69 10
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.281 7.14 41.21 61.36
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.312 7.92 45.65 67.91 20

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.344 8.74 50.22 74.76

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.375 9.53 54.62 81.33 30 STD
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.406 10.31 59.00 87.79
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.438 11.13 63.50 94.55 40

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.469 11.91 67.84 100.95

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.500 12.70 72.16 107.40 XS
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.562 14.27 80.73 120.12
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.594 15.09 85.13 126.72 60

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.625 15.88 89.36 133.04

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.688 17.48 97.91 145.76
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.750 19.05 106.23 158.11 80
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.812 20.62 114.48 170.34

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.875 22.32 122.77 182.76

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 0.938 23.83 130.98 194.98 100
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 1.000 25.40 138.97 208.84
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 1.062 26.97 146.88 218.58
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 154

154 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 1.094 27.79 150.93 224.66 120

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 1.125 28.58 154.84 230.49
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 1.250 31.75 170.37 253.58 140
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 1.406 35.71 189.29 281.72 160

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 2.000 50.80 256.56 381.85

14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 2.125 53.98 269.76 401.52
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 2.200 55.88 277.51 413.04
14’’ 350 14.000 355.6 2.500 63.50 307.34 457.43

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.165 4.19 27.93 41.56 5

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.188 4.78 31.78 47.34
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.203 5.16 34.28 51.06
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.219 5.56 36.95 54.96

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.250 6.35 42.09 62.65 10

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.281 7.14 47.22 70.30
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.312 7.92 52.32 77.83 20
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.344 8.74 57.57 85.71

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.375 9.53 62.64 93.27 30 STD

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.406 10.31 67.68 100.71
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.438 11.13 72.86 108.49
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.469 11.91 77.87 115.87

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.500 12.70 82.85 123.31 40 XS

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.562 14.27 92.75 138.00
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.625 15.88 102.72 152.94
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.656 16.66 107.60 160.13 60

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.688 17.48 112.62 167.66

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.750 19.05 122.27 181.98
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.812 20.62 131.84 196.18
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.844 21.44 136.74 203.54 80

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.875 22.23 141.48 210.61

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 0.938 23.83 151.03 224.83
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.000 25.40 160.35 238.66
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.031 26.19 164.98 245.57 100

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.062 26.97 169.59 252.37

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.125 28.58 178.89 266.30
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.188 30.18 188.11 280.01
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.219 30.96 193.61 286.66 120

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.250 31.75 197.10 293.35

16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.438 36.53 223.85 333.21 140
16’’ 400 16.00 406.4 1.594 40.49 245.48 365.38 160
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 155

Piping Components 155

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.165 4.19 31.46 46.79 5

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.188 4.78 35.80 53.31
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.219 5.56 41.63 61.90
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.250 6.35 47.44 70.57 10

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.281 7.14 53.23 79.21

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.312 7.92 58.99 87.71 20
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.344 8.74 64.93 96.62
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.375 9.53 70.65 105.17 STD

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.406 10.31 76.36 113.58

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.438 11.13 82.23 122.38 30
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.469 11.91 87.89 130.73
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.500 12.70 93.54 139.16 XS

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.562 14.27 104.76 155.81 40

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.625 15.88 116.09 172.75
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.688 17.48 127.32 189.47
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.750 19.05 138.30 205.75 60

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.812 20.62 149.20 221.91

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.875 22.23 160.20 238.35
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 0.938 23.83 171.08 254.57 80
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.000 25.40 181.73 270.36

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.062 26.97 192.29 286.02

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.125 28.58 202.94 301.96
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.156 29.36 208.15 309.64 100
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.188 30.18 213.51 317.68

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.250 31.75 223.82 332.97

18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.375 34.93 244.37 363.58 120
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.562 39.67 274.48 408.28 140
18’’ 450 18.00 457.0 1.781 45.24 308.79 459.39 160

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.188 4.78 39.82 59.32 5

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.219 5.56 46.31 68.89
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.250 6.35 52.78 78.56 10
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.281 7.14 59.23 88.19

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.312 7.92 65.66 97.68

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.344 8.74 72.28 107.61
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.375 9.53 78.67 117.15 20 STD
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.406 10.31 85.04 126.54
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 156

156 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.438 11.13 91.59 136.38

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.469 11.91 97.92 145.71
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.500 12.70 104.23 155.13 30 XS
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.562 14.27 116.78 173.75

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.594 15.09 123.23 183.43 40

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.625 15.88 129.45 192.73
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.688 17.48 142.03 211.45
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.750 19.05 154.34 229.71

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.812 20.62 166.56 247.84 60

20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.875 22.23 178.89 266.31
20’’ 500 20.00 508 0.938 23.83 191.14 284.54
20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.000 25.40 203.11 302.30

20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.031 26.19 209.06 311.19 80

20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.062 26.97 215.00 319.94
20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.125 28.58 227.00 337.91
20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.188 30.18 238.91 355.63

20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.250 31.75 250.55 372.91

20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.281 32.54 256.34 381.55 100
20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.312 33.32 262.10 390.05
20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.375 34.93 273.76 407.51

20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.500 38.10 296.65 441.52 120

20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.750 44.45 341.41 508.15 140
20’’ 500 20.00 508 1.969 50.1 378.53 564.85 160

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.188 4.78 43.84 65.33 5

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.219 5.56 50.99 75.89
22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.250 6.35 58.13 86.55 10
22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.281 7.14 65.24 97.17

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.312 7.92 72.34 107.84

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.344 8.74 79.64 118.60
22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.375 9.53 86.69 129.14 20 STD
22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.406 10.31 93.72 139.51

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.438 11.13 100.96 150.38

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.469 11.91 107.95 160.69
22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.500 12.70 114.92 171.10 30 XS
22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.562 14.27 128.79 191.70
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 157

Piping Components 157

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.625 15.88 142.81 212.70

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.688 17.48 156.74 233.44
22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.750 19.05 170.37 253.67
22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.812 20.62 183.92 273.78

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.875 22.23 197.60 294.27 60

22’’ 550 22.00 559 0.938 23.83 211.19 314.51
22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.000 25.40 224.49 334.25
22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.062 26.97 237.70 353.86
22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.125 28.58 251.05 373.85 80

22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.188 30.18 264.31 393.59

22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.250 31.75 277.27 412.84
22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.312 33.32 290.15 431.96
22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.375 34.93 303.16 451.45 100
22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.438 36.53 316.08 470.69

22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.500 38.10 328.72 489.44

22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.625 41.28 353.94 527.05 120
22’’ 550 22.00 559 1.875 47.63 403.38 600.30 140
22’’ 550 22.00 559 2.125 53.98 451.49 672.30 160

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.218 5.54 55.42 82.58 5

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.250 6.35 63.47 94.53 10
24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.281 7.14 71.25 106.15
24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.312 7.92 79.01 117.60

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.344 8.74 86.99 129.60

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.375 9.53 94.71 141.12 20 STD
24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.406 10.31 102.40 152.48
24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.438 11.13 110.32 164.38

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.469 11.91 117.98 175.67

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.500 12.70 125.61 187.07 XS
24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.562 14.27 140.81 209.65 30
24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.625 15.88 156.17 232.67

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.688 17.48 171.45 255.43 40

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.750 19.05 186.41 277.63
24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.812 20.62 201.28 299.71
24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.875 22.23 216.31 322.23

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.938 23.83 231.25 344.48

24’’ 600 24.00 610 0.969 24.61 238.57 355.28 60
24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.000 25.40 245.87 366.19
24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.062 26.97 260.41 387.79
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 158

158 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.125 28.58 275.10 409.80

24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.188 30.18 289.71 431.55
24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.219 30.96 296.86 442.11 80
24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.250 31.75 304.00 452.77

24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.312 33.32 318.21 473.87

24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.375 34.93 332.56 495.38
24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.438 36.53 346.83 516.63
24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.500 38.10 360.79 537.36

24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.531 38.89 367.74 547.74 100

24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.562 39.67 374.66 557.97
24’’ 600 24.00 610 1.812 46.02 429.79 640.07 120
24’’ 600 24.00 610 2.062 52.37 483.57 720.19 140
24’’ 600 24.00 610 2.344 59.54 542.64 808.27 160

26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.250 6.35 68.82 102.36

26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.281 7.14 77.26 114.96
26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.312 7.92 85.68 127.36 10
26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.344 8.74 94.35 140.37

26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.375 9.53 102.72 152.88 STD

26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.405 10.31 111.08 165.19
26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.438 11.13 119.69 178.10
26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.469 11.91 128.00 190.36

26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.500 12.70 136.30 202.74 20 XS

26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.562 14.27 152.83 227.25
26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.625 15.88 169.54 252.25
26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.688 17.48 186.16 276.98

26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.750 19.05 202.44 301.12

26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.812 20.62 218.64 325.14
26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.875 22.23 235.01 349.64
26’’ 650 26.00 660 0.938 23.83 251.30 373.87
26’’ 650 26.00 660 1.000 25.40 267.25 397.51

28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.250 6.35 74.16 110.35

28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.281 7.14 83.26 123.94
28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.312 7.92 92.35 137.32 10
28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.344 8.74 101.70 151.37

28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.375 9.53 110.74 164.86 STD

28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.406 10.31 119.76 178.16
28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.438 11.13 129.05 192.10
28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.469 11.91 138.03 205.34
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 159

Piping Components 159

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.500 12.70 146.99 218.71 20 XS

28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.562 14.27 164.64 245.19
28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.625 15.88 182.90 272.23 30
28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.688 17.48 200.87 298.96

28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.750 19.05 218.48 325.08

28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.812 20.62 236.00 351.07
28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.875 22.23 253.72 377.60
28’’ 700 28.00 711 0.938 23.83 271.36 403.84
28’’ 700 28.00 711 1.000 25.40 288.63 429.46

30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.250 6.35 79.51 118.34 5

30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.281 7.14 89.27 134.92
30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.312 7.92 99.02 147.29 10
30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.344 8.74 109.06 162.36

30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.375 9.53 118.76 176.85 STD

30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.406 10.31 128.44 191.12
30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.438 11.13 138.42 206.10
30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.469 11.91 148.06 220.32

30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.500 12.70 157.68 234.68 20 XS

30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.562 14.27 176.86 263.14
30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.625 15.88 196.26 292.20 30
30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.688 17.48 215.58 320.95

30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.750 19.05 234.51 349.04

30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.812 20.62 253.36 377.01
30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.875 22.23 272.43 405.56
30’’ 750 30.00 762 0.938 23.83 291.41 433.81

30’’ 750 30.00 762 1.000 25.40 310.01 461.41

30’’ 750 30.00 762 1.062 26.97 328.53 488.88
30’’ 750 30.00 762 1.125 28.58 347.26 516.93
30’’ 750 30.00 762 1.188 30.18 365.90 544.68
30’’ 750 30.00 762 1.250 31.75 384.17 571.79

32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.250 6.35 84.85 126.32

32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.281 7.14 95.28 141.90
32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.312 7.92 105.69 157.25 10
32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.344 8.74 116.41 173.35

32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.375 9.53 126.78 188.83 STD

32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.406 10.31 137.12 204.09
32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.438 11.13 147.78 220.10
32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.469 11.91 158.08 235.29
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 160

160 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.500 12.70 168.37 250.65 20 XS

32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.562 14.27 188.87 281.09
32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.625 15.88 209.62 312.17 30
32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.688 17.48 230.29 342.94 40

32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.750 19.05 250.55 373.00

32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.812 20.62 270.72 402.94
32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.875 22.23 291.14 433.52
32’’ 800 32.00 813 0.938 23.83 311.47 463.78

32’’ 800 32.00 813 1.000 25.40 331.39 493.35

32’’ 800 32.00 813 1.062 26.97 351.23 522.80
32’’ 800 32.00 813 1.125 28.58 371.31 552.88
32’’ 800 32.00 813 1.188 30.18 391.30 582.64
32’’ 800 32.00 813 1.250 31.75 410.90 611.72

34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.250 6.35 90.20 134.31

34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.281 7.14 101.29 150.88
34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.312 7.92 112.36 167.21 10
34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.344 8.74 123.77 184.34

34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.375 9.53 134.79 200.82 STD

34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.406 10.31 145.80 217.06
34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.438 11.13 157.14 234.10
34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.469 11.91 168.11 250.27

34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.500 12.70 179.06 266.63 20 XS

34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.562 14.27 200.89 299.04
34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.625 15.88 222.99 332.14 30
34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.688 17.48 245.00 364.92 40

34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.750 19.05 266.58 396.96

34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.812 20.62 288.08 428.88
34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.875 22.23 309.84 461.48
34’’ 850 34.00 864 0.938 23.83 331.52 493.75

34’’ 850 34.00 864 1.000 25.40 352.77 525.30

34’’ 850 34.00 864 1.062 26.97 373.94 556.73
34’’ 850 34.00 864 1.125 28.58 395.36 588.83
34’’ 850 34.00 864 1.188 30.18 416.70 620.60
34’’ 850 34.00 864 1.250 31.75 437.62 651.65

36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.250 6.35 95.54 142.14

36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.281 7.14 107.30 159.68
36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.312 7.92 119.03 176.97 10
36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.344 8.74 131.12 195.12
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 161

Piping Components 161

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.375 9.53 142.81 212.57 STD

36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.408 10.31 154.48 229.77
36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.438 11.13 166.51 247.82
36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.469 11.91 178.14 264.96

36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.500 12.70 189.75 282.29 20 XS

36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.522 14.27 212.90 316.63
36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.625 15.88 236.35 351.73 30
36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.688 17.48 259.71 386.47

36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.750 19.05 282.62 420.45 40

36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.812 20.62 305.44 454.30
36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.875 22.23 328.55 488.89
36’’ 900 36.00 914 0.938 23.83 351.57 523.14

36’’ 900 36.00 914 1.000 25.40 374.15 556.62

36’’ 900 36.00 914 1.062 26.97 396.64 589.98
36’’ 900 36.00 914 1.125 28.58 419.42 624.07
36’’ 900 36.00 914 1.188 30.18 442.10 657.81
36’’ 900 36.00 914 1.250 31.75 464.35 690.80

38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.312 7.92 125.70 186.94

38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.344 8.74 138.47 206.11
38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.375 9.53 150.83 224.56 STD
38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.406 10.31 163.16 242.74

38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.438 11.13 175.87 261.82

38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.469 11.91 188.17 279.94
38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.500 12.70 200.44 298.26 XS
38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.562 14.27 224.92 334.58

38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.625 15.88 249.71 371.70

38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.688 17.48 274.42 408.46
38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.750 19.05 298.65 444.41
38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.812 20.62 322.80 480.24

38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.875 22.23 347.26 516.85

38’’ 950 38.00 965 0.938 23.83 371.63 553.11
38’’ 950 38.00 965 1.000 25.40 395.53 588.57
38’’ 950 38.00 965 1.062 26.97 419.35 623.90

38’’ 950 38.00 965 1.125 28.58 443.47 660.01

38’’ 950 38.00 965 1.188 30.18 467.50 695.77
38’’ 950 38.00 965 1.250 31.75 491.07 730.74
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 162

162 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.312 7.92 132.37 196.90

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.344 8.74 145.83 217.11
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.375 9.53 158.85 236.54 STD
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.406 10.31 171.84 255.71

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.438 11.13 185.24 275.82

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.469 11.91 198.19 294.92
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.500 12.70 211.13 314.23 XS
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.562 14.27 236.93 352.53

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.625 15.88 263.07 391.67

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.688 17.48 289.13 430.45
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.750 19.05 314.69 468.37
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.812 20.62 340.16 506.17

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.875 22.23 365.97 544.81

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 0.938 23.83 391.68 583.08
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 1.000 25.40 416.91 620.51
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 1.062 26.97 442.05 657.82

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 1.125 28.58 467.52 695.96

40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 1.188 30.18 492.90 722.73
40’’ 1000 40.00 1016 1.250 31.75 517.80 770.67

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.344 8.74 153.18 228.10

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.375 9.53 166.86 248.53 STD
42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.406 10.31 180.52 268.67
42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.438 11.13 194.60 289.82

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.469 11.91 208.22 309.90

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.500 12.70 221.82 330.21 XS
42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.562 14.27 248.95 370.48
42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.625 15.88 276.44 411.64

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.688 17.48 303.84 452.43

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.750 19.05 330.72 492.33
42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.812 20.62 357.52 532.11
42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.875 22.23 384.67 572.77

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 0.938 23.83 411.74 613.05

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 1.000 25.40 438.29 652.46
42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 1.062 26.97 464.76 691.75
42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 1.125 28.58 491.57 731.91

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 1.188 30.18 518.30 771.69

42’’ 1050 42.00 1067 1.250 31.75 544.52 810.80
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 163

Piping Components 163

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.344 8.74 160.54 239.09

44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.375 9.53 174.88 260.52 STD
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.406 10.31 189.20 281.64
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.438 11.13 203.97 303.82

44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.489 11.91 218.25 324.88

44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.500 12.70 232.51 346.18 XS
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.562 14.27 260.97 388.42
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.625 15.88 289.80 431.62

44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.688 17.48 318.55 474.42

44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.750 19.05 346.76 512.29
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.812 20.62 374.88 558.04
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.875 22.23 403.38 600.73
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 0.938 23.83 431.79 643.03

44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 1.000 25.40 458.67 684.41

44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 1.062 26.97 487.47 725.67
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 1.125 28.58 515.63 767.85
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 1.188 30.18 543.70 809.95
44’’ 1100 44.00 1118 1.250 31.75 571.25 850.54

46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.344 8.74 167.89 249.87

46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.375 9.53 182.90 272.27 STD
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.406 10.31 197.98 294.35
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.438 11.13 213.33 317.54

46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.469 11.91 228.27 339.56

46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.500 12.70 243.20 361.84 XS
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.562 14.27 272.98 406.02
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.625 15.98 303.16 451.20

46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.688 17.48 333.26 495.97

46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.750 19.05 362.79 539.78
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.812 20.62 392.24 583.47
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.875 22.23 422.09 628.14
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 0.938 23.83 451.85 672.41

46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 1.000 25.40 481.05 716.73

46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 1.062 26.97 510.17 758.92
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 1.125 28.58 539.68 803.09
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 1.188 30.18 569.10 846.86
46’’ 1150 46.00 1168 1.250 31.75 597.97 889.69

48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.344 8.74 175.25 260.86

48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.375 9.53 190.02 284.25 STD
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.406 10.31 206.56 307.32
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.438 11.13 222.70 331.54
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 164

164 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.469 11.91 238.30 354.54

48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.500 12.70 253.89 377.81 XS
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.562 14.27 285.00 423.97
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.625 15.88 316.52 471.17

48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.688 17.48 347.97 517.95

48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.750 19.05 378.83 563.74
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.812 20.62 409.61 609.40
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.875 22.23 440.80 656.10
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 0.938 23.83 471.90 702.38

48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 1.000 25.40 502.43 747.67

48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 1.062 26.97 532.88 792.84
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 1.125 28.58 563.73 839.04
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 1.188 30.18 594.50 884.82
48’’ 1200 48.00 1219 1.250 31.75 624.70 929.62

52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.375 9.53 206.95 308.23

52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.406 10.31 223.93 333.26
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.438 11.13 241.42 359.54
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.469 11.91 258.36 384.50

52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.500 12.70 275.27 409.76

52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.562 14.27 309.03 459.86
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.625 15.88 343.25 511.12
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.688 17.48 377.39 561.93

52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.750 19.05 410.90 611.66

52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.812 20.62 444.33 661.27
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.875 22.23 478.21 712.02
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 0.938 23.83 512.01 762.33

52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 1.000 25.40 545.19 811.57

52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 1.062 26.97 578.29 860.69
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 1.125 28.58 611.84 910.93
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 1.188 30.18 645.30 960.74
52’’ 1300 52.00 1321 1.250 31.75 678.15 1009.49

56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.375 9.53 222.99 331.96

56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.406 10.31 241.29 358.94
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.438 11.13 260.15 387.26
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.469 11.91 278.41 414.17

56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.500 12.70 296.65 441.39

56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.562 14.27 333.06 495.41
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.625 15.88 369.97 550.67
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.688 17.48 406.80 605.46
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 165

Piping Components 165

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.750 19.05 442.97 659.11

56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.812 20.62 479.05 712.63
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.875 22.23 515.63 767.39
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 0.938 23.83 552.12 821.68

56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 1.000 25.40 587.95 874.83

56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 1.062 26.97 623.70 927.86
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 1.125 28.58 659.94 982.12
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 1.188 30.18 696.10 1035.91
56’’ 1400 56.00 1422 1.250 31.75 731.60 1088.57

60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.375 9.53 239.02 355.94

60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.406 10.31 258.65 384.87
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.438 11.13 278.88 415.26
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.469 11.91 296.47 444.13

60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.500 12.70 318.03 473.34

60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.562 14.27 357.09 531.30
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.625 15.88 396.70 590.62
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.688 17.48 436.22 649.44

60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.750 19.05 475.04 707.03

60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.812 20.62 513.77 764.50
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.875 22.23 553.04 823.31
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 0.938 23.83 592.23 881.63

60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 1.000 25.40 630.71 938.73

60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 1.062 26.97 669.11 995.71
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 1.125 28.58 708.05 1054.01
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 1.188 30.18 746.90 1111.83
60’’ 1500 60.00 1524 1.250 31.75 785.05 1168.44

64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.375 9.53 255.06 379.91

64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.406 10.31 276.01 410.81
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.438 11.13 297.61 443.25
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.469 11.91 318.52 474.09

64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.500 12.70 338.41 505.29

64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.562 14.27 381.12 567.20
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.625 15.88 423.42 630.56
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.688 17.48 485.64 693.41

64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.750 19.05 507.11 754.95

64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.812 20.62 548.49 816.37
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.875 22.23 590.46 879.23
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 0.938 23.83 632.34 941.57
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 166

166 Piping Materials Guide

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 1.000 25.40 673.47 1002.62

64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 1.062 26.97 714.52 1063.55
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 1.125 28.58 756.15 1125.90
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 1.188 30.18 797.69 1187.74
64’’ 1600 64.00 1626 1.250 31.75 838.50 1248.30

68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.469 11.91 338.57 503.75

68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.500 12.70 360.79 536.92
68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.562 14.27 405.15 602.74
68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.625 15.88 450.15 670.12

68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.688 17.48 495.06 736.95

68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.750 19.05 539.18 802.40
68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.812 20.62 583.21 867.73
68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.875 22.23 627.87 934.60
68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 0.938 23.83 672.45 1000.92

68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 1.000 25.40 716.23 1065.89

68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 1.062 26.97 759.93 1130.73
68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 1.125 28.58 804.26 1197.09
68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 1.188 30.16 848.49 1262.92
68’’ 1700 68.00 1727 1.250 31.75 891.95 1327.39

72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 0.500 12.70 382.17 568.87

72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 0.562 14.27 429.18 638.64
72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 0.625 15.88 476.87 710.06
72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 0.688 17.48 524.48 780.92

72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 0.750 19.05 571.25 850.32

72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 0.812 20.62 617.93 919.60
72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 0.875 22.23 665.29 990.52
72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 0.938 23.83 712.55 1060.87

72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 1.000 25.40 758.99 1129.78

72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 1.062 26.97 805.34 1198.57
72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 1.125 28.58 852.36 1268.98
72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 1.188 30.18 899.29 1338.83
72’’ 1800 72.00 1829 1.250 31.75 945.40 1407.25

76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 0.500 12.70 403.55 600.50

76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 0.562 14.27 453.21 674.18
76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 0.625 15.88 503.60 749.62
76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 0.688 17.48 553.90 824.45

76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 0.750 19.05 603.32 897.77

76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 0.812 20.62 652.65 970.96
76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 0.875 22.23 702.70 1045.89
76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 0.938 23.83 752.66 1120.22
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 167

Piping Components 167

NPS DN O.D. O.D. wall.thk wall.thk weight weight Sch Manf.

‘‘A’’ ‘‘A’’ ‘‘B’’ ‘‘B’’ Std.
in mm in mm in mm lb/ft kg/m

76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 1.000 25.40 801.75 1193.05

76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 1.062 26.97 850.75 1265.74
76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 1.125 28.58 900.47 1340.17
76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 1.188 30.18 950.09 1414.01
76’’ 1900 76.00 1930 1.250 31.75 998.85 1486.33

80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 0.562 14.27 477.25 710.08

80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 0.625 15.88 530.32 789.56
80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 0.688 17.48 583.32 868.43
80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 0.750 19.05 635.39 945.69

80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 0.812 20.62 687.37 1022.83

80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 0.875 22.23 740.12 1101.81
80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 0.938 23.83 792.77 1180.17
80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 1.000 25.40 844.51 1256.94

80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 1.062 26.97 896.17 1333.59

80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 1.125 28.58 948.57 1412.06
80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 1.188 30.18 1000.89 1489.92
80’’ 2000 80.00 2032 1.250 31.75 1052.30 1566.20

7. STAINLESS STEEL PIPE (SEAMLESS

AND WELDED), DIMENSIONS AND
WEIGHT
Dimensions—as per ASME B36.19.
Weights—manufacturer’s estimates.
Size range—1⁄8 –30 in. outside diameter (OD).
Wall thickness (WT)—5S, 10S, 40S, and 80S.
Methods of manufacture—covered in the relevant ASTM specification.
Chemical composition and mechanical properties—covered in the relevant
ASTM Specification.
Tolerances and permissible variations—depend on the method of manu-
facture, which are covered in the relevant ASTM specification.
Pipe length—covered in the relevant ASTM specification.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 168

168 Piping Materials Guide

NPS A DN A OD OD WT B WT B Weight Weight

(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) Schedule
1
⁄8 0.405 10.3 0.049 1.24 0.19 0.28 10S
1
⁄8 0.405 10.3 0.068 1.73 0.24 0.37 40S
1
⁄8 0.405 10.3 0.095 2.41 0.31 0.47 80S
1
⁄4 0.540 13.7 0.065 1.65 0.33 0.49 10S
1
⁄4 0.540 13.7 0.088 2.24 0.42 0.63 40S
1
⁄4 0.540 13.7 0.119 3.02 0.54 0.80 80S
3
⁄8 10 0.675 17.1 0.065 1.65 0.42 0.63 10S
3
⁄8 10 0.675 17.1 0.091 2.31 0.57 0.84 40S
3
⁄8 10 0.675 17.1 0.126 3.20 0.74 1.10 80S
1
⁄2 15 0.840 21.3 0.065 1.65 0.54 0.80 5S
1
⁄2 15 0.840 21.3 0.083 2.11 0.67 1.00 10S
1
⁄2 15 0.840 21.3 0.109 2.77 0.85 1.27 40S
1
⁄2 15 0.840 21.3 0.146 3.73 1.09 1.62 80S
3
⁄4 20 1.050 26.7 0.065 1.65 0.69 1.03 5S
3
⁄4 20 1.050 26.7 0.083 2.11 0.86 1.28 10S
3
⁄4 20 1.050 26.7 0.113 2.87 1.13 1.69 40S
3
⁄4 20 1.050 26.7 0.154 3.91 1.47 2.20 80S

1 25 1.315 33.4 0.065 1.65 0.87 1.30 5S

1 25 1.315 33.4 0.109 2.77 1.40 2.09 10S
1 25 1.315 33.4 0.133 3.38 1.68 2.50 40S
1 25 1.315 33.4 0.179 4.55 2.17 3.24 80S

11⁄4 32 1.660 42.2 0.065 1.65 1.11 1.65 5S

11⁄4 32 1.660 42.2 0.109 2.77 1.81 2.70 10S
11⁄4 32 1.660 42.2 0.140 3.56 2.27 3.39 40S
11⁄4 32 1.660 42.2 0.191 4.85 3.00 4.47 80S

11⁄2 40 1.900 48.3 0.065 1.65 1.28 1.91 5S

11⁄2 40 1.900 48.3 0.109 2.77 2.09 3.11 10S
11⁄2 40 1.900 48.3 0.145 3.68 2.72 4.05 40S
11⁄2 40 1.900 48.3 0.200 5.08 3.63 5.41 80S

2 50 2.375 60.3 0.065 1.65 1.61 2.40 5S

2 50 2.375 60.3 0.109 2.77 2.64 3.93 10S
2 50 2.375 60.3 0.154 3.91 3.65 5.44 40S
2 50 2.375 60.3 0.218 5.54 5.02 7.48 80S
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 169

Piping Components 169

NPS A DN A OD OD WT B WT B Weight Weight

(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) Schedule
21⁄2 65 2.875 73.0 0.083 2.11 2.48 3.69 5S
21⁄2 65 2.875 73.0 0.120 3.05 3.53 5.26 10S
21⁄2 65 2.875 73.0 0.203 5.16 5.79 8.63 40S
21⁄2 65 2.875 73.0 0.276 7.01 7.66 11.41 80S

3 75 3.500 0.083 0.083 2.11 3.03 4.51 5S

3 75 3.500 0.083 0.120 3.05 4.33 6.45 10S
3 75 3.500 0.083 0.216 5.49 7.58 11.29 40S
3 75 3.500 0.083 0.300 7.62 10.25 15.27 80S

31⁄2 4.000 101.6 0.083 2.11 3.48 5.18 5S

31⁄2 4.000 101.6 0.120 3.05 4.97 7.40 10S
31⁄2 4.000 101.6 0.226 5.74 9.11 13.57 40S
31⁄2 4.000 101.6 0.318 8.08 12.50 18.63 80S

4 100 4.500 114.3 0.083 2.11 3.92 5.84 5S

4 100 4.500 114.3 0.120 3.05 5.61 8.36 10S
4 100 4.500 114.3 0.237 6.02 10.79 16.07 40S
4 100 4.500 114.3 0.337 8.56 14.98 22.32 80S

5 125 5.563 141.3 0.109 2.77 6.36 9.47 5S

5 125 5.563 141.3 0.134 3.40 7.77 11.57 10S
5 125 5.563 141.3 0.258 6.55 14.62 21.77 40S
5 125 5.563 141.3 0.375 9.53 20.78 30.97 80S

6 150 6.625 168.3 0.109 2.77 7.60 11.32 5S

6 150 6.625 168.3 0.134 3.40 9.29 13.84 10S
6 150 6.625 168.3 0.280 7.11 18.97 28.26 40S
6 150 6.625 168.3 0.432 10.97 28.57 42.56 80S

8 200 8.625 219.1 0.109 2.77 9.93 14.79 5S

8 200 8.625 219.1 0.148 3.76 13.40 19.96 10S
8 200 8.625 219.1 0.322 8.18 28.55 42.55 40S
8 200 8.625 219.1 0.500 12.70 43.39 64.64 80S

10 250 10.750 273.0 0.134 3.40 15.19 22.63 5S

10 250 10.750 273.0 0.165 4.19 18.65 27.78 10S
10 250 10.750 273.0 0.365 9.27 40.48 60.31 40S
10 250 10.750 273.0 0.500 12.70 54.74 81.55 80S
Note: Schedules 5S and 10S wall thickness do not permit threading in
accordance with ASME B1.20.1.
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 13.12.2004 11:53am page 170

170 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
NPS A DN A OD OD WT B WT B Weight Weight
(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) Schedule
12 300 12.750 323.8 0.156 3.95 20.98 31.25 5S
12 300 12.750 323.8 0.180 4.57 24.17 36.00 10S
12 300 12.750 323.8 0.375 9.53 49.56 73.88 40S
12 300 12.750 323.8 0.500 12.70 65.42 97.46 80S
14 350 14.000 355.6 0.156 3.96 23.07 34.36 5S
14 350 14.000 355.6 0.188 4.78 27.73 41.35 10S
16 400 16.00 406.4 0.165 4.19 27.90 41.56 5S
16 400 16.00 406.4 0.188 4.78 31.75 47.34 10S
18 450 18.00 457.0 0.165 4.19 31.43 46.81 5S
18 450 18.00 457.0 0.188 4.78 35.76 53.31 10S
20 500 20.00 508 0.188 4.78 39.78 59.25 5S
20 500 20.00 508 0.218 5.54 46.27 68.89 10S
22 550 22.00 559 0.188 4.78 43.80 65.24 5S
22 550 22.00 559 0.218 5.54 50.71 75.53 10S
24 600 24.00 610 0.218 5.54 55.37 82.47 5S
24 600 24.00 610 0.250 6.35 63.41 94.53 10S
30 750 30.00 762 0.250 6.35 79.43 118.31 5S
30 750 30.00 762 0.312 7.92 98.93 132.91 10S
Note: Schedules 5S and 10S wall thickness do not permit threading in
accordance with ASME B1.20.1.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 171

5
JOINTS FOR PROCESS
PIPING SYSTEMS

1. INTRODUCTION TO PIPE JOINTS

A piping systems forms the arteries through which a process fluid
flows, and this pipe connects the various pieces of equipment that are
required, within a plant, to refine the product. To facilitate changes of
direction and regulate the flow, these straight lengths of pipe must be
connected to piping components, valves and process equipment, to
complete the system. Numerous options are available to the piping
engineer responsible for specifying the correct method of jointing for a
particular process piping system.
Listed here are several alternatives for joints to be used within metal
piping systems:

. Flanged—using weld neck, socket weld, screwed, lap joint flanges.

. Butt weld—using a full-penetration weld.
. Socket weld—using a fillet weld with socket weld couplings.
. Screwed—using screwed couplings.
. Hubbed connections—using propriety hubs and collars.
. Mechanical coupling—victaullic-type couplings.
. Soldered.

171
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 172

172 Piping Materials Guide

All these methods have potential leak paths, and careful consideration
must be made during the material selection process and in the choice of
level of inspection to minimize ‘‘in-service’’ fluid loss.
The joint type chosen must be leak free for the duration of the plant
life. Therefore, the following factors must be taken into consideration:

. Type of process fluid—its toxicity and viscosity.

. Design temperature range.
. Design pressure.
. Mechanical strength of the base material—its tensile strength and ability
to yield.
. Size.
. Weight.
. Erosion and corrosion
. For permanent or temporary use, need for quick release.
. Quality of the labor available.
. Cost.
. Maintainability and reliability.
. Plant life.
. Need to handle vibration.
. External mechanical impact from personnel, vehicles, and the like.
. Ease of fabrication or erection.
. Availability.

This is a large checklist; however, many materials immediately are

prohibited after the first four points are considered.
Many piping systems have more than one type of pipe jointing to suit
the plant’s requirements. However, piping systems always are limited by
the method of jointing considered to be the least efficient. Generally, this
is the mating of two flanges with a set of bolts and a gasket compressed
under calculated bolt loads.
The purpose of this chapter is to assist you in evaluating the type of
joint most suitable after having evaluated all these factors.

2. FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES
The piping joint selected must maintain the integrity of the complete
piping system of which it is a part. The joint must not leak while it is in
service, and it may be subjected to both internal and external loadings.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 173

Joints for Process Piping Systems 173

We next examine some factors to consider when choosing a type of

pipe joint.

Type of Process Fluid

The type of fluid to be transported must first be considered:

. Hazardous process—see ASME 31.3, Category M.

. Nonhazardous process—see ASME B31.3, normal fluid service (NFS).
. Utility service—see ASME 31.3, Category D.

Some process fluids, such as ammonia and concentrated acids, are

defined as hazardous, and even the smallest leakage is considered
dangerous to personnel and the plant. In these cases, the piping joint
chosen is the one that is most efficient, regardless of cost. This joint is a
butt weld, which offers the best option and the one least likely to fail,
especially when supported by a strict inspection regime.

Pressure and Temperature

Flanged joints are considered the joint with the lowest integrity, and
they are used as the basis to set the upper design limit of a piping system.
Tabulated data in ASME B16.5 for steel flanges states the maximum
allowable internal design pressure for a specific material in a piping class
at a given temperature. This allowable internal pressure reduces as the
temperature increases.
ASME B16.5 covers pipe flanges from 1/2 to 24 in., and for flanges
26 in. and above, reference is made to ASME B16.47, series A and B.
Both of these are dimensional standards, and time should be taken to
review them thoroughly to understand the full scope of these two
documents.
The flange class for both standards are as follows:

. 150 lb.
. 300 lb.
. 400 lb.
. 600 lb.
. 900 lb.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 174

174 Piping Materials Guide

. 1500 lb.
. 2500 lb.

The designation is the maximum pressure that the flange is ‘‘rated’’ to at

an elevated temperature. Another term for class is rating.

Example 1. See Material Group Index, Group 1, extracted from ASME

B16.5:

Material: ASTM A105N–ASME B16.5, Material Group 1.1.

Piping class: ASME B16.5, Class 150.
Design temperature: 1008F.
Allowable internal pressure: 285 psi This figure limits the use of these flanges
to a design pressure of psi, the working or operating pressure is
marginally lower than this figure. The piping system will be subjected to a
hydrostatic test pressure of 1.5 times the design pressure, to test the
integrity of the fabrication welds.

Example 2. See Material Group Index, Group 1, extracted from ASME

B16.5:

Material: ASTM A105N–ASME B16.5-Material Group 1.1.

Piping Class: ASME B16.5, Class 150.
Design Temperature: 3008F.
Allowable internal pressure: 230 psi

Butt weld joints are considered to have the highest integrity; and a
full penetration butt weld that has been inspected using either
radiography (RT) or ultrasonics (UT) is considered to be guaranteed
leakproof. Other methods of nondestructive examination, such as
magnetic particle examination (MPE) or liquid penetration examination
(LPE), for nonmagnetic metals, come a very close second. Piping systems
carrying toxic fluids or operating under very high pressures and
temperatures may be subjected to 100% NDE, which means that all
valves are X-rayed.
This NDE takes place before the hydrostatic testing of a piping
system. Once a hyrotest has been carried out successfully to 1.5 times the
design pressure, all welds are considered to be of the highest integrity.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 175

Joints for Process Piping Systems 175

Socket weld connections are fillet welds, which although not full
penetration welds, are considered by most operators suitable for
handling process fluid. For added confidence, they can also be subjected
to NDE, such as RT, MPE, or LPE for nonmagnetic metals.
Care must be taken with the fit up of socket weld connections. A gap
must be left at the bottom of the female socket to prevent ‘‘bottoming’’
during the welding process, when heat is applied and the metal expands.
Screwed connections are not suitable for conditions in which fluid
experiences both high temperature and high pressures or is subjected to
vibration. A screwed connection, however, is capable of containing
medium to high pressure, but because of its lower integrity, many operators
restrict the use to utility piping systems, such as air, water, and nitrogen.
Also, piping systems transporting toxic fluids require high-integrity pipe
joints such as butt welds. I cover the strength or weaknesses of specific pipe
joints at a later stage.

Material Compatibility. The material used for the pipe joint must be
mechanically and chemically compatible with the pipe transporting the
fluid. If welding is required, then the two materials must also be
chemically compatible to effect a correct weld. Further, the material of
construction of the joint must have very close corrosion-resistant
characteristics to the parent pipe, for the fluid transported internally
and the external environment. For use in food and drug industries, the
jointing material must not contaminate the process fluid.
Materials of differing chemical compositions can be welded together
as long as there is no possibility of galvanic corrosion, the correct weld
procedure is in place, and the weld is executed by a suitably qualified
technician.

Size. Some joints are limited by the outside diameter of the pipe.
Screwed fittings can be used in diameters up to 4 in. (100 DN), but in
practice, they are rarely used above 2 in. (50 DN). Socket weld fittings,
when specified, are usually used only in diameters up to 2 in. (50 DN).
Butt welded and flanged joints can be used from 1⁄2 in. (13 DN) to as high
as is feasibly possible.

Weight and Space. The weight and the space taken up by the joint may need
to be considered. Flanged joints in the higher ASME piping classes take up
a great deal of space and weigh a considerable amount. For offshore
projects, this may have to be considered, if space is at a premium and the
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 176

176 Piping Materials Guide

weight of the piping system must be taken into consideration for module
lifts, when they are installed at sea.

Corrosion. When coupled, screwed pipe joints create very small crevices,
and this is not advisable with certain process fluids at extreme pressure
or temperature conditions. Over an extended period, such crevices can
accelerate corrosion, which reduces the efficiency of the joint and may
lead to in-service failure. External corrosion from the environment—hot,
as in the desert; cold, as in Alaska; or wet, as in marine conditions—must
also be considered.

Permanent or Temporary Connection. If the connection joins piece of pipe

to a valve or a piece of equipment and this joint might have to be broken to
remove the item, then a flanged joint or a mechanical coupling should be
considered. A welded joint is not an option, because it is considered
permanent. Some valves are designed for top entry, which means that they
can be repaired and maintained in situ and therefore may be fully welded
into the line, because they need not be removed.
When pipe connections are broken on a regular basis, as in the case of
flexible hose connections to hard pipe, then a quick-release alternative
should be considered.

Loadings. A joint must be leakproof when all operating and external

loads have been considered. These forces—axial (tensile and
compressive), shear, torsion, and bending—occur when the plant is
operating with fluctuating temperatures and pressures. Stress
analysis and adequate pipe supporting help to distribute these forces.
However, certain joints, such as screwed connections, are unsuitable for
extreme pressure and temperature conditions; and they must be
excluded.

Quality of Fabrication and Erection Labor. The workforce employed to

fabricate and erect the piping system must be able to competently
execute the work in accordance with the relevant international codes to
which the plant has been designed. This particularly applies to welding,
and suitable qualified personnel must be tested to guarantee that they
can perform the welds required with the minimum level of failure during
the testing and commissioning of the plant.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 177

Joints for Process Piping Systems 177

Cost. All joints have different costs based on the mating components
and the labor required to complete the connection.
The following examples look at a variety of joints connecting two
straight lengths of pipe. Each requires different components and a
specific procedure carried out by labor trained and qualified to
completed the joint successfully. Of these, the first method is the
cheapest and the final one the most expensive.

Pipe to Pipe, Screwed

Material: One screwed joint coupling female ends.

Labor: No welds, the joint executed by a fitter.

Pipe to Pipe, Socket Weld

Material: One socket weld coupling female ends.

Labor: Two fillet welds executed by a welder.

Pipe to Pipe, Butt Weld

Material: Two pipes with prepared ends.

Labor: One butt weld executed by a welder.

Pipe to Pipe, Flanged (threaded)

Material: Two threaded flanges, one gasket, one set of stud bolts.
Labor: Two threaded connections and one flanged connection executed by a
fitter.

Pipe to Pipe, Flanged (socket weld)

Material: Two socket weld flanges, one gasket, one set of stud bolts.
Labor: Two fillet welded connections and one flanged connection executed
by a welder and a fitter.

Pipe to Pipe, Flanged (butt weld)

Material: Two weld neck flanges, one gasket, one set of stud bolts.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 178

178 Piping Materials Guide

Labor: Two butt weld connections and one flanged connection executed by
a fitter.

Maintainability. Butt welds, socket welds, and screwed connections

do not require maintenance unless there is a failure in the joint.
However, temporary flanged joints require a new gaskets every time the
joint is broken; and if this occurs regularly, the bolting has to be
changed out.

Vibration. Certain items of mechanical equipment are subject to

vibration, especially pumps and compressors. The jointing of piping
systems hooked up to this equipment or run in close proximity must be
able to withstand this constant movement without failing. Screwed
connections are often prohibited on piping systems located close to such
items of equipment.

Conclusion. All of these points must be considered when selecting a

suitable pipe joint. In many cases, certain methods of jointing are
immediately rejected, and it therefore becomes unnecessary to consider
the other options. The plant owner or client sometimes prohibits the use
of certain joints, based on the experience with in-service failure in other
plants. This helps the piping engineer during the selection.
Many clients also have corporate specifications for process and utility
piping systems, and these documents can be used as technical templates
to create project-specific documents.
The final selection can be made only after careful consideration of the
following factors: design conditions, construction, commissioning,
operation conditions, and plant life.

3. WELDED JOINTS
Welding is a relatively cheap method of joining two metallic
components—pipe to pipe, pipe to fitting, or fitting to fitting—to create
an effective pressure seal. This joint can be inspected using nondestruc-
tive examination (NDE) and hydrostatically tested to satisfy the relevant
codes.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 179

Joints for Process Piping Systems 179

Welding Carbon Steel and Low-Alloy

Carbon Steel

Carbon steel and low alloy carbon steel can be divided into five
major groups: carbon steel, high-strength low-alloy steels, quenched
and tempered steels, heat-treatable low-alloy steels, and chromium-
molybdenum steels.
Steel is considered a carbon steel when no minimum content is
specified for chromium, cobalt, columbium (niobium), molybdenum,
nickel, titanium, tungsten, vanadium, zirconium, or any other alloying
element.

Welding Stainless Steel

The stainless properties are due to the presence of chromium in

quantities greater than 12% by weight. This level of chromium is the
minimum level to ensure a continuous stable layer.
Stainless steel can be divided into three major groups: austenitic (300
series), ferritic, martensitic (400 series), and ferritic-austenitic (duplex).
Two types of metallic welding (butt welding and socket welding) can be
used to join straight lengths of steel pipe, pipe to fitting, or fitting to
fitting. Both methods have their advantages and disadvantages, which
are highlighted in the following table:

Type of Weld Characteristics Disadvantages

Butt weld High integrity Expensive
(full penetration) Suitable for elevated-temperature Requires skilled labor
and high-pressure service Time consuming
Small and large sizes
All wall thicknesses
Socket weld Medium integrity Limited to sizes 2 in.
(fillet weld) Suitable for high temperature and smaller
and medium pressure Not suitable for high
2 in. and smaller pressure
Cheaper to fabricate
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 180

180 Piping Materials Guide

Butt Welds

A joint is butt welded when two pieces of pipe or fittings are supplied
with matching beveled ends, butted together, held firmly in position,
then welded, using a specific welding procedure and completed by a
suitably qualified person.
The welding procedure specification (WPS) covers the following:

. Pipe material, diameter, and wall thickness.

. Joint preparation.
. Position of pipe (vertical or horizontal).
. Back purging gas (if applicable).
. Preheating and interpass temperatures.
. Type of welding process.
. Flux and shielding gas.
. Electrode and filler material.
. Gas flow rate and nozzle details.
. Welding current (ac, dc, polarity).
. Postweld heat treatment.
. Identification of the welder.

There are three types of butt welds: Full penetration, with a backing
ring, and with a fusible backing ring. Of these, by far the most common
in the oil and gas industry is the first, the full-penetration butt weld
without a backing ring. If executed by suitably qualified personnel, using
the correct WPS, it results in a high-integrity, pressure-retaining weld
that can be subjected to NDE for added confidence.

Socket Welds

To join two square-cut pieces of pipe, a socket weld coupling is

required (see Figure 5.1). A socket-weld coupling allows the two pipe
lengths to be inserted into the ends of the fitting and the two
circumferential fillet welds completed. A root gap of approximately
1.5 mm is required to accommodate lateral expansion of the pipe when
heat is applied during the welding process (see Figure 5.2). If this gap is
omitted, as the pipe expands, ‘‘bottoming’’ takes place at the base of the
socket, which results in unnecessary force applied to the joint during the
welding process.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 181

Joints for Process Piping Systems 181

Socket-weld joints are economical up to about 2 in. (50 mm); however,

at sizes larger than this, the higher-integrity butt weld becomes
commercially viable. Joining two pieces of pipe using the socket-weld
method requires two fillet welds and a full coupling. The butt-weld
method requires only one full-penetration weld and no additional fitting
and results in a higher-integrity weld.

4. WELDING TECHNIQUES
For the purposes or this book, we cover weld process generally
employed in the fabrication and erection of piping systems for the oil
and gas industry.
There are two methods of applying a weld: The manual method
generally is used for shop and site work; the semi-automatic and

Figure 5.1. Socket Weld Full Coupling. (Section)

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 182

182 Piping Materials Guide

Figure 5.1. Socket Weld Full Coupling.

automatic methods use a repetitive process, ideally suited to the

fabrication shop, where the conditions can be controlled.

Manual Semi-Automatic Automatic

Metal arc Metal inert gas (MIG) Tungsten inert gas (TIG)
Oxyacetylene
TIG (argon arc)
Flux-cored arc
Gas-shield flux-cored arc

Metal Arc

Metal-arc welding also is known as stick welding and, in the United

States, as shielded metal arc welding (SMAW). This process requires
striking an arc between a consumable metal rod (electrode) and the
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 183

Joints for Process Piping Systems 183

Figure 5.2. Root Gap For Socket Weld Joint.

parent metal, which is the workpiece and the two pieces of metal to be
welded. Applied heat melts some of the parent metal and part of the
electrode. The weld metal therefore is a mixture of the parent metal and
the electrode metal. To avoid the formation of oxides that weaken the
weld, the electrodes are coated, which forms a slag that protects the weld
from atmospheric contamination during postweld cooling.
This electrode coating can also contain deoxidizing agents, which are
deposited into the molten pool to add further protection from oxygen in
the air.
Metal arc welding is used widely in the fabrication of smaller fillet welds,
because it is a simple and cheap method. It is not suitable for butt welds and
largerfillet welds,whichrequire severalsuccessive passes,as the trappedslag
causes a problem with this process. This form of welding requires a power
source, a consumable electrode in a holder, and a struck arc.
Also, the sustained intensity of the arc makes it difficult to prevent
‘‘burning through’’ when welding thinner sections of steel, under 1.6 mm.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 184

184 Piping Materials Guide

For sections below 1.6 mm, TIG welding is the preferred option, although
oxyacetylene welding is used on occasion. The slag created during this
process must be chipped off the weld bead after welding.
The following table summarizes the benefits and limitations of this
method.

Benefits Limitations
Simple equipment Slag creation
Flux regulation Burn through on thin sections
Lower sensitivity to wind
and drafts
All positions possible

Combined welding methods are sometimes used. When butt welding

small, thick-walled pipe, it can be difficult to achieve an even
penetration; but satisfactory results can be obtained by using TIG
welding for the first run and completing the remainder of the weld by
using the cheaper metal arc method.

Oxyacetylene

In oxyacetylene welding, oxygen and acetylene are fed through a

blowpipe, where the mixed gases are burned simultaneously at the tip,
creating an intensely hot flame. This is used to heat and melt the edges of
the workpieces and the filler rod, which is deposited in the molten pool to
create the weld metal.
The filler rod is usually of the same composition as the workpiece and
provides additional mass to create the joint. Flux is not usually required
for oxyacetylene welding; however, if it is introduced, it can be applied as
a paste on the edges of the workpieces or coated on the filler rods.
The temperature of an oxyacetylene flame is lower than an arc, which
means that it can be used on thinner sections of metal; however, it also means
that there could be a lack of fusion between the weld and the workpiece.

Submerged Arc Welding

Submerged arc welding (SAW) is a high-quality, very high-deposition-

rate welding process. SAW uses a granular flux that forms a thick layer
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 185

Joints for Process Piping Systems 185

to prevent sparks and splatter and acts as a thermal insulator for deeper
heat penetration. SAW provides high weld productivity, approximately
4–10 times as much as SMAW.
The following table lists the benefits and limitations of SAW.

Benefits Limitations
Extremely high-deposition-rates Irregular wire feed
High-quality welds Horizontal position only
Easily automated
Lower operator skill required

Tungsten Inert Gas

Tungsten inert gas (TIG) welding, also known in the United States as
gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), is a high-quality welding process that
requires the following:

. A power supply.
. A nonconsumable electrode (usually tungsten).
. An inert gas supply (argon/helium).
. A filler rod (similar in composition to the parent material).
. A struck arc.

The tungsten electrode is mounted centrally in a nozzle-shaped

hook through which the inert gas is passed at a controlled low velo-
city, which effectively protects the weld area from atmospheric
contamination.
The inert gas options include argon, argon þ hydrogen, and argon/
helium. Helium is generally added to increase the heat input, which
increases the welding speed. Hydrogen results in a cleaner looking weld;
however, its presence my promote porosity or hydrogen cracking.
Heat from the arc melts the edges of the two workpieces and the filler
rod to create the molten pool, which after cooling forms the weld.
Because of the protective shielding of the weld area by the inert gas, a
flux is not required for this process. Effective fluxes can also be corrosive,
and their elimination is a great advantage when fabricating corrosion-
resistant alloys (CRA).
If a filler wire is required, it is added to the weld pool separately.
The following table lists the benefits and limitations of TIG.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 186

186 Piping Materials Guide

Benefits Limitations
High-quality welds Harder to perform than metal inert
Can be done with or gas welding
without filler Slower deposition rates
Heat control More costly
Free of weld splatter
Low distortion

Flux-Cored and Gas-Shielded Flux-Cored Arc

Welding

Flux-cored and gas-shielded flux-cored arc welding also is known as

flux-covered arc welding (FCAW). As with metal inert gas welding,
welding wire is fed continuously from a spool, and this method is the
semi-automatic welding process.
It is similar to metal arc welding and requires the use of a consumable
metal electrode with a flux core, which protects the weld metal. The use of the
gas shield ensures added protection to the weld when required.

Metal Inert Gas Welding

Metal inert gas (MIG) welding, also known in the United States as gas
metal arc welding (GMAW), offers high quality and a high deposition rate.
The process consists of arc burning between a thin bare metal wire
electrode and the workpiece. The welding zone is shielded by adding an
inert gas, like argon, helium, carbon dioxide, or a mixture of gases. The arc
is self-adjusting, and any variation in the arc length made by the welder
produces a change in burn rate. Deoxidizers present in the electrode
prevent oxidization in the weld pool, which allows multiple weld layers.
This process is similar to the TIG welding technique, except that the
tungsten electrode is replaced by a consumable bare metal electrode of a
material similar to the workpieces. Wire is continuously fed from a
spool, and this is a semi-automatic welding process.
It requires the following:

. A power source, generator, or a rectifier to strike the arc.

. A consumable electrode (usually tungsten), with a feed motor.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 187

Joints for Process Piping Systems 187

. An inert gas supply (argon þ helium).

. A torch or gun.

Consumable-electrode inert gas welding shares the same advantages as

TIG welding, in that it does not require the addition of a flux.
There are several inert shielding gas options: argon, argon with 1–5%
oxygen, argon with 3–25% CO2 , and argon with helium. CO2 can be
used in its pure form in some MIG welding processes. It can adversely
affect the mechanical properties of the weld, however. Because of the
higher temperature supplied by the arc, materials of thickness of 3 mm
and above can be welded.
The advantage that MIG welding has over TIG welding is that the
process is almost twice as quick. The following table list the benefits and
limitations of MIG.

Benefits Limitations
Can be done in all positions Requires filler
Faster than MIG
Less operator skill required than MIG
Long continuous welds
Minimal postweld cleaning required

5. HEAT TREATMENT
Depending on the welding procedure, two additional heat treatment
processes may be necessary to complete a weld that satisfies the
codes requirements. Preheating requires the workpieces to have heat
applied prior to the welding process. This involves heating the
workpieces to a predefined temperature (see ASME B31.3) then allowing
it to cool. Postweld heating may be necessary to restore the original
metallurgical structure or reduce the residual stresses caused by
differential cooling; in certain cases, this is mandatory in the
code. Postweld heat treatment is best carried out in a furnace, which
allows accurate control of the temperature, temperature gradients, and
cooling rate. Sometimes, this is not possible; and welds have to be
postweld heat treated in situ, which requires the use of portable heating
elements.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 188

188 Piping Materials Guide

6. NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION
OF WELDS
It is essential that the completed weld should not have discontinuities
or voids and that the mechanical strength of the weld is equal to or
greater than the parent pipe. To reduce the possibility of failure during
the hydrotest or, far worse, in-service failure, an inspection plan that
applies a variety of nondestructive tests can be implemented to detect
any weaknesses in the fabrication. Nondestructive examination means
the assessment of a weld without damaging it physically and affecting its
pressure sealing characteristics. Several methods are available, with
different costs and differing levels of accuracy. Fully qualified personnel,
who are in a position to interpret the results and take the appropriate
action, must carry out all of these options:

. Visual (surface crack detection for all material).

. Magnetic particle examination (surface-crack detection for carbon steel
and any magnetic metals).
. Dye penetrant examination (surface-crack detection for nonmagnetic
stainless steels and other nonmagnetic metals).
. Radiography (surface and through the metal).
. Ultrasonic examination (surface and through the metal).

All nondestructive examination of welds must take place before

hydrotesting of the piping system and painting (if necessary) or
insulation (if necessary). This means that if a weld fails the examination
test, the bare pipe can be repaired and retested, before the painting or
insulation operation.
Different piping systems have different types and levels of inspection,
depending on the service fluid, material, temperature, pressure, and
location.

Visual

Visual inspection is the simplest and the cheapest method, and all
welds must be subject to this basic method, using either the naked eye or
a magnifying glass to confirm imperfections. All surfaces to be visually
examined must be thoroughly cleaned.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 189

Joints for Process Piping Systems 189

This method is useful only to detect surface imperfections. If these are

found, additional tests are employed to discover the extent of the flaw.
Even if a weld is to be examined by more-accurate methods of
inspection, it should be subjected to the basic visuals, because of their
low cost. Also, if imperfections are detected visually, additional
examination can be intensified around this area of concern.

Magnetic Particle Examination

Magnetic particle examination (MPE) is used to detect surface cracks

on ferromagnetic materials, such as carbon steel. Some low alloys are
magnetic, however ausentitic-chromium stainless steel is very weakly
magnetic and therefore excluded from this type of examination; this is
subjected to dye penetrant examination, which is covered later. The
MPE method is very useful for detecting fine cracks that are invisible to
the naked eye.
To carry out the examination, the weld under analysis is first strongly
magnetized with an electromagnet, then fine particles of a magnetic
material, such as iron or magnetic iron oxide, are applied to the surface.
The magnetic powder is attracted to the edges of any surface cracks,
making them visible to the naked eye.

Liquid Penetrant Examination

The liquid penetrant (or penetration) examination (LPE) method is

used on metals considered to be nonmagnetic, such as ausentenitic-
chromium stainless steel. This technique requires the surface application
of a penetrating liquid containing a dye. The liquid is given time to seep
into any surface flaws, and excess liquid is removed. The surface is
allowed to dry, and the weld is examined. Flaws are indicated by the
presence of dye, which is visible to the naked eye.

Radiography
Radiographic (RT) examination is the most useful nondestructive test,
as it detects subsurface flaws invisible to the naked eye. This method
originally employed X-rays, but today pipe joints can be examined using
gamma-rays produced by portable radioactive isotopes.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 190

190 Piping Materials Guide

All sources of radiation are potentially dangerous, and exposure over

extended periods must be avoided. Personnel protection is often a
requirement for technicians carrying out the radiography.
A film is placed on one side of the weld, and on the other side, the weld
is subjected to X-rays in the direction of the film. As the X-rays pass
through the weld, any imperfections on the surface and through the weld
are detected by a dark shadow on the exposed film. No imperfection
shows up as clear with uniform shade. The analysis of radiographic films
requires considerable experience, and the defects that may be detected
include cracks (surface and subsurface) and subsurface cavities caused by
oxide film; lack of fusion; trapped slag, flux, or foreign material; and gas
pockets (porosity).
Each radiograph must be recorded with the number of the weld to
identify the exact location of the weld, and the names of the
radiographer and inspector must also be listed. Radiographs are open
to interpretation, and it is essential that the personnel used for this
activity are suitably qualified.

Ultrasonic

Ultrasonic (UT) waves with a frequency of 500–5000 kHz are

transmitted as a narrow beam toward a target. On reaching a metal
surface with a flaw, the waves are reflected and returned to a suitable
receiver. The time required for the return of the echo is a measure of the
length of the path covered by the waves.
If used correctly, the ultrasonic method can approach the accuracy of
radiography. The benefit of ultrasonic testing is that the equipment is
portable; therefore, UT is useful when the weld is in an awkward
location or needs to be examined on site.

7. INSPECTION LEVELS
The level of inspection needed depends on the connection’s service,
temperature range, pressure range, and location.
An example of the acceptable levels of inspection are usually
represented either in percentages, such as 10%, or numerically, such as
1 in 10. This means that 10% of the welds in a piping system at that size
or rating will be subjected to certain types of examination.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 191

Joints for Process Piping Systems 191

These levels of inspection are imposed on the mechanical contractor;

however, in construction they can be increased if the failure rate is high
or reduced if there are no or very few weld failures.

8. INSPECTION RECORDS
Inspection records must be retained to guarantee that the inspection
levels imposed have been met. These records must include the following:

. Type of examination.
. Name of inspector and radiographer.
. Equipment used.
. Welding procedure specification (WPS).
. Welder’s performance qualification (WPQ).

9. METALLIC FLANGED JOINTS

A number of flange standards are recognized internationally. The
most commonly used are as follows:

ASME B16.5—for sizes 1⁄2–24 in. pressure ratings to 150, 300, 400, 600, 900,
1500, and 2500 lbs.
ASME B16.47—for sizes 26–60 in. and pressure ratings to 150, 300, 400,
600, 900, 1500, and 2500 lbs.

There are also British (BS), German (DIN), French (AFNOR), and
various other national standards; however, the ASME codes are
recognized worldwide and, for the purpose of clarity and space, they
are referenced in this chapter.
A very common method of joining two lengths of pipe is by using
metallic flanged connections. The piping components required to make
this connection are as follows:

. Two metal flanges (carbon steel, stainless steel, cast iron, Inconel, etc.).
. One set of bolts (carbon steel, low-alloy steel, stainless steel, etc.).
. One gasket (rubber, graphite, Teflon, spiral wound, metal ring).

This joint requires two mating flange faces, which are pulled together by
a set of equally spaced bolts with a gasket generally sandwiched between
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 192

192 Piping Materials Guide

the two faces. In very special circumstances, a gasket is not used;

however, this is very rare.
The pressure seal is made by a compressive force applied by tightening
the bolts against the two flanges with the gasket trapped between the two
faces. This method of connection allows the bolts to be loosened and the
joint disassembled. This, therefore, is not considered a permanent joint,
although in practice it could be in place for several years.

Basic Flange Types

Several methods are used to connect the flange to the piping system:

. Weld neck—requires a full-penetration butt weld to connect the flange to

pipe. (see Figure 5.3).
. Socket weld—requires a socket weld (fillet weld) to connect the flange to
pipe. (see Figure 5.4).
. Slip on—requires a minimum of one fillet weld, however some clients
specify two fillet welds to connect the flange to the pipe (see Figure 5.5).
. Screwed—requires a male/female thread to connect the flange to the pipe
(see Figure 5.6).
. Lap joint—requires two piping components for each side of the joint, one stub
end, which is butt welded to the pipe, and a backing ring. The backing ring is
drilled to take a set of bolts to make the pressure seal (see Figure 5.7).

Flange Facings
A flange must have a specified facing, which could be one of the
following;

Flat face (FF)—a flat machined face, which requires a full-faced gasket to
make the pressure seal.
Raised face (RF)—a flange with a raised step machined on the face, which
requires a spiral wound gasket to make the pressure seal.
Ring-type joint (RTJ)—a flange with a circumferential groove machined
into the flange face, which requires an oval or an octagonal circular ring
gasket to make the pressure seal.
Tongue and groove (T&G)—two dissimilar flanges, one having a tongue
machined on one face and the other flange having a mating groove
machined onto the face.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 193

Joints for Process Piping Systems 193

The first three are the most common flange facings used in the process
industry; the last type is available but rarely used.

Figure 5.3. Weld Neck Flange, Raised Face.

Figure 5.4. Socket Weld Flange, Raised Face.

Machining of Flange Facing

The machined faces for the flat face and the raised face flanges are
supplied in various machined finishes. The grooves are concentric or
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 194

194 Piping Materials Guide

Figure 5.5. Slip On Flange, Raised Face.

Figure 5.6. Screwed Flange, Raised Face.

phonographic, machined onto the flange face that ‘‘bites’’ into the
gasket, provides an improved pressure seal, and prevents the gasket
being squeezed out radially when the bolt loads are applied. These
finishes are identified in micro inch (AARH) or micrometer (Ra). For
example:

125–250 AARH (Ra 3.2–6.3)—suitable for flat faced flanges with soft cut
gaskets 1.5 mm and thinner.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 195

Joints for Process Piping Systems 195

Figure 5.7. Lap Joint Flange, Raised Face.

125–500 AARH (Ra 3.2–12.5)—suitable for flat faced flanges with soft cut
gaskets thicker than 1.5 mm.
125–250 AARH (Ra 3.2–6.3)—suitable for raised face flanges with spiral
wound gaskets.

10. WELD-NECK FLANGE

The dimension and the design of the weld neck flange have been
calculated to meet the approval of the relevant code, in this case ASME
B16.5 or ASME B16.47 (series A or B). Basically, the weld neck flange
comprises a flanged blade with standard drilling for bolts, based on the
size and pressure rating. One side of the blade is machined to mate with
another flange, and the other side has a tapered hub with a weld bevel
prepared for mating to a pipe of a matching diameter.
One circumferential weld is required to connect the flange to the pipe.
A butt weld is a high-integrity weld that can be inspected visually or
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 196

196 Piping Materials Guide

using NDE with MPE or LPE, UT or RT, and finally subjected to a

hydrostatic test.
Generally, weld neck flanges are machined from forgings, which offer
more consistent grain properties through the body of the component.
Despite its high cost, the weld neck flange is a preferred method of
jointing for use under high-pressure, high-temperature, and cyclic
loading conditions. It is also commonly used at lower pressures and
low temperatures.

11. SOCKET-WELD FLANGE

The socket weld flange is designed to standard dimensions stipulated
by ASME B16.5. The flange comprises a drilled flanged blade with a
machined face on one side and, on the other, a female socket into which
the pipe is placed. As with the weld neck, these flanges are generally
made from forged steel. The flange and the pipe are joined together by a
circumferential fillet weld, which is cheaper than a butt weld; however,
this method of jointing is less effective and, therefore, generally used in
sizes 2 in. and below at ambient and intermediate temperatures and in
ASME B16.5 classes 150 lb and 300 lb. Some clients prohibit the use of
socket weld flanges in process systems and limit its use to utility piping
systems, air, water.

12. SCREWED FLANGES

Screwed and socket weld flanges are of very similar construction;
however, instead of having a socket bored into the forging, an NPT
(National Pipe Taper) thread is tapped. This allows a pipe with a
matching male thread to be screwed into the flange. Because this joint
does not require welding, it is both cheaper and quicker to execute than
butt and socket welds.
However, it is the least efficient joint, used almost exclusively for
nonhazardous utility piping systems. Because there is no weld, NDE is
limited to visuals, followed by a hydrostatic test. If a leak should occur,
then the system can be shut down and the screwed connection back
welded, which effectively converts it into a socket weld flange.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 197

Joints for Process Piping Systems 197

13. SLIP-ON FLANGES

Basically, a slip-on flange is a drilled flange blade through which a hole
is bored. The pipe is inserted into the flange prior to welding. The pipe is
attached to the flange by one external circumferential fillet weld or two
fillet welds, one external and one internal against the flange face. At
smaller sizes, this method of jointing is cheaper than a weld neck;
however, it lacks mechanical strength and generally is used only for
utility piping classes operating at ambient temperatures and lower
pressures. The relevant codes are ASME 150 lb and 300 lb

14. LAP-JOINT FLANGES

A lap-joint flange requires two piping components for each side of the
flanged connection, a stub end and a loose backing flange. The loose
backing flange fits over the outside diameter of the stub end, which is
butt-welded to the pipe. The backing flange is not welded to the pipe,
and it can be rotated, which is particularly useful when it is necessary to
orientate flanges during erection.
Also, as the backing flange does not come in contact with the process
fluid, it can made of a less corrosive-resistant material. For example,
if the process is corrosive and requires the pipe to be of stainless steel, as
in ASTM A312 TP316L, then the stub end must also be made of SS
316L; however, the backing flange can be made of the cheaper ASTM
A105.
This method of jointing is not as robust as a weld neck flange but is
superior to screwed, socket weld, and slip on connections; however, it is
more expensive to execute, because it require a full-penetration butt weld
and requires two components.

15. JOINT COMPARISON

To summarize, all the preceding methods of jointing have their
advantages and disadvantages, which are shown in the following table.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 198

198 Piping Materials Guide

Type Characteristics Limiting Factors

Weld neck High-integrity joint Component more expensive
Suitable for use at high than screwed, socket weld,
pressures and temperatures and slip on flanges
Available at all sizes Butt weld more expensive
High component cost than socket weld
Heavier component
Socket weld Intermediate-integrity joint Not suitable for high
Suitable for low and intermediate pressure and temperatures
pressure and temperatures Not available in sizes over
Used for smaller sizes, 4 in.
<4 in.(usually <2 in.)
Low component cost
Screwed Low-integrity joint Not suitable for process
Used for utility piping piping
systems and ambient Not available in sizes
temperature and over 4 in.
low pressures
Used for smaller sizes, <4 in.
(usually <11⁄2 in.)
Slip on Low-integrity joint Suitable for only lower
Used for utility piping systems pressures and temperatures
and ambient temperature and Generally restricted to
low pressures utility piping systems
Available in larger sizes Requires two fillet welds
Low component cost
Lap joint Intermediate- to high-integrity Not suitable for smaller
joint diameters
Suitable for use at high pressures Requires two components
and temperatures
Available in larger sizes

The choice of flange connection should be based on the following

considerations.
Concerning the process media:

. Hazardous process—ASME 31.3, Category M.

. Nonhazardous process—ASME B31.3, Normal Fluid Service (NFS).
. Utility service—ASME 31.3, Category D.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 199

Joints for Process Piping Systems 199

For pressure conditions:

. Low pressure—ASME Class 150 and 300.

. Intermediate pressure—ASME Class 600, 900, 1500, 2500.
. High pressure—above ASME 2500 as specified in ASME B31.3, Chapter
IX, K.

For joint integrity:

. High—butt weld used for weld neck, lap joint.

. Medium—fillet weld used for socket weld, slip on.
. Low—threaded used for screwed joints.

For size:

. Generally 11⁄2 in. and below—a choice between butt weld, socket weld,
and screwed.
. Above 2 in.—butt weld is the preferred pipe to pipe weld, which excludes
the use of socket weld and screwed flanges.

For component cost:

. Lap joint—most expensive (two components).

. Weld neck—expensive (one component, one butt weld).
. Socket weld—cheaper (one component, one or two fillet welds).
. Screwed and slip on—cheapest (one component, no weld).

For fabrication cost:

. Lap joint and weld neck—most expensive (one butt weld).

. Slip on—expensive (two fillet welds).
. Socket weld—cheaper (one fillet weld).
. Screwed—cheapest (one mechanical joint).

For the flange face:

. Flat face.
. Raised faced.
. Ring-type joint.
Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:00pm page 200
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 201

6
BOLTS AND GASKETS

Initially, I was going to create separate chapters to cover the subjects

of bolts and gaskets for process piping systems; however, because they
are so closely linked, I decided to place them in the same section. Bolts
and the accompanying gaskets form a huge subject from an industrial
perspective; however, I discuss their function only within the context of
the jointing method for process piping systems. A set of bolts and
gaskets are used to achieve a pressure-retaining seal when two flanges are
mated together.

1. BOLTS
For ASME flanges, bolts, sometimes called fasteners, are used in sets,
which come in multiples of four bolts, with four the minimum number.
The bolt spacing is carefully calculated, taking into consideration the
nominal pipe size of the flange, the design temperature, the pressure to be
encountered, and the material of the flange to ensure good sealing
characteristics. The outside diameter of the bolt, its length, and the
thread engagement are also important factors to consider. The material
of the bolt must be of sufficient strength to allow the correct bolt loads to
be applied; however, a high-strength stud bolt combined with a lower
strength flange results in deformation of the flange when bolt loads are
applied. It is also important that the nuts have full engagement with the
thread of the stud. Some companies specify that 1.5 to 3 threads must be
exposed above the crown of the nut, to guarantee that full engagement has
been achieved. Too many threads exposed may result in impact damage,

201
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 202

202 Piping Materials Guide

which may make it difficult to remove the nut when maintenance is

required.

Bolt Selection

A vast majority of the bolts used within the process industry come in
two types: hexagonal machine bolts complete with one hexagonal nut,
and more commonly, stud bolts, which have a threaded stud complete
with two hexagonal nuts. Bolts come in four material groups: carbon
steel, low alloy steel, stainless steel, and exotic material, such as Monel or
Inconel. Each of the material groups contains a number of grades, with
particular characteristics in mechanical strength and performance at low
and elevated temperatures. ASME B31.3 lists all the significant bolting
materials and references their yield and tensile strength through a range
of temperatures. The code also specifies the minimum design tempera-
ture at which the bolt can be used, and this minimum temperature is
mandatory to satisfy the code.
The two design types and the four material groups cover a vast
majority of the combinations a piping material engineer is likely to
experience when working on process plants.

Bolt Coating

Several types of coatings can be applied to the bolts to protect the base
material from the environment local to the flange:

. None—bare bolts, with no coating, are also known as black bolts.

. Zinc.
. Hot-dipped galvanization.
. PTFE (polytetraflouridethylene).
. Other coatings.

Each type of coating has its advantages, and these benefits come at a
price.

Hexagonal-Head Machine Bolts

This is a two-component fastener that combines a stud with an external

thread and an integral head with a nut with a matching internal thread.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 203

Bolts and Gaskets 203

The term machine bolt refers back to when the final flanged joint between
a piece of cast machinery and a piping systems, the bolt, was made from
a lower-strength steel to match the mechanical strength of the cast flange
of the equipment and avoid flange deformation.
Machine bolts are also used to join together two lower-strength
flanged piping systems, which could be constructed of cast iron, glass-
reinforced epoxy or plastic (GRE or GRP), bronze, or a similar material.
Lower-strength machine bolts can also be used to join high-strength
piping flanges to lower-strength piping flanges. When joining a high-
strength carbon steel flange with a raised face to a weaker flat-face cast
iron flange, a full-face gasket should be used with low-strength machine
bolts. This avoids the possibility of the weaker material, cast iron,
bowing and breaking the effective seal and allowing the joint to leak.

Stud Bolts

Stud bolts are three-component bolts that combine a stud bolt with a
thread along the length of the stud and two nuts with matching internal
thread through the length external thread and two nuts with matching
internal threads. Sometimes an additional nut is required for overlong
bolts when controlled hydro tensioning machines are used to accurately
apply loads to the bolt. This is common for bolts used in sizes of over 1 in.
for larger flanges under high-pressure conditions. Hydro-tension is also
specified by some clients for bolts of all sizes in toxic service. The exposed
thread required for the hydro-tension machine must be covered by a third
nut to protect it from mechanical impact and damage to the thread.
The stud is generally threaded for the entire bolt length, even though the
center section of the thread may never come in contact with either nut.

Bolt Coatings

To afford protection from the environment, bolts can be protected by

an applied coating. Some operators do not protect bolts with a coating
in many environments, because they consider that these bolted joints,
once they are torqued and hydro tested, will be maintained until the
complete set of bolts is changed. External corrosion is negligible, and so
the weight loss of material, resulting in a lower strength bolt, is no
consideration.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 204

204 Piping Materials Guide

Bolting should be changed in sets so that all the individual bolts have
the same mechanical strength and loads, when applied, are uniform.
Heavy corrosion in the threads of these bolts is no problem, because the
threads are not be used again; nut splitters are used to crack open the nut
and release the stud.
The reuse of bolts should be avoided; although, in some cases, this
might not be possible. If the bolts have to be reused, it is better to use the
entire old set, because all the bolts in it have similar mechanical strength.
Adding several new bolts could result in unequal bolt loads, because of
the differing mechanical strengths.
The most common bolt coatings are zinc, hot-dipped galvanization,
and PTFE.

Lubrication of Bolts

Before loads are applied to bolts, it is essential that a lubricating

coating be applied to the external thread of the bolt and the internal
thread of the nut to reduce the coefficient of friction. This means that
lower bolt loads are necessary to achieve an effective seal.
It is advantageous to coat the length of the bolt that will come in
contact with the nut, not only the final section of engagement between
the bolt and the nut. It is very important to lubricate the underside of the
nut to further lower the effects of friction. This coat also gives a degree of
external protection against the local environment.
Various types of lubricants are used. Each has its own characteristics,
and selection should be based on the following factors:

. Lubrication—the better the lubricant, the lower the effects of friction.

. Compatibility—the lubricant must be compatible with the stud and nut and
also the gasket construction; and it must not contaminate the process fluid.
. Temperature—the lubricant must be suitable at the upper and lower
temperatures of the process fluid.

2. GASKETS
A gasket is a sealing component placed between flanges to create a
static seal between the two stationary flanges of a mechanical assembly
and maintain that seal under all design and operating conditions, which
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 205

Bolts and Gaskets 205

may vary depending on changes in pressure and temperature during the

lifetime of the ‘‘flange.’’
Initially, the type of gasket chosen is based on the following criteria:

. Temperature of the media.

. Pressure of the media.
. Corrosive nature of the media.
. Viscosity of the media.
. Chemical resistance to the process media.
. Compressibility.
. Creep resistance.
. Ability to corrode the mating flange.

Secondary criteria to consider include ease of handling, availability, and

cost. Note that I have placed the price of the flange last, because if the
design criteria and the logistics cannot be satisfied, then the price is
incidental.

Temperature. The design and material of a gasket must have the

mechanical strength and characteristics to meet the full design
temperature range of the media contained in the piping system.

Pressure. The design and the material chosen must have the mechanical
strength and characteristics to meet the full design pressure range of the
media contained in the piping system.

Corrosion Resistance. The gasket must be capable of resisting chemical

attack by the media being transported and the external environment,
especially in the case of an undersea location.

Viscosity. The viscosity of the media should be considered. Some fluids

are considered more ‘‘searching,’’ and this must be considered during
gasket selection.

Compressibility. The gasket selected must have compression character-

istics to allow the seal to be effective when the appropriate bolts are
applied.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 206

206 Piping Materials Guide

Robustness. The gasket design and mechanical strength must be capable

of withstanding all movement in the presence of temperature and
pressure cycles that may occur during commissioning and operation.

Creep. The gasket should not creep or flow under the influence of
pressure, temperature, and applied bolt loads. Creep allows the bolts to
relax and therefore reduces the gasket sealing surface area and promotes
a leakage.

Handleability. The gasket chosen must be easy to handle when

transporting from the warehouse to the point of erection. Large, soft
gaskets and spiral-wound gaskets are liable to be damaged during this
phase, and spiral-wound gaskets should be well protected. Metal ring-
joint gaskets have their own integral strength, so damage is less likely to
happen, although care must be taken to ensure that radial damage across
the sealing face of the ring does not occur.

Availability. It is pointless to select a gasket design with materials of

construction that are rare and difficult to find. There is no benefit from
getting the wrong gasket to the job site quickly, if it fails in service.

Cost. A cheap gasket that does not meet the design criteria should not
be considered.

To conclude, to select a gasket the following have to be considered:

design, materials of construction, delivery, and cost.

Types of Gaskets

For flanges designed to ASME B16.5, B16.47 (series A or B), or API

6A, materials fall into three fundamental types:

. Nonmetallic—flat rubber, elastomers, graphite, Teflon, and the like.

. Semi-metallic or composite—spiral wound, jacketed, Kamprofile (stain-
less steel/graphite, Inconel/graphite, and so forth).
. Metallic-ring type—soft iron, stainless steel, Monel, and the like.

Nonmetallic Materials. Numerous nonmetallic materials are used for

gaskets: card, cork, elastomers, graphite. The first two, card and cork,
are rare in the process industry. A vast majority of the nonmetallic
gasket materials used in the process industry come from the elastomer
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 207

Bolts and Gaskets 207

and graphite families. These are commonly called soft gaskets or cut
gaskets, because they are cut from sheet. They are easily compressed with
low bolt loads. Generally, these gaskets are used for low-pressure ASME
150 and ASME 300 class and occasionally for medium-pressure
ASME 600 class. Depending on the type of elastomer, they can be
used for temperatures up to 3928F (2008C). Graphite gaskets are suitable
for temperatures up to 10228F (5508C).
Soft gaskets are generally the cheapest type of gasket.

Rubber and Elastomers. This group includes, natural rubber and the
many synthetic grades of elastomer, like neoprene, nitrile, butyl, ethylene
propylenediene, styrene butadiene, and Viton. Each elastomer has its
own mechanical characteristics and resistance to process media. When
used independently, these elastomeric materials are selected for media at
lower design temperatures, 3928F (2008C) maximum and low pressures,
ASME 150 and 300 class. Elastomers are best suited to transport
noncorrosive hydrocarbons and for utility services.
The design temperature ranges for natural rubber and elastomers are
as follows:

. Natural rubber (NR)—design temperature –308C to 708C.

. Neoprene (CR)—suitable for use with hydrocarbons, moderate acids or
alkalis, saline solutions; temperature range –408C to 1008C.
. Nitrile (NBR)—design temperature range –408C to 1008C.
. Butyl (IIR)—design temperature range –308C to 1208C.
. Ethylene propylenediene (EPDM)—design temperature range –408C to
1508C.
. Styrene butadiene (SBR)—design temperature range –608C to 808C.
. Viton (FPM)—158C to 2008C.

These are conservative figures and the limits of the temperature ranges
can be slightly extended. Most clients have data sheets that stipulate the
upper and lower temperatures at which these elastomers can be used
within their projects.

Graphite. Graphite and carbon-based materials can be used at

higher temperatures than elastomers, up to 5008C, but as with
elastomers, they are better suited to lower pressure, ASME 150 and
300 class, when used individually without reinforcement. The graphite
family can be used with a variety of media such as chemicals, hydrocar-
bons, and steam.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 208

208 Piping Materials Guide

PTFE. Although PTFE’s operating limitations are only marginally

higher than that of rubber and the elastomer family, it is virtually
chemically inert and it can be used for most services.

Semi-Metallic or Composite Materials. Composite gaskets are made

from different materials to satisfy temperature and pressure require-
ments and make the complete assembly more robust. For example, a
spiral-wound gasket can have four separate elements:

. Metal windings—to hold the filler.

. Filler—the sealing medium.
. Outer ring—to hold the gasket in the bolt circle.
. Inner ring—to prevent the windings collapsing into the process fluid.

When it is necessary to select gaskets to seal flanged joints designed for

pressures ASME 600 class and above, the gasket must be more robust;
therefore, it is constructed of nonmetallic materials suitable for higher
temperatures and metallic materials for mechanical strength. The most
common nonmetallic-metallic combination is the spiral-wound gasket that
combines stainless steel windings with a graphite filler material and inner
and outer rings. Gaskets of this construction can be used at temperature up
to 5008C and for pressure classes from ASME 150 to ASME 2500.
Other semi-metallic gaskets include Kamprofile, metal jacketed, and
reinforced or tanged, each with its own specific sealing characteristics
and associated cost difference.
Because of the complexity of their construction, semi-metallic gaskets
are more expensive than soft gaskets.

Ring Gaskets. Metallic ring gaskets are used for higher process pressures
and commonly used for ASME 900 class and above. These gaskets are
very robust. The ring fits in a groove machined out of the flange face,
and both mating flanges are identical. The cross section of the ring can
be either oval or octagonal.
These rings are available in a variety of materials to suit the process
media and the design pressures and temperatures: soft iron, stainless steel
(various grades), and exotic metals, such as Monel, Inconel, or titanium.
The ring is contained within the groove. It deforms at the base when
bolt loads are applied, resulting in a very effective seal. Although slight
deformation takes place during this process, the actual flange faces never
touch when the bolts are tightened. A hardness differential between the
gasket (softer) and the surface of the groove (harder) ensures that the
gasket deforms and not the face of the flange.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 209

Bolts and Gaskets 209

Generally, because of the mass of metal and precision machining, the

ring type joint gasket is the most expensive of the three options.

Flange Surfaces Machined Finishes

Flanges can be supplied with a variety of machined finishes to

complement the type of gasket being used for that particular pressure
and temperature.
The finished surfaces are created by machining concentric grooves or
‘‘gramophone/spiral’’ grooves onto the surface of the flange, and they can
vary in depth. The depth of the groove is measured in microns or AARH.

3. BOLTS AND GASKETS

The Seal
To complete a pressure seal, the following components are required:

. Two flanges.
. One gasket.
. A set of bolts.

A seal is completed by compressing the gasket material with applied bolt

loads between the two flange faces. This causes the face of the gasket to
flow into the imperfections on the gasket seating surfaces, so that contact
is made between the gasket and the two flange faces, preventing the
escape of the confined fluid.
Compression (Figure 6.1) is by far the most common method of
effecting a seal on a flange joint, and the compression force is normally
applied by the bolts.

Bolting Procedure

For an effective seal, not only must the correct gasket design and
material be chosen, but the method of installation must be correct. This
process installation includes the following:

. Lubrication of the bolts.

. The bolting sequence.
. Application of bolt loads.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 210

210 Piping Materials Guide

Figure 6.1. Compression Effecting a Seal on a Flange.

Lubrication of the Bolts. A recommended lubricant must be used to reduce

the friction between the stud, the nut, and the back of the flange, which is
why it is important that the underside of the nut also be lubricated.
Care should be taken that the lubricant does not reach the gasket,
because of possible contamination; this is not essential for metal ring-
type gaskets, but it is important for soft and semi-metallic gaskets.

Bolting Sequence. The gasket must be compressed and seated evenly, so

it is essential that a procedure is followed to achieve this uniformity.
There are a number bolting procedures, each with slightly different bolt
torque percentages and numbers of steps, but this is the most common:

Step 1. Hand tight.

Step 2. Apply 30% of the final torque.
Step 3. Apply 60% of the final torque.
Step 4. Apply the final torque.

To evenly distribute the bolt loads, after a bolt has been tightened to one
of these steps, the next bolt to be tightened must be the one directly
opposite, 1808 away. A final pass may be made in a clockwise direction,
to check that all bolts have been correctly tightened and no step has been
missed. This is particularly important for large flanges, which could have
32, 36, or more stud bolts. The sequence for a four-bolt flange would be
north, south, east, west. To conclude, well-lubricated bolts, a closely
followed bolting procedure, coupled with this bolting sequence, results in
a well-seated gasket that comfortably holds the hydro-test pressure,
which could be up to 1.5 times the design pressure.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 211

Bolts and Gaskets 211

It is pointless to select the correct materials of construction, bolts and

gaskets, if they are assembled incorrectly. The flange joint will fail either
during the hydro test or, worse still, in service, which will result in a
system shutdown or a very costly plant shutdown. The piping material
engineer is responsible for writing the ‘‘Fabrication and Erection
Specification,’’ which must mention lubrication of bolts, bolting
procedure, and the sequence in the narrative. This is a guide for the
contractor, who if experienced will carry this out automatically, but it is
the responsibility of the piping material engineer to detail this as part of
his or her responsibilities.
Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:02pm page 212
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 213

7
VALVES

Valves are essential components of a piping system, and they allow the
process fluid to be controlled and directed on its journey through the
process plant. They are expensive engineered items, and it is important
that the correct valve is specified for the function and that it is
constructed of the correct material for the process fluid.
There are two methods of operating a valve: manually, with a
handwheel, lever, wrench, or actuator; or through automatically
controlled valves. The piping material engineer is responsible for
specifying and requisitioning valves of the first group; however, the
second group are tagged valves, and they are generally the responsibility
of the instrument engineer.
Table 7.1 shows the various types of valves available for specific
functions. This is a basic guide. Once the type of valve has been selected,
the design can be finalized, design codes referenced, and the materials of
construction chosen.

1. RESPONSIBILITY FOR VALVE

SELECTION
The piping material engineer is responsible for the valves selected for
both the process and utility piping systems in a process facility. The
valves selected must meet the fluid design conditions, handling the
pressure and temperature limits and the corrosion characteristics of the
fluid.

213
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 214

214 Piping Materials Guide

Table 7.1. Valve Selection Based on the Fluid Phase and Type and the
Function the Valve Performs
Nature of Fluid Valve Function Type of Disc
Liquid Phase
Neutral (water, oil, etc.) On/off Gate
Rotary ball
Plug
Diaphragm
Butterfly
Plug gate
Regulating Globe
Butterfly
Plug gate
Diaphragm
Needle
Corrosive (acid, alkaline) On/off Gate
Plug gate
Rotary ball
Plug
Diaphragm
Butterfly
Regulating Globe
Diaphragm
Butterfly
Plug gate
Hygienic (food, beverages, On/Off Butterfly
drugs) Diaphragm
Regulating Butterfly
Diaphragm
Squeeze
Pinch
Slurry On/off Rotary ball
Butterfly
Diaphragm
Plug
Pinch
Squeeze
Regulating Butterfly
Diaphragm
Squeeze
Pinch
Gate
Fibrous suspensions On/off, regulating Gate
Diaphragm
Squeeze
Pinch
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 215

Valves 215

Gas Phase
Neutral (air, steam) On/off Gate
Globe
Rotary ball
Plug
Diaphragm
Regulating Globe
Needle
Butterfly
Diaphragm
Gate
Corrosive On/off Butterfly
(acid vapors, chlorine) Rotary ball
Diaphragm
Plug
Regulating Butterfly
Globe
Needle
Diaphragm
Vacuum On/off Gate
Globe
Rotary ball
Butterfly

Solid (powder) Phase

Abrasive powder (silica) On/off, regulating Pinch
Squeeze
Spiral sock
Lubricating powder On/off, regulating Pinch
(graphite, talcum) Gate
Spiral sock
Squeeze

2. VALVE DATA SHEETS

It is common for the project process engineers to define the function of
the valve, and the piping material engineers to specify the valve on a
valve data sheet (VDS), which gives complete details on the design codes,
design conditions, materials of construction, testing and inspection,
coating and painting, and all other requirements for the valve.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 216

216 Piping Materials Guide

The VDS is the passport for the valve; and it must be retained as a
permanent record by the client when the plant is mechanically complete,
commissioned, and handed over to Operations. A maintenance manual
is supplied with the valve that gives instructions on how to repair and
replace components, such as seats, seals, and handwheels.

3. THE FUNCTION OF A VALVE

Valves, which come in a variety of types, are selected to perform a
specific function:

. On or off—gate valve, ball valve, plug valve.

. Throttling, fluid control—globe valve (sizes to approx. 16 in.), butterfly
valve (for larger sizes).
. Prevent flow reversal—swing check valve, wafer check valve, piston check
valve.
. Speed of operation—multiturn (gate, globe, or quarter turn), ball, plug.
. Very special service—pinch valves, thru conduit, nonslam check.

4. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
Valves are made up of numerous components, each one having a
specific function and constructed in a material suitable for that function.
These components generally are made of metallic or nonmetallic
materials.

Metallic Components

Metallic components are categorized by the requirements of the

valve’s task:

1. Pressure-containing component and with areas in contact with the

process material, such as the body and bonnet.
2. Non-pressure-containing but inside a pressure containing envelope and
with areas in contact with the process material, such as the stem or seat.
3. Outside a pressure containing envelope, such as a handwheel, bolts,
nameplate, support, cover plate.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 217

Valves 217

All components in the first group must have both the mechanical
strength to cope with the design conditions and the correct material
chemical composition to handle the corrosion characteristics of the
process fluid.
If the component falls into the second group, then pressure
containment is not an issue, but the material chosen must have the
mechanical strength for its chosen function. For example, a stem
material must be able to support the torque applied to open and close the
valve without failure. Also, as a wetted component (in contact with the
process material), the stem must have corrosion resistance characteristics
for the process fluid.
The components in the third group are not exposed to the process
fluid, so corrosion resistance is not consideration. They must be of
sufficient strength to be functional. Bolts must be of sufficient strength to
seat the gasket when bolt loads are applied and create an effective seal.
Handwheels must be constructed of a robust material to ensure that they
do not crack and fail when being operated.
The pressure containing envelope is that volume exposed to the full-
operating conditions of the fluid temperature and pressure. Wetted
describes a component directly exposed to the process fluid, either fully
or partially.
Environmental conditions must be considered, and these components
may require an additional coating, as is the case of valves in marine
locations, which may require a coating of primer or primer and painting.

Nonmetallic Components

The pressure- and non-pressure-containing components must satisfy

the operating requirements for the valve and not degenerate while in
contact with the process fluid. They must also have a level of mechanical
strength robust enough to suit the purpose for which they are designed:

. Primary seals—pressure containing and wetted.

. Secondary seals—pressure retaining and partially wetted.
. Soft seats—pressure containing and wetted.
. Gaskets—pressure containing and partially wetted.

All nonmetallic components form some sort of seal, either a primary

seal (the first seal, and directly in contact with the process fluid and
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 218

218 Piping Materials Guide

exposed to full design conditions, pressure, and temperature) or a

secondary seal (any seal after the primary seal and not in direct contact
with the process fluid and full design conditions, pressure, and
temperature).
All the relevant valve design standards—ASME, BS, API—reference
the numerous components included in the various types of valves.
It is essential that all the valve components are suitable for the process
fluid and the design conditions. A chain is as strong as its weakest link,
so it is pointless to select suitable material for all but one component,
because this inferior part may lead to the total failure of the valve and
costly maintenance.

5. ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES
The piping material engineer may be offered several material
alternatives; however, it is essential that the chosen component be
equal to or better than that specified in the valve data sheet.

Deviation Requests

Deviations from the specification are considered before placement

of order; these usually are alternatives offered by the vendor. The deviation
could be in the design, the materials of construction, or the level of
inspection and certification. These deviations must be agreed to prior to
placement of the purchase order. Generally, the valve data sheet is modified
to reflect the changes, and this becomes the standard.

Concession Requests

Occasionally, after the purchase order has been placed, the

manufacturer may experience problems with subsuppliers, and the
material for certain components may not be available.
The manufacturer then submits a concession request to the purchaser,
offering alternative materials. The material offered must meet the project
specifications. If the alternative is acceptable, then a concession request
is signed and approved by the purchaser.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 219

Valves 219

Relaxations

There are some exceptions, when relaxations to the specification are

granted by the client. A vendor may offer a material that does not meet a
very stringent client requirement but meets all the relevant international
design codes; then the suggestion can be seriously considered. The
alternative can be presented to the client, along with the necessary
support documentation. It is the client’s option to relax the corporate
specification and accept the alternative offered for material availability,
commercial, or delivery reasons.

6. INSPECTION AND TESTING

All valves must be constructed to a particular design code, and this
specification references the standard testing to which the valve is
subjected to after assembly. The level of inspection and testing can be
increased at the ‘‘end users’’ request. This usually depends on the
criticality of the valve; a large valve under a high-pressure, high-
temperature, toxic fluid service is likely to be subjected to additional
testing and inspection. A small bore valve in a low-pressure utility service
is likely to be subjected to the lowest level of inspection.
A piping material engineer must set the priorities and ensure that, if
necessary, critical valves are given sufficient attention and low-pressure
process and utility valves are spot checked. Most major EPC
(Engineering, Procurement, and Construction) companies have corpor-
ate inspection and testing plans that can be made project-specific to
satisfy client demands.

7. CERTIFICATION
To meet quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) requirements,
all valves must carry certification to satisfy the end user or client
and guarantee that the plant or project is an insurable asset. The plant
owner must satisfy the insurance company that the plant has been
constructed to recognized industry codes, for material and methods of
fabrication.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 220

220 Piping Materials Guide

8. BASIC MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

All valves are made up of several components, each with a specific
function.

Gate Valves

The principle components that make up a gate valve are listed with
their requirements:

. Body—pressure containing, wetted.

. Bonnet—pressure containing, wetted.
. Bolts—mechanical strength.
. Gate—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Seats—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Stem—mechanical strength to deliver torque, wetted.
. Handwheel—mechanical strength to deliver torque.

Globe Valves
The principle components that make up a globe valve are listed with
their requirements:

. Body—pressure containing, wetted.

. Bonnet—pressure containing, wetted.
. Bolts—mechanical strength.
. Disc—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Seats—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Stem—mechanical strength to deliver torque, wetted.
. Handwheel—mechanical strength to deliver torque.

Ball Valve

The principle components that make up a ball valve are listed with
their requirements:

. Body—pressure containing, wetted.

. Body bolts—mechanical strength.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 221

Valves 221

. Ball—pressure retaining, wetted.

. Seats—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Seals—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Stem—mechanical strength to rotate the ball, wetted.
. Lever—mechanical strength to rotate the stem.

Swing Check Valve

The principle components that make up a check valve are listed with
their requirements:

. Body—pressure containing, wetted.

. Bolted blind—pressure containing, wetted.
. Bolts—mechanical strength to seat the gasket.
. Gasket—pressure containing, part wetted.
. Clapper—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Seats—pressure retaining, wetted.

Dual-Plate Check Valve

The principle components that make up a dual-plate check valve are

listed with their requirements:

. Body—pressure containing, wetted.

. Plates—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Stem—mechanical strength to hold plates, wetted.
. Seats—pressure retaining, wetted.

Plug Valve

The principle components that make up a plug valve are listed with
their requirements:

. Body—pressure containing, wetted.

. Plug—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Seats—pressure retaining, wetted.
. Stem—mechanical strength to rotate the stem.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 222

222 Piping Materials Guide

9. TYPICAL GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS

OF VALVES
Ball Valve—Split Body, Floating Ball

Regardless of the materials for construction of a split body, floating

ball valve, all such valves have the same principal components (see
Figure 7.1). The body in a split body design can be made in two pieces or
three pieces. Both designs allow the ball valve to be removed from the
line and repaired locally or, ideally, in a workshop. The three-piece
version is more expensive but easier to maintain, because you can work
on both sides of the ball.
The floating ball design means that the ball is suspended from the stem
and rests on the soft seats. It is used for smaller sizes and lower- and
medium-pressure classes. As the line size increases, the mass of the ball
increases and reaches a weight at which it must be supported from below
with a trunnion (see Figure 7.1).
The valve is available with a reduced port (usually one size down from
the line size, e.g., 8  6 in.) or a full port (the port and line size are the
same, e.g., 8  8 in.)

Components. These are the principal components of the valve:

. Body.
. Body bolts.
. Ball.
. Seats.
. Seals.
. Stem.
. Lever.

Added to these components and necessary to complete the construction

of the valve and make it functional are the following:

. Stop pin.
. Packing gland.
. Gland nut.
. Spring washer.
. Thrust bearing.
ALL RIGHTS OF THIS DRAWING ARE RESERVED
POS. PART NAME
01 BODY
02 SEAT
03 FLOATING BALL
04 STEM WITH ANTISTATIC
01 02 77 09 25 04 22 38 83 06 FLANGE
09 STOP PIN
50 22 GLAND NUT
25 SCREW

Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 223
75 26 BOLTS
38 LEVER
72 50 PACKING GLAND
72 O-RING
75 CASKET
06 77 THRUST BEARING
82 ANTISTATIC DEVICE
83 SPRING WASHER

82

Valves
TWO PIECES BODY

03
ANTISTATIC
SYSTEM DEVICE
72
75
THREE PIECES BODY
26
REMARKS

Valves according to API6D/BS 5351

Flanged ends as per ASME/ANSI B1 6.5.
Antistatic device according to BS-5351.
Face to face according to API 6D - ANSI B16.10.
Fire safe design.
Full or Reduced bore.

223
Figure 7.1. Split Body, Floating Ball Valve. (Courtesy of Orsenigo, Italy)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 224

224 Piping Materials Guide

An antistatic device is also included to prevent a static charge as the

metal ball travels over the soft seats, which could be made of PTFE.
Depending on the process conditions, some of the materials could
change; others remain the same.

Design Codes. This particular valve is designed to a combination of

API6D and BS 5351 specifications. The flanged ends are designed and
drilled to the specifications of ASME B16.5. The antistatic device is
according to BS 5361. The face-to-face dimensions are from API6D and
ASME B16.10.
It is fire safe to an undefined code.

Ball Valve—Split Body, Trunnion Mounted

The valve in Figure 7.2 also has a split body for the reasons mentioned
previously and is available in reduced and full port versions. However,
the ball is trunnion mounted.
Trunnion-mounted valves are specified when the mass of the ball is
such that it requires additional support at its base or for service at higher
pressure ratings, when it is essential that the construction of the valve be
more robust and the ball maintained in a fixed position when the valve is
fully closed and not forced up hard against the soft seats, which risks
squeezing them out of their retaining seat ring.

Components. These are the principal components of the valve:

. Body.
. Body bolts.
. Ball.
. Seats.
. Seals.
. Stem.
. Lever.

Added to these components and necessary to complete the construction

of the valve and make it functional are the following:

. Stop pin.
. Packing gland.
 POS. PART NAME Q.Ty:
04 01 BODY 01
05 25 74 75 95 72 32 90
02 SEAT 02
50 03 BALL 01
01 04 STEM 01
05 BONNET 01
06 72 06 FLANGE 02
20 STUDS TBA
22 61 22 NUTS TBA
25 SCREWS TBA
20
32 THRUST BEARING 05
36 SPACER 02

Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:03pm page 225
50 COVER PLATE 01
90 60 SUPPORT 02
RE - RTJ 61 LIFTING LUG 02
62 VENT PLUG 01
63 DRAIN PLUT 01
64 INJECTOR (•)
72 0-RING 05
74 GASKET S.W.T. 03
75 GASKET / PACKING 03
36 62 98 90 02 82
82 SPRING (•)
90 PON 10
95 KEY 01
BW 98 ANTISTATIC DEVICE 01

Valves
74 72 36 03 32 75 72

REMARKS

Valve design as per API 6D

Antistatic device according to BS−5351.
Face to face according to API 6D−ASME B16.10.
Flanged ends as per ASME/ANSI b1 6.5.
BW ends according to ASME B16.25.
FIRE SAFE tested and certified.
64 60 63

64

STEM INJECTOR METAL TO METAL SEATED

SEAT INJECTOR OPTION OPTION
OPTION

Figure 7.2. Trunnion Ball Valve, Split Body, Full abd Reduced Bore, API6D. (Courtesy of Orsenigo, Italy)

225
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 226

226 Piping Materials Guide

. Gland nut.
. Spring washer.
. Thrust bearing.

Because of its more complex construction and use in larger sizes and at
higher temperatures than the less-complicated floating ball valve, several
additional features are included, such as the following:

. Drain plug—to drain trapped fluid from the cavity between the two seats.
. Injector—a point to add sealant.
. Lifting lug—for installation.
. Support—to reduce the loads on the two mating flanges.

Three options are available:

. Seat injector—a point to add sealant when required to the seats.

. Stem injector—a point to add sealant when required to the stem.
. Metal seats—for service in an erosive environment or one that operates at
temperatures above the limits of the soft seats.

This valve is designed to a combination of API 6D specifications for

trunnion-mounted ball valves. The flanged ends are designed and drilled
to ASME B16.5 specifications, but this valve is also available with butt
weld ends to ASME B16.25 specifications. The antistatic device is
according to BS 5361. The face-to-face dimensions are to API 6D and
ASME B16.10 specifications.
It is fire safe to an undefined code.

Ball Valve—Split Body, Trunnion Mounted,

for Cryogenic Service (below 50˚F)

The valve in Figure 7.3 is very similar in construction to the pervious

valve, but it has an extended stem that distances the body of the valve,
which is at subzero temperatures, from the operating device, which is
either a wrench or an actuator. These are to protect personnel operating
the valve against frost burns from effects of the cryogenic service.
ALL RIGHTS OF THIS DRAWING ARE RESERVED POS. PART NAME
01 BODY
95 04 41 50 20 02 SEAT
05 90
03 BALL
04 STEM
79 05 BONNET
25 06 FLANGE
20 STUD
64 22 NUT
75 25 SCREW
22 82 71 75 01 02 03 32 THRUST BEARING

Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 227
36 SPACER
62 41 PLATE
50 COVER PLATE
76 60 SUPPORT
22 61 LIFTING LUG
75 04 62 VENT PLUG
20 63 DRAIN PLUG
61 50 64 INJECTOR(*)
71 LIPSEAL
01 76
75 GASKET
76 STEM CHEVRON GASKET
79
32 79 LANTERN
82 SPRING
75
90 PIN

Valves
95 KEY
05
98 ANTISTATIC DEVICE

32 03 32

71 75 32 32 72 98
ANTISTATIC DEVICE

GENERAL NOTES :
Flanged ends as per ASME/ANSI B16.5.
BW ends as per ASME/ANSI B16.25.
FULL OR REDUCED BORE.

06 82 02 90 63 36 75 60 22 20

Figure 7.3. Cryogenic Trunnion Ball Valve, Split Body. (Courtesy of Orsenigo, Italy)

227
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 228

228 Piping Materials Guide

Components. These are the principal components of the valve:

. Body.
. Body bolts.
. Ball.
. Seats.
. Seals.
. Stem.
. Lever.

Added to these components and necessary to complete the construction

of the valve and make it functional are the following:

. Stop pin.
. Packing gland.
. Gland nut.
. Spring washer.
. Thrust bearing.

Because of its more complex construction and use in larger sizes and at
higher temperatures than the less-complicated floating ball valve, several
additional features are included, such as the following:

. Drain plug—to drain trapped fluid from the cavity between the two seats.
. Injector—a point to add sealant.
. Lifting lug—for installation.
. Support—to reduce the loads on the two mating flanges.

This particular valve is designed to a combination of specifications from

API 6D for trunnion-mounted ball valves. The flanged ends are designed
and drilled to ASME B16.5 specifications, but this valve is also available
with butt-weld ends to ASME B16.25 specifications. The face-to-face
dimensions are to API 6D and ASME B16.10 specifications.
It is fire safe to an undefined code.

Ball Valve—Top Entry, Trunnion Mounted,

Metal-to-Metal Seat

The valve in Figure 7.4 is of a top entry design, which means that it
can be repaired in situ, without removing it from the line. This allows the
ALL RIGHTS OF THIS DRAWING ARE RESERVED POS. PART NAME

95 01 BODY
90 50 41 04 75 20 22
02 SEAT
03 BALL
20 04 STEM
05 BONNET
25 07 SPRING HOLDER
64 20 STUDS
22
22 NUTS
25 SCREWS
72 75 STEM INJECTOR
32 THRUST BEARING
OPTION

Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 229
05 40 GEAR
72 41 PLATE
32
72 50 COVER PLATE
62 VENT PLUG
01 63 DRAIN PLUG
64 INGECTOR
72 O-RING
75 GASKET/PACKING
82 SPRING
64 90 PIN
95 KEY
SEAT INJECTOR 98 ANTISTATIC DEVICE
OPTION 99 ADJUSTING SEAT RING
32 03 90 98 32 99 07

Valves
72 75 32 32 75 72

98
ANTISTATIC DEVICE
METAL TO METAL SEATED

OPTION

41 REMARKS
82 02
Valve design as per API 6D
Flanged ends according to ANSI B16.5
BW according to ANSI B16.25
FIRE SAFE design

62 Antistatic according to BS 5351/6755.

Flanged 63
RF or RTJ
WITH PUP ENDS (OPTION)

229
Figure 7.4. Trunnion Top Entry Ball Valve. (Courtesy of Orsenigo, Italy)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 230

230 Piping Materials Guide

valve to be welded into the line, because it is not necessary to take it to

the workshop. The metal seating allows the valve to be used in abrasive
service which would scour soft seats or when temperatures exceed those
allowed for soft seats.

Components. These are the principal components of the valve:

. Body.
. Body bolts.
. Ball.
. Metal seats.
. Seals.
. Stem.
. Lever.

Added to these components and necessary to complete the construction

of the valve and make it functional are the following:

. Stop pin.
. Packing gland.
. Gland nut.
. Spring washer.
. Thrust bearing.

Because of its more complex construction and use in larger sizes and at
higher temperatures than the less-complicated floating ball valve, several
additional features are included, such as the following:

. Drain plug—to drain trapped fluid from the cavity between the two seats.
. Injector—a point to add sealant.
. Lifting lug—for installation.
. Support—to reduce the loads on the two mating flanges.

This particular valve is designed to a combination of specifications from

API 6D for trunnion-mounted ball valves. The flanged ends are designed
and drilled to ASME B16.5 specifications, but this valve is also available
with butt-weld ends to ASME B16.25 specifications. The face to face
dimensions are to API 6D and ASME B16.10 specifications.
It is fire safe to an undefined code.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 231

Valves 231

Ball Valve—Top Entry, Floating Ball, Soft

Seated or Metal Seated

The valve in Figure 7.5 is of a top entry design, and because of its
smaller size, it has a floating ball with soft seats or the option of metal
seats. The end can be either a socket weld, threaded NPT, or a
combination of the two. Also, being top entry, it can be repaired in situ.

Components. These are the principal components of the valve:

. Body.
. Studs.
. Ball.
. Soft or metal seats.
. Stem.
. Lever or handwheel.

Added to these components and necessary to complete the construction

of the valve and make it functional are the following:

. Stop pin.
. Packing gland.
. Gland nut.
. Gaskets.
. Spring washer.
. Thrust bearing.

This particular valve is designed to a combination of specifications BS

5351 and API 6D for floating ball valves. The ends are threaded NPT to
ASME B1.20.1 specifications for socket welds to ASME B16.11
specifications.
It is fire safe according to BS 6755 Part 1 or API 6FA.

Ball Valve—Top Entry, Floating Ball, Soft Seated or

Metal Seated, for Cryogenic Service (below 508F)
Ed: Should this
he moved to
The valve in Figure 7.6 is of a top entry design, and because of its after Figure
smaller size, it has a floating ball with soft seats or the option of metal 7.5?
seats. The ends can be socket welds and supplied welded in pup pieces.
The fully assembled valve cannot be socket welded, because the excessive
QUESTO DISEGNO E' VINCOLATO A NORMA DI LEGGE
POS. PART NAME
01 BODY

232
02 SEAT
03 BALL
04 STEM
05 COVER
20 STUDS
Detail “A” 38
22 NUT
METAL SEATED 22
04 32 THRUST BEARING

Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 232
38 LEVER/OVAL HANDWHEEL
02 22
50 50 PACKING GLAND
83 74 GASKET S.W.T.
75 76 75 GASKET
79 76 GASKET PACKING
01 32
79 STOP DEVICE
20 05 82 SPRING
83 FLAT SPRING

Piping Materials Guide

Detail “A” 74 82
SOFT SEATED

02

01
A

02 03 01

REMARKS:

Antistatic device according to BS-5351.

Valves according to bs 5351/B16.34.
Fire safe according to BS-6755 Pt.2'/AP16FA.
NPT ends according to ANSI B.1.20.1.
SW ends according to ANSI B.16.11.

Figure 7.5. Top Entry Floating Ball Valve. (Courtesy of Orsenigo, Italy)
 ALL RIGHTS OF THIS DRAWING ARE RESERVED
POS. PART NAME
01 BODY
38
02 SEAT

95 03 BALL
22 50 04 STEM
05 EXTENDED BONNET
04
90 75 07 RING
22 WRENCH NUT
34a 34b 26 BOLTS
07

Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 233
33 THRUST BEARING
33 34a LOWER STEM BEARING
34b UPPER STEM BEARING
26 38 LEVER
50 PACKING GLAND
04 05 74 BODY GASKET
82
75 STEM GASKET
82 SPRING
74 90 STOP PLATE PIN
100 BALL SUPPORT
(*)

Valves
03 ANTISTATIC
101 PUPS

SYSTEM DEVICE (*) ON REQUEST

02

01

FLOW LINE
101
UPSTREAM SIDE DOWNSTREAM SIDE

WELDED PUPS
ON REQUEST

f5 mm FOR 100
PRESSURE CAVITY RELIEF

NOTES :

-FIRE SAFE DESIGN AS PER BS 6755 Pt.2.

233
Figure 7.6. Floating Ball Valve, Cryogenic Top Entry, Class 800 and 1500 Socket Weld. (Courtesy of Orsenigo, Italy)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 234

234 Piping Materials Guide

heat required for welding destroys the soft seats. The pup pieces are
welded into the valve prior to assembly and the introduction of the soft
seats. Also, being top entry it can be repaired in situ.

Components. These are the principal components of the valve:

. Body.
. Studs.
. Ball.
. Soft or metal seats.
. Stem.
. Lever or handwheel.

Added to these components and necessary to complete the construction

of the valve and make it functional are the following:

. Stop pin.
. Packing gland.
. Gland nut.
. Gaskets.
. Spring washer.
. Thrust bearing.

This valve also has a cavity relief hole drilled on the upstream side of the
valve to allow trapped fluid to escape into the process flow. Without this
hole, during decompression, gases trapped in the cavity expand and may
squeeze the downstream seats out of position and destroy the complete
seal of the valve.
This particular valve is designed to a combination of specifications BS
5351 and API 6D for floating ball valves. The ends are socket welds to
ASME B16.11 specifications.
It is fire safe according to specifications BS 6755 or API 6FA.

Ball Valve—Fully Welded, Trunnion Mounted,

Soft Seated or Metal Seated

The valve in Figure 7.7 has a fully welded body, which would be
specified if the service were so toxic that flanged joints are prohibited or
 POS. DESCRIPTIONS POS. DESCRIPTIONS
QUESTO DISEGNO E' VINCOLATO A NORMA DI LEGGE - ALL RIGHTS OF THIS DRAWING ARE RESERVED
1 BODY 24 PIN

VENT LINE 2 SEAT RING 25 SPRING

3 BALL 26 JUNK RING
TOP of the VALVE
4 STEM 27 FIRE-SAFE GASKET
16 15 24 4 26 44 9 13 5 BONNET 28 FIRE-SAFE GASKET
HOLDOWN PIPE
SCREW 6 B/B GASKET 29 UPPER STEM BEARING
19 23
9 FIRE-SAFE GASKET 30 LOWER STEM BEARING
14 20 35 10 STUD BOLT 31 SUPPORT
11 STUD BOLT NUT 32 LIFTING LUG
5 VENT VALVE
27 12 THRUST BEARING 33 LATERAL FLANGE

Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 235
VENT PLUG
11 13 CAP SCREW 34 FIRE-SAFE GASKET
VENT PIPE 14 PLATE 35 BACK-UP
10 6
EXTENSION FIXED PLATE 15 KEY 36 THRUST BEARING
39 16 COVER 38 SPACER
43 18 VENT PLUG 39 STEM BEARING
1
VENT LINE 19 CAP SCREW 40 PIN
Body Connection 20 STEM GASKET 41 ANTISTATIC DEVICE
21 SEAT GASKET 42 SEAT INSERT
22 THRUST BEARING 43 SEAT INJECTOR
WELDED HUB
23 CAP SCREW 44 STEM INJECTOR
HOLDOWN PIPE
45 EXTENDED STEM 46 VENT PIPE
29 22 18 3 36

Valves
BODY

GREASE LINE GREASE LINE

21 12 30
TOP of the VALVE Body & Bonnet Connection
HOLDOWN PIPE
SCREW

WELDED HUB
NON-RETURN VALVE
VENT VALVE
BODY or BONNET
NON−RETURN VALVE

EXTENSION
GREASE PIPE
46 GREASE INJECTOR
45
25 28 2 42 38 31 EXTENSION FIXED PLATE

STEM / BONNET EXTENSION

235
Figure 7.7. Fully Welded Body Ball Valve, Buried Service. (Courtesy of Orsenigo, Italy)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 236

236 Piping Materials Guide

if it were to be buried and not in a pit, because removal for repair is not
necessary.

Components. These are the principal components of the valve:

. Body.
. Studs.
. Ball.
. Soft or metal seats.
. Stem.
. Lever or actuator.

Added to these components and necessary to complete the construction

of the valve and make it functional are the following:

. Stop pin.
. Packing gland.
. Gland nut.
. Gaskets.
. Spring washer.
. Thrust bearing.

Details show extension stems, which allows operation of the buried

valve. The length of the stem varies, depending on the depth to which the
valve is buried.

Gate Valves

The manufacturer of the basic gate valve can supply these alternative
features in figure 7.8:

. Ends—butt welded or raised faced.

. Port design—full.
. Wedge—solid, flexible, or split.
. Trim—full selection.
. Seats—renewable or seal welded.
. Lantern rings.
. Extended stem for buried or cryogenic service.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 237

Valves 237

. Materials of construction—as per ASME, API, NACE (National

Association of Corrosion Engineers), or DIN (Deutsches Institut Fur
Normung) specifications.

Special options are also available to suit the client’s requirements.

Standards and Specifications. Listed in the figure are all the standards
and specifications necessary to construct the valve.

Product Range. Listed in the figure are the various ASME classes and
the range that the gate valve can be supplied in by this particular
manufacturer. For example, ASME Class 600 is available from 2 to
54 in. with a bolted bonnet and from 2 to 54 in. with a pressure seal.

Globe Valves

This is a basic globe valve, and Figure 7.9 outlines the alternative
features that can be supplied, which include the following:

. Ends—butt weld, raised faced, ring-type joint, or socket weld.

. Integral seat.
. Trim—full selection.
. Disc—plug, ball, or needle.
. Extended stem for buried or cryogenic service.
. Materials of construction—as per ASME, API, NACE, or DIN
specifications.

Special options are also available to suit the client’s requirements.

Standards and Specifications. Listed in the figure are all the standards
and specifications necessary to construct the valve.

Product Range. Listed in the figure are the various ASME classes and
the range in which the gate valve can be supplied by this manufacturer.
For example, ASME Class 600 valves are available from 3⁄8 to 24 in. with
a bolted bonnet and from 3⁄8 to 24 in. with a pressure seal.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 238

238 Piping Materials Guide

Gate valves
engineering

www.vweng.com
Features
BW and RF ends.
Full port design.
Solid, flexible, or split wedge available.
Full range of body, bonnet, and trim materials.
Renewable or seal welded seat rings available
Anti-friction bearing yoke sleeve, for greater
sizes.
Lantern ring and leak off pipe upon request.
Extended stem (buried valves).
Criogenic design.
ASME/API/NACE/DIN materials.
Special service / heavy duty valves.
Non-standard valves designed according to
customer specifications.

Standards and specifications

ASME B16.5, Steel pipe flanges and flange
fittings.
ASME B16.10, Face-to-face and end-to-end
dimensions of valves.
ASME B16.25, Buttwelding ends.
ASME B16.34, Valves - Flanged, threaded, and
welding end.
API 6A, Wellhead and christmas tree equipment.
API 6D, Specification for pipeline valves.
MSS-SP-6, Standard finish for contact faces of
pipe flanges and connecting-end flanges of
valves and fittings.
MSS-SP-25, Standard marking system for valves,
flanges, fittings, and unions.
MSS-SP-55, Quality standard for steel castings
for valves, flanges, and fittings and other piping
components.
NACE MR0175, Sulfide stress cracking resistant
metallic materials for oilfield equipment.

Bolted bonnet & pressure seal

Product range
Bolted bonnet Pressure seal
ASME Class From To From To
150 2" 72" — —
300 2" 54" — —
600 2" 54" 2" 54"
900 2" 36" 2" 36"
1500 2" 24" 2" 24"
2500 2" 20" 2" 24"
4500 — — 2" 24"

V E C T O R & W E L L H E A D S E N G I N E E R I N G , S . L .

Figure 7.8. Gate Valve, Bolted Bonnet and Pressure Seal.

(Courtesy of Vector and Wellheads Engineering)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 239

Valves 239

Globe valves
engineering

www.vweng.com
Features
BW, RF, RTJ, SW, and threaded
ends.
Integral seat.
Full range of body, bonnet, and
trim materials.
Anti-friction bearing yoke sleeve,
10" and larger.
Plug, ball, or needle disc available.
Extended stem (buried valves).
Criogenic design.
ASME/API/NACE/DIN materials.
Special service / heavy duty
valves.
Non-standard valves designed
according to customer
specifications.
Standards and specifications
ASME B16.5, Steel pipe flanges and flange
fittings.
ASME B16.10, Face-to-face and end-to-end
dimensions of valves.
ASME B16.25, Buttwelding ends.
ASME B16.34, Valves - Flanged, threaded,
and welding end.
API 6A, Wellhead and christmas tree
equipment.
API 6D, Specification for pipeline valves.
MSS-SP-6, Standard finish for contact faces
of pipe flanges and connecting-end flanges
of valves and fittings.
MSS-SP-25, Standard marking system for
valves, flanges, fittings, and unions.
MSS-SP-55, Quality standard for steel
castings for valves, flanges, and fittings and
other piping components.
MSS-SP-84, Steel valves - Socket welding Bolted bonnet & pressure seal
and threaded ends.
NACE MR0175, Sulfide stress cracking Product range
resistant metallic materials for oilfield Bolted bonnet Pressure seal
equipment. ASME Class From To From To
150 3/8" 24" — —
300 3/8" 24" — —
600 3/8" 24" 2" 24"
900 3/8" 24" 2" 24"
1500 3/8" 24" 2" 24"
2500 3/8" 16" 2" 16"
4500 — — 2" 6"

V E C T O R & W E L L H E A D S E N G I N E E R I N G , S . L .

Figure 7.9. Globe Valve, Bolted Bonnet and Pressure Seal.

(Courtesy of Vector and Wellheads Engineering)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 240

240 Piping Materials Guide

Check Valve

This is a basic check valve, and Figure 7.10 outlines the alternative
features that can be supplied, which include the following:

. Ends—butt weld or raised faced.

. Port design—full.
. Trim—full selection.
. Seats—renewable or seal welded.
. Antirotation disc.
. Horizontal or vertical placement.
. Materials of construction—as per ASME, API, NACE, or DIN
specifications.

Special options are also available to suit the clients requirements.

Standards and Specifications. Listed in the figure are all the standards
and specifications necessary to construct the valve.

Product Range. Listed in the figure are the various ASME classes and
the ranges in which this manufacturer can supply the gate valve. For
example, ASME Class 600 is available from 2 to 54 in. with a bolted
bonnet and from 2 to 54 in. with a pressure seal.

Control Valve

Because of its design, the globe pattern is the most suitable valve to
control fluids for a wide range of pressures and temperatures and the
most commonly specified. The example shown in Figure 7.11 has a butt-
weld end, and its design allows it to be maintained without removing it
from the line.
Although they are available in sizes above 16 in., for commercial
reasons, at the larger sizes a butterfly valve is often specified, for the
saving on space and weight.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 241

Valves 241

Check valves
engineering

www.vweng.com
Features
BW and RF ends.
Full port design.
Full range of body, bonnet, and trim materials.
Renewable or seal welded seat rings available.
Anti-rotation disc.
Horizontal or vertical service.
Criogenic design.
ASME/API/NACE/DIN materials.
Special service / heavy duty valves.
Non-standard valves designed according to
customer specifications.

Standards and specifications

ASME B16.5, Steel pipe flanges and flange
fittings.
ASME B16.10, Face-to-face and end-to-end
dimensions of valves.
ASME B16.25, Buttwelding ends.
ASME B16.34, Valves - Flanged, threaded,
and welding end.
API 6A, Wellhead and christmas tree
equipment.
API 6D, Specification for pipeline valves.
MSS-SP-6, Standard finish for contact faces
of pipe flanges and connecting-end flanges Bolted bonnet & pressure seal
of valves and fittings.
MSS-SP-25, Standard marking system for
valves, flanges, fittings, and unions. Swing check product range
MSS-SP-55, Quality standard for steel Bolted bonnet Pressure seal
castings for valves, flanges, and fittings and
ASME Class From To From To
other piping components.
150 2" 64" — —
NACE MR0175, Sulfide stress cracking
300 2" 54" — —
resistant metallic materials for oilfield
600 2" 54" 2" 54"
equipment.
900 2" 36" 2" 36"
1500 2" 24" 2" 24"
2500 2" 20" 2" 20"
4500 — — 2" 8"

Tilting disc product range

Bolted bonnet Pressure seal
ASME Class From To From To
150 2" 36" — —
300 2" 36" — —
600 2" 24" 2" 30"
900 2" 20" 2" 24"
1500 2" 18" 2" 24"
2500 2" 12" 2" 16"
4500 — — 2" 8"

V E C T O R & W E L L H E A D S E N G I N E E R I N G , S . L .

Figure 7.10. Check Valve, Bolted Bonnet and Pressure Seal.

(Courtesy of Vector and Wellheads Engineering)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:04pm page 242

242 Piping Materials Guide

Control valves
engineering

Heavy duty, cage guided

www.vweng.com
Design and features
Cage guided valves have been designed for sizes
up to 26" (DN650) and pressure class ratings,
depending on sizes, up to 2500# (PN400). They
feature unbalanced plug for sizes up to 4" and
balanced plug for sizes 3" and larger. The use of
balanced plugs allows, however, Class IV and V
seat leak rates, whichever the pressure or the
temperature. Also, if temperature does not
exceed 250 ⬚C (482 ⬚F), Class VI (bubble tight)
can be given as an option.
The use of balanced plugs eliminates the need
for oversized actuators, thus reducing weight and
cost. Body can be straight or angle type, two or
three ways. Bellows sealed or other special
bonnets are also included in this versatile range
of valves. They have been designed to be
operated by pneumatic, electric, or
electrohydraulic actuators, including any type of
accessories, and accepting any type of control
signals. When electric actuators/accessories are
used, all kind of protections can be given,
including explosion proof or intrinsec safety.
Special designs have been developed, mainly for
use in power plants where high pressure and high
temperature are usual conditions. They have
been used successfully in power plants, gas, oil,
fertilizers, and other process industries. Noise
and vibration have been reduced, and valve
internals life have been extended as well.
Low noise trims and diffusers can be supplied as
an integral part of our design. Downstream
plates or diffusers can be combined to give
further noise reduction, while improving valve
performance.
Vector & Wellheads Engineering control valves
offer the best combination of design and
materials to cope with the most severe operating
conditions.

Globe, angle, and three-way product range

Body Body size Pressure class
material ASME DIN ASME DIN Ends
Cast steel 3/4” thru 2” DN 20 thru DN 50 150 thru 2500 PN 10 thru PN 400 SW, BW, FLG
Cast steel 3” thru 26” DN 80 thru DN 650 150 thru 2500 PN 10 thru PN 400 BW, FLG
Forged steel 3/4” thru 2” DN 20 thru DN 50 150 thru 2500 PN 10 thru PN 400 SW, BW
Forged steel 3” thru 16” DN 80 thru DN 400 150 thru 2500 PN 10 thru PN 400 BW

V E C T O R & W E L L H E A D S E N G I N E E R I N G , S . L .

Figure 7.11. Control valve. (Courtesy of Vector and Wellheads Engineering)

 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 243

8
GLOSSARIES
AND ABBREVIATIONS

Piping material engineering touches on many topics, and I have

included glossaries on several subjects to assist the reader with ter-
minology in several areas when reading this and other technical books:

. Steel.
. Welding.
. Refinery.
. Piping.
. Elastomers and polymers.
. Abbreviations for nonmetals.

1. STEEL GLOSSARY
Piping engineers must have a basic knowledge of the various methods
of manufacturing steel products to enable them to specify and evaluate
piping components for process plants. It is important, however, to
remember that this is a specialist area, and for complex decision making,
the additional experience of a metallurgist must be sought.
The following terms are commonly used in the production of steel and
the manufacturing of various products, such as pipe, bar, wire, castings,
and forgings. It will be useful guide when referring to specific steel
material specifications.

243
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 244

244 Piping Materials Guide

Accelerated cooling. The cooling of a plate with water immediately

following the final rolling operation. Generally the plate is water cooled
from about 14008F to approximately 11008F.
Acid brittleness. Brittleness resulting from the pickling of steel in acid.
Activation. The changing of a passive surface of a metal to a chemically
active state. In contrast with passivation.
Age hardening. Slow, gradual changes that take place in properties of
steels after the final treatment. These changes bring about a condition
of increased hardness, elastic limit, and tensile strength with, as a
consequence, a loss in ductility.
Air cooling. The cooling of the heated metal in the open air.
AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute). A North American trade
association with 50 member companies and over 100 associate members.
Alkaline. Having the properties of an alkali, which includes a pH greater
than 7.
Alloying element. Any metallic element added during the making of steel
for the purpose of increasing corrosion resistance, hardness, or strength.
The metals used most commonly as alloying elements in stainless steel
include chromium, nickel, and molybdenum.
Alloy steel. An iron-based mixture is considered to be an alloy steel when
manganese is greater than 1.65%, silicon over 0.5%, copper above 0.6%,
or other minimum quantities of alloying elements such as chromium,
nickel, molybdenum, or tungsten are present. An enormous variety of
distinct properties can be created for the steel by substituting these
elements in the recipe. Addition of such alloying elements is usually to
increased hardness, strength, or chemical resistance.
Aluminum (Al). Element no. 13 of the periodic system; atomic weight
26.97; silvery white metal of valence 3; melting point 12208F; boiling
point approximately 41188F; ductile and malleable; stable against
normal atmospheric corrosion but attacked by both acids and alkalis.
Aluminum is used extensively in articles requiring lightness, corrosion
resistance, electrical, conductivity. Its principal functions is as an alloy in
steel making, because it deoxidizes efficiently and restricts grain growth
(by forming dispersed oxides or nitrides). It is an alloying element in
nitriding steel.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 245

Glossaries and Abbreviations 245

Aluminum killed steel. A steel where aluminum has been used as a

deoxidizing agent.
Amalgam. An alloy of mercury with one or more other metals.
Annealing (solution annealing). A process of heating cold stainless steel
to obtain maximum softness and ductility, which also produces a
homogeneous structure (in austenitic grades) or a 50/50 mixture of
austenite and ferrite (in duplex grades). It relieves stresses that built up
during cold working and ensures maximum corrosion resistance.
Annealing can produce scale on the surface that must be removed by
pickling.
Antipitting agent. An addition agent for electroplating solutions to
prevent the formation of pits or large pores in the electrodeposit.
Austenitic stainless steel. Nonmagnetic stainless steels that contain nickel
and chromium sufficient to develop and retain the austenitic phase at
room temperature. Austenitic stainless steels are the most widely used
category of stainless steel.
Bark. Surface of metal, under the oxide-scale layer, resulting from
heating in an oxidizing environment. In steel, such bark always suffers
from decarbonization.
Bars. Stainless steel formed into long shapes from billets. They can be
rounds, squares, hexagons, octagons, or flats, either hot or cold finished.
Basic oxygen process. A steel-making process wherein oxygen of the very
highest purity is blown onto the surface of a bath of molten iron contained
in a basic lined and ladle-shaped vessel. The melting cycle duration is
extremely short with quality comparable to the open hearth process.
Bath annealing. Immersion in a liquid bath held at an assigned
temperature. When a lead bath is used, the process is known as lead
annealing.
Bend tests. Tests used to assess the ductility and malleability of stainless
steel subjected to bending.
Bessemer process. A process for making steel by blowing air through
molten pig iron contained in a refractory lined vessel so that the
impurities are thus removed by oxidation.
Beveling. The end preparation for field welding pipe.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 246

246 Piping Materials Guide

Billet. A semi-finished steel form that is used for ‘‘long’’ products: bars,
channels, or other structural shapes. A billet is different from a slab
because of its outer dimensions; billets are normally 2–7 in. square, while
slabs are 30–80 in. wide and 2–10 in. thick. Both shapes are generally
continually cast, but they may differ greatly in their chemistry.
Blast furnace. A towering cylinder lined with heat-resistant (refractory)
bricks, used by integrated steel mills to smelt iron from its ore. Its name
comes from the ‘‘blast’’ of hot air and gases forced up through the iron
ore, coke, and limestone that load the furnace.
Blister. A defect in metal produced by gas bubbles, either on the surface
or formed beneath the surface while the metal is hot or plastic. Very fine
blisters are called ‘‘pinhead’’ or ‘‘pepper’’ blisters.
Bloom. A semi-finished steel form whose rectangular cross-section is
more than 8 in. This large cast steel shape is broken down in the mill to
produce the familiar I-beams, H-beams, and sheet piling. Blooms are
also part of the high-quality bar manufacturing process: Reduction of a
bloom to a much smaller cross-section can improve the quality of the
metal.
Blooming mill. A hot rolling mill that takes continuously cast slabs or
ingots and processes them into blooms.
Blowhole. A cavity produced during the solidification of metal by
evolved gas, which in failing to escape, is held in pockets.
Blowpipe. A device for mixing and burning gases to produce a flame
for welding, brazing, bronze welding, cutting, heating, and similar
operations.
Boron (B). Element no. 5 of the periodic system; atomic weight 10.82. It
is gray in color, ignites at about 11128F, and burns with a brilliant green
flame, but its melting point in a nonoxidizing atmosphere is about
40008F. Boron is used in steel in minute quantities for one purpose
only—to increase the ability to harden as in case hardening and to
increase strength and hardness penetration.
Brass. Copper base alloy in which zinc is the principal added element.
Brass is harder and stronger than either of its alloying elements copper
or zinc, is malleable and ductile, develops high tensile strength with cold
working, and is not heat treatable for development of hardness.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 247

Glossaries and Abbreviations 247

Brass (cartridge). 70% copper, 30% zinc. This is one of the most widely
used of the copper-zinc alloys; it is malleable and ductile, has excellent
cold-working but poor hot working and poor machining properties, and
develops high tensile strength with cold working.
Brass (yellow). 65% copper, 35% zinc. Known as ‘‘high brass’’ or ‘‘two to
one brass,’’ it is a copper-zinc alloy yellow in color. Formerly widely
used but now largely supplanted by Brass (cartridge).
Brazing. Brazing and soldering are techniques for joining metals in the
solid state by means of fusible filler metal with a melting point well below
that of the base metal.
Brinell hardness (test). A standard method of measuring the hardness of
certain metals. The smooth surface of the metal is subjected to
indentation by a hardened steel ball under pressure or load. The
diameter of the resultant indentation, in the metal surface, is measured
by a special microscope, and the Brinell hardness value read from a chart
or calculated formula.
Brinell hardness number (HB). A measure of hardness determined by the
Brinell hardness test, in which a hard steel ball under a specific load is
forced into the surface of the test material. The number is derived by
dividing the applied load by the surface area of the resulting impression.
Brittle fracture. A fracture that has little or no plastic deformation.
Bronze. Primarily an alloy of copper and tin, but the name is now
applied to other alloys not containing tin, such as aluminum, bronze,
manganese bronze, and beryllium bronze.
Burr. A subtle ridge on the edge of strip stainless steel resulting from
cutting operations, such as slitting, trimming, shearing, or blanking. For
example, as a stainless steel processor trims the sides of the sheet stainless
steel parallel or cuts a sheet of stainless steel into strips, its edges will
bend with the direction of the cut.
Butt welding. Joining two specially prepared edges or ends by placing one
against the other and welding them.
Calcium (Ca). In the form of calcium silicate, it acts as a deoxidizer and
degasifier when added to steel. Recent developments have found that
carbon and alloy steels modified with small amounts of calcium show
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 248

248 Piping Materials Guide

improved machinability and longer tool life. Transverse ductility and

toughness are also enhanced.
Capped steel. Semiskilled steel cast in a bottle-top mold and covered with
a cap fitting into the neck of the mold. The cap causes the top metal to
solidify. Pressure is built up in the sealed-in molten metal and results in a
surface condition much like that of rimmed steel.
Carbide. A compound of carbon with one or more metallic elements.
Carbon (C). Element no. 6 of the periodic system; atomic weight 12.01;
has three allotropic modifications, all nonmetallic. Carbon is preset in
practically all ferrous alloys and has a tremendous effect on the
properties of the resultant metal. Carbon is also an essential compound
of the cemented carbides. Its metallurgical use, in the form of coke, for
reduction of oxides, is extensive.
Carbonitriding. A case-hardening process in which steel components are
heated in an atmosphere containing both carbon and nitrogen.
Carbon range. In steel specifications, the carbon range is the
difference between the minimum and maximum amount of carbon
acceptable.
Carbon steel. A steel containing only residual quantities of elements
other than carbon, except those added for deoxidization or to counter
the deleterious effects of residual sulfur. Silicon is usually limited to
about 0.60% and manganese to about 1.65%. Also termed ‘‘plain carbon
steel,’’ ‘‘ordinary steel,’’ and ‘‘straight carbon steel.’’
Carburization (cementation). Adding carbon to the surface of iron-base
alloys by absorption through heating the metal at a temperature below
its melting point in contact with carbonaceous solids, liquids, or gasses.
The oldest method of case hardening.
Case hardening. Hardening a ferrous alloy to make the outside (case)
much harder than the inside (core). This can be done by carburizing,
cyaniding, nitriding, carbonitriding, induction hardening, and flame
hardening. Their application to stainless steel is limited wherever they
decrease corrosion resistance.
Casting. (1) An object at or near finished shape obtained by solidification
of a substance in a mold. (2) Pouring molten metal into a mold to
produce an object of desired shape.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 249

Glossaries and Abbreviations 249

Cast iron. Iron containing more carbon than the solubility limit in
austenite (about 2%).
Cast steel. Steel in the form of castings, usually containing less than 2%
carbon.
Cathodic corrosion. Corrosion caused by a reaction of an amphoteric
metal with the alkaline products of electrolysis.
Cathodic inhibitor. A chemical substance that prevents or slows a
cathodic or reduction reaction.
Cathodic protection. Reducing the corrosion of a metal by making the
particular surface a cathode of an electrochemical cell.
Cavitation. The rapid formation and depletion of tiny air bubbles that
can damage the material at the solid-liquid interface under conditions of
severe turbulent flow.
Cb. Chemical symbol for columbium.
Ce. Chemical symbol for cerium.
Cementite. A compound of iron and carbon, known chemically as iron
carbide and having the approximate chemical formula Fe3 C. It is
characterized by an orthorhombic crystal structure. When it occurs as a
phase in steel, the chemical composition is altered by the presence of
manganese and other carbide-forming elements.
Cermet. A powder metallurgy product consisting of ceramic particles
bonded with a metal.
Charge. The material loaded into an electric furnace that will melt into a
composition that will produce a stainless molten product. Normally
recycled scrap, iron, and alloying elements.
Charpy test. A pendulum-type, single-blow impact test in which the
specimen, usually notched, is supported at both ends as a simple beam
and broken by a falling pendulum. The energy absorbed, as determined
by the subsequent rise of the pendulum, is a measure of impact strength
or notch toughness.
Chemical analysis. A report of the chemical composition of the elements
and their percentages that form a product.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 250

250 Piping Materials Guide

Chemical treatment. An aqueous solution of corrosion-inhibiting

chemicals, typically chromate or chromate-phosphate.
Chloride stress corrosion cracking. Cracking due to the combination of
tensile stress and corrosion in the presence of water and chlorides.
Chromium (Cr). An alloying element that is the essential stainless steel
raw material for conferring corrosion resistance. A film that naturally
forms on the surface of stainless steel self-repairs in the presence of
oxygen if the steel is damaged mechanically or chemically and thus
prevents corrosion from occurring.
Chromium-nickel steel. Steel usually made by the electric furnace process
in which chromium and nickel participate as alloying elements. The
stainless steel of 18% chromium and 8% nickel are the better known of
the chromium-nickel types.
Clad metal. A composite metal containing two or three layers that have
been bonded together. The bonding may have been accomplished by
corolling, welding, heavy chemical deposition, or heavy electroplating.
Cobalt (Co). Element no. 27 of the periodic system; atomic weight
58.94. A gray magnetic metal of medium hardness, it resists corrosion
like nickel, which it resembles closely; melting point is 26968F, boiling
point is about 52508F, specific gravity is 8.9. It is used as the matrix
metal in most cemented carbides and is occasionally electroplated
instead of nickel, the sulfate being used as electrolyte. Its principal
function is as an alloy in tool steel; it contributes to red hardness by
hardening ferrite.
Coefficient of expansion. The ratio of change in length, area, or volume
per degree to the corresponding value at a standard temperature.
Coils. A sheet of stainless steel that has been rolled into a coil to facilitate
transportation and storage.
Cold-finished steel bars. Hot-rolled carbon steel bars with a higher
surface quality and strength produced from secondary cold reduction.
Cold forming (cold working). Any mechanical operation that creates
permanent deformation, such as bending, rolling, or drawing, performed
at room temperature that increases the hardness and strength of the
stainless steel.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 251

Glossaries and Abbreviations 251

Cold-rolled finish. Finish obtained by cold rolling plain pickled sheet or

strip with a lubricant resulting in a relatively smooth appearance.
Cold-rolled products. Flat-rolled products for which the required final
thickness has been obtained by rolling at room temperature.
Cold-rolled strip (sheet). Sheet steel that has been pickled and run
through a cold-reduction mill. Strip has a final product width of
approximately 12 in., while sheet may be more than 80 in. wide. Cold-
rolled sheet is considerably thinner and stronger than hot-rolled sheet, so
it sells for a premium.
Cold rolling. Rolling metal at a temperature below the softening point of
the metal to create strain hardening (work hardening). Same as cold
reduction, except that the working method is limited to rolling. Cold
rolling changes the mechanical properties of strip and produces certain
useful combinations of hardness, strength, stiffness, ductility, and other
characteristics known as tempers.
Cold treatment. Exposing steel to suitable subzero temperatures ( 858C
or 1208F) to obtain desired conditions or properties, such as
dimensional or microstructural stability. When the treatment involves
the transformation of retained austenite, it is usually followed by
tempering.
Columbium (Cb). Element no. 41 of the periodic system; atomic weight
92.91. It is steel gray in color and has a brilliant luster. Specific gravity is
8.57. Melting point is at about 43798F. It is used mainly in the
production of stabilized austenitic chromium-nickel steels, also to reduce
the air-hardening characteristics in plain chromium steels of the
corrosion resistant type.
Commercial bronze. A copper-zinc alloy (brass) containing 90% copper
and 10% zinc, used for screws, wire, hardware, and the like. Although
termed ‘‘commercial bronze’’ it contains no tin. It is somewhat stronger
than copper and has equal or better ductility.
Commercial-quality steel sheet. Normally, to a ladle analysis
of carbon limited at 0.15 maximum. A standard-quality carbon steel
sheet. The ladle analysis is taken when the steel is in a molten state.
Consumption. The physical use of stainless steel by end users.
Consumption predicts changes in inventories, unlike demand figures.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 252

252 Piping Materials Guide

Continuous casting. Processes of pouring stainless steel into a billet,

bloom, or slab directly from the furnace. This process avoids the need for
large, expensive mills and also saves time because the slabs solidify in
minutes rather than the several hours it takes it for an ingot to form.
Continuous furnace. Furnace, in which the material being heated moves
steadily through the furnace.
Continuous pickling. Passing sheet or strip metal continuously through a
series of pickling and washing tanks.
Continuous strip mill. A series of synchronized rolling mill stands in
which coiled flat rolled metal entering the first pass (or stand) moves in a
straight line and is continuously reduced in thickness (not width) at each
subsequent pass. The finished strip is recoiled on leaving the final or
finishing pass.
Continuous weld. A weld extending along the entire length of a joint.
Controlled atmosphere. A gas or mixture of gases in which steel is heated
to produce or maintain a specific surface condition. Controlled
atmosphere furnaces are widely used in the heat treatment of steel, as
scaling and decarburization of components is minimized by this process.
Controlled-atmosphere furnaces. A furnace used for bright annealing into
which specially prepared gases are introduced to maintain a neutral
atmosphere so that no oxidizing reaction between metal and atmosphere
takes place.
Controlled cooling. A process by which steel is cooled from an elevated
temperature in a predetermined manner to avoid hardening, cracking,
and internal damage or to produce desired microstructure or mechanical
properties.
Cooling stresses. Stresses develop by uneven contraction or external
constraint of metal during cooling; also those stresses resulting from
localized plastic deformation during cooling and retained.
Copper (Cu). Element no. 29 of the periodic system; atomic weight 63.57.
A characteristically reddish metal of bright luster, highly malleable and
ductile, and having high electrical and heat conductivity; melting point is
19818F; boiling point is 42378F; specific gravity is 8.94. Universally used
in the pure state as sheet, tube, rod, and wire, and (see Brass and Bronze)
as an alloy with other metals.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 253

Glossaries and Abbreviations 253

Corrosion. The attack on metals by chemical agents converting them to

nonmetallic products. Stainless steel has a passive film created by the
presence of chromium (and often other alloying elements, such as nickel
and molybdenum) that resists this process.
Corrosion embrittlement. The brittleness caused in certain alloys by
exposure to a corrosive environment. Such material is usually susceptible
to the intergranular type of corrosion attack.
Corrosion fatigue. Fatigue that arises when alternating or repeated stress
combines with corrosion. The severity of the action depends on the range
and frequency of the stress, the nature of the corroding condition, and
the time under stress.
Corrosion potential. The potential of a corroding surface in an electrolyte
relative to a reference electrode under open-circuit conditions.
Corrosion rate. The rate at which an object corrodes.
Corrosion resistance. A metal’s ability to resist corrosion in a particular
environment.
Crack. A longitudinal discontinuity produced by fracture. Cracks may
be longitudinal, transverse, edge, crater, center line, fusion zone
underhead, weld metal, or parent metal.
Creep. The flow or plastic deformation of metals held for long periods of
time at stresses lower than the normal yield strength. The effect is
particularly important if the temperature of stressing is above the
recrystallization temperature of the metal.
Creep limit. (1) The maximum stress that causes less than a specified
quantity of creep in a given time. (2) The maximum nominal stress under
which the creep strain rate decreases continuously with time under a
constant load and at a constant temperature. Sometimes used
synonymously with creep strength.
Creep strength. (1) The constant nominal stress that causes a specified
quantity of creep in a given time at constant temperature. (2) The
constant nominal stress that causes a specified creep reaction at constant
temperature.
Crevice corrosion. Corrosion of a metal surface that is fully shielded from
the environment but corrodes because it is so close to the surface of
another metal.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 254

254 Piping Materials Guide

Critical cooling rate. The minimum rate of continuous cooling just

sufficient to prevent undesired transformations. For steel, the slowest
rate at which it can be cooled from above the upper critical temperature
to prevent the decomposition of austenite at any temperature above the
Ms. Ms is the temperature at which martensitic transformation starts.
Critical range. A temperature range in which an internal change takes
place within a metal. Also termed transformation range.
Critical surface. Intended for material applied to critical exposed or
painted applications where cosmetic surface imperfections are objec-
tionable. The prime side surface is free of repetitive imperfections,
gouges, scratches, scale, and slivers. This surface can be furnished only as
a pickled product.
Critical temperature. The temperature at which some phase change
occurs in a metal during heating or cooling, that is, the temperature at
which an arrest or critical point is shown on heating or cooling curves.
Crucible. A ceramic pot or receptacle made of graphite and clay or other
refractory materials and used in the melting of metal. The term is
sometimes applied to pots made of cast iron, cast steel, or wrought steel.
Cut to length. Cutting flat-rolled stainless steel into the desired length,
then normally shipped flat stacked.
Cyanide hardening. A process of introducing carbon and nitrogen into
the surface of steel by heating it to a suitable temperature in a molten
bath of sodium cyanide or a mixture of sodium and potassium cyanide,
diluted with sodium carbonate, and quenching in oil or water. This
process is used where a thin case and high hardness are required.
Cyaniding. Surface hardening of an iron-base alloy article or portion of it
by heating at a suitable temperature in contact with a cyanide salt,
followed by quenching.
Deburring. Removing the subtle ridge from the edge of strip metal that
results from a cutting operation, such as slitting, trimming, shearing, or
blanking.
Decarburization. Removal of carbon from the outer surface of iron or
steel, usually by heating in an oxidizing or reducing atmosphere. Water
vapor, oxygen, and carbon dioxide are strong decarburizes. Reheating
with adhering scale is also a strongly decarburizing in action.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 255

Glossaries and Abbreviations 255

Degassing process (in steel making). Removing gases from the molten
metal by means of a vacuum process in combination with mechanical
action.
Deoxidation. A process used during melting and refining of steel to
remove or chemically combine oxygen from the molten steel to prevent
porosity in the steel when it is solidified.
Descaling. A process that removes from the surface of the stainless steel
the oxide scale that develops from hot operations.
Die casting. The principal processes for casting near net shapes of
nonferrous metals, such as zinc, aluminum, and zinc-aluminum alloy.
Drawing (drawn). A forming process that presses metal into or through a
die (as in cold drawn wire).
Dry film thickness (DFT). The thickness of the dry paint film.
Ductility. A measurement of the malleability of stainless steel in terms of
the amount of deformation it withstands before failure.
Duplex. Stainless steel composed of austenitic and ferretic stainless steels
that contain high amounts of chromium and nickel. This combination is
stronger than both individual stainless steels. Duplex stainless steels are
highly resistant to corrosion and cracking.
Eddy-current testing. Nondestructive testing method in which eddy-
current flow is induced in the test object. Changes in the flow caused by
variations in the object are reflected into a nearby coil or coils for
subsequent analysis by suitable instruments and techniques.
Elastic limit. Maximum stress a material stands before permanent
deformation.
Electric arc furnace (EAF). A stainless-steel-producing furnace where
scrap generally makes up a high percentage of the charge. Heat is
supplied from electricity that arcs from the electrodes to the metal bath.
These furnaces may operate on ac or dc.
Electric resistance welded (ERW) pipe. Pipe made from strips of hot-
rolled stainless steel, which are passed through forming rolls and welded.
Electrogalvanized. Zinc plating process whereby the molecules on the
positively charged zinc anode attach to the negatively charged sheet steel.
The thickness of the zinc coating is readily controlled.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 256

256 Piping Materials Guide

Electroplating. The production of a thin coating of one metal on another

by electrodeposition. It is used extensively in industry and is continuing
to enlarge its useful functions. Various plated metals and combinations
are being used for different purpose; for example:

Purpose Plating
Decoration and protection Copper, nickel, and chromium
against corrosion
Protection against corrosion Cadmium or zinc
Protection against wear Chromium
Buildup of a part or parts under size Chromium or nickel
Plate for rubber adhesion Brass
Protection against carburization and Copper and nickel
for brazing operations

Elongation. A measurement of ductility expressed in terms of the stretch

having occurred over a given length on a standard tensile specimen at
time of fracture, usually based on an original length of 2 in.
Embrittlement. A material’s loss of malleability due to chemical
treatment or physical change.
Erosion. The continuous depletion of a material due to mechanical
interaction with a liquid, a mulitcomponent fluid, or solid particles
carried with the fluid.
Erosion corrosion. An accelerated loss of material concerning corrosion
and erosion that results from corrosive material interacting with the
material.
Extensometer. An apparatus for indicating the deformation of metal
while it is subjected to stress.
Extensometer test. The measurement of deformation during stress in the
elastic range, permitting determination of elastic properties, such as
proportional limit, proof stress, yield strength by the offset method, and so
forth. Requires the use of special testing equipment and testing procedures,
such as the use of an extensometer or plotting a stress-strain diagram.
Extra-smooth galvanized. An extra-smooth finish is imparted to hot-dip
metallic-coated steel sheet by temper rolling after coating to decrease the
surface relief that occurs when the molten coating solidifies. The spangle
pattern (grain pattern) is made distinctly less visible by the matte finish
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 257

Glossaries and Abbreviations 257

imparted by the rolling operation. Most extra-smooth sheet is intended

for either prepainted or postpainted applications.
Extrusion. A shaped piece of stainless steel produced by forcing the
bloom, bar, or rod through a die of the appropriate shape.
Fabricator. An intermediate product producer that purchases materials
and processes them specifically for a particular project.
Fatigue. A condition leading to the eventual fracture of a material due to
constant or repeated stress that exerts less pressure than the tensile
strength of the material.
Feather. The carbon-rich zone, visible in a flame, extending around and
beyond the cone when there is an excess of carbonaceous gas.
Ferritic. Magnetic stainless steels that have a low-carbon content and
contain chromium as the main alloying element, usually between 13%
and 17%. It is the second most widely used stainless steel. Ferretic
stainless steels are generally used in automotive trim and exhaust
systems, hot water tanks, and interior architectural trim.
Ferroalloy. Metal products such as ferrochrome, ferromanganese, and
ferrosilicon commonly used as raw materials to aid various stages in
stainless steel making.
Ferrochrome. A common raw material in stainless steel production. This
alloy consists of iron and up to 72% chromium.
Ferrous. Any metal that is composed primarily of iron.
Filler metal. A third material that is melted concurrently with the parent
metals during fusion or braze welding. It is usually, but not necessarily,
of different composition than the parent metals.
Finish. The final condition of the surface after the last phase of
production.
Finishing temperature. The temperature at which hot working is
completed.
Flame annealing. A process of softening a metal by the application of
heat from a high-temperature flame.
Flame cutting. Oxygen cutting in which the appropriate part of the material
to be cut is raised to ignition temperature by an oxy-fuel gas flame.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 258

258 Piping Materials Guide

Flame hardening. A hardening process in which the surface is heated by

direct flame impingement, then quenched.
Flatness. Flatness is a measure of a cut length sheet’s ability to conform
to a flat horizontal surface. Maximum deviation from that surface is the
degree to which the sheet is ‘‘out of flat’’. Flatness is often expressed
quantitatively in either steepness or I-units.
Flat-rolled stainless steel (flat product). Category of stainless steel that
includes shapes such as sheet, strip, and plate.
Flux. An iron cleaning agent that consists of limestone and lime. These
products react with impurities in the metallic pool and float to the top of
the liquid iron.
Foil. Metal with a maximum width of 0.005 in.
Forging. Forming a hot or cold metal into a fixed shape by hammering,
upsetting, or pressing.
Forming. A process that brings about a change in the shape of stainless
steel by the application of force (e.g., cold forming, hot forming, wire
forming).
Fracture test. Nicking and breaking a bar by means of sudden impact, to
enable macroscopic study of the fracture.
Free machining. Adding a small amount of some relatively insoluble
element (such as sulfur or selenium) to stainless steel to create a minute
and widely distributed soft phase that acts as chip breakers during
machining.
Fretting. Action that results in surface damage, especially in a corrosive
environment, when there is relative motion between solid surfaces in
contact under pressure.
Fretting corrosion. Deterioration at the interface of two contacting
surfaces under load, which is accelerated by their relative motion.
Full annealing. Heating the metal to about 1008F above the critical
temperature range, followed by soaking at this point and slow cooling
below the critical temperature.
Fusion penetration (in fusion welding). The depth to which the parent
metal has been fused.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 259

Glossaries and Abbreviations 259

Fusion welding. Any welding process in which fusion is employed to

complete the weld.
Fusion zone. The part of the parent metals melted into the weld metal.
Galling. Developing a condition on the rubbing surface of one or both
mating parts where excessive friction between high spots results in
localized welding with substantial spalling and a further roughening of
the surface.
Galvanic corrosion. Accelerated corrosion of a metal because of electrical
contact with a more noble metal or nonmetallic conductor in a corrosive
electrolyte.
Galvanic furnace. A furnace placed over the strip as it exits the zinc bath
to produce a fully alloyed iron-zinc coating. The furnace can be gas fired
or induction.
Galvanized steel. Steel coated with a thin layer of zinc to provide
corrosion resistance in underbody auto parts, garbage cans, storage
tanks, or fencing wire. Sheet steel normally must be cold-rolled prior to
the galvanizing stage.
Galvanizing. Coating steel with zinc and tin (principally zinc) for rust
proofing. Formerly, for galvanizing, cut length steel sheets were passed
singly through a bath of the molten metal. Today’s galvanizing
processing method consists of uncoiling and passing the continuous
length of successive coils either through a molten bath of the metal,
termed ‘‘hot-dipped galvanizing,’’ or by continuously zinc coating the
uncoiled sheet electrolytically, termed ‘‘electrogalvanizing.’’
Gauge. A measure of the thickness of stainless steel.
General corrosion. The term used to describe an attack that proceeds in a
relatively uniform manner over the entire surface of a metal. Typically,
stainless steels do not exhibit general corrosion.
Grain boundary. The individual crystal units constituting the aggregate
structure where the crystalline orientation does not change. The grain
boundary is where these individual crystal units meet.
Grain flow. Fiberlike lines appearing on polished and etched sections of
forgings, caused by orientation of the constituents of the metal in the
direction of work during forging.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 260

260 Piping Materials Guide

Grain growth. An increase in the average size of the grains in

polycrystalline metal or alloy, usually a result of heating at elevated
temperature.
Grain size. The average diameter of grains in the metal under
consideration, or alternatively, the number of grains per unit of area.
Since increase in grain size is paralleled by lower ductility and impact
resistance, the question of general grain size is of great significance. The
addition of certain metals affects grain size; for example, vanadium and
aluminum tend to give steel a fine grain. The ASTM has set up a grain
size standard for steels, and the McQuaid-Ehn Test was developed as a
method of measurement.
Grain size number. An arbitrary number calculated from the average
number of individual crystals, or grains, that appear on the etched
surface of a specimen.
Granular fracture. A type of irregular surface produced when metal
fractures, characterized by a rough, grainy appearance as differentiated
from a smooth silky, or fibrous, type. It can be subclassified into
transgranular and intergranular forms. This type of fracture is frequently
called a ‘‘crystalline fracture,’’ but the implication that the metal has
crystallized is completely misleading.
Graphite. The polymorph of carbon with a hexagonal crystal structure.
Gray cast iron. A cast iron that gives a gray fracture due to the presence
of flake graphite. Often called ‘‘gray.’’
Grinding. Removing material from a workpiece with a grinding wheel or
abrasive belt.
Grinding cracks. Shallow cracks formed in the surface of relatively hard
materials because of excessive grinding heat or the high sensitivity of the
material.
Hammer forging. Forging in which the work is deformed by repeated
blows. Compare with forging.
Hardenability. The ability of a metal, usually steel, to harden in depth as
distinguished from the term hardness.
Hardness. The degree to which a metal resists cutting, abrasion,
penetration, bending, and stretching. The indicated hardness of metals
differs somewhat with the specific apparatus measuring hardness. (See
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 261

Glossaries and Abbreviations 261

Brinell hardness, Rockwell hardness, Vickers hardness, scleroscope

hardness); tensile strength also is an indication of hardness.
Hardness test. Hardness testing consists of pressing an indenter into a
flat surface under a perfectly controlled load, then measuring the
dimension of the resulting indentation. The three methods most
commonly used for stainless steel are the Rockwell B, Rockwell C,
and Vickers tests. The higher the number, the harder the material.
Heat. The term referring to a batch of refined stainless steel; a charged
oxygen or electric furnace full of stainless steel. A heat of stainless steel
can be used to cast several slabs, billets, or blooms.
Heat number. The identification that describes the origin of the slab
(heat).
Heat-affected zone (HAZ). The part of a metal that is not melted during
cutting, brazing, or welding but whose microstructure and physical
properties are altered by the process.
Heat treatment. Altering the properties of stainless steel by subjecting it
to a series of temperature changes to increase its hardness, strength, or
ductility so that it is suitable for additional applications.
High-strength, low-alloy (HSLA). A specific group of steels in which the
strength levels are achieved by the addition of moderate amounts of
alloying elements. The most common are columbium, vanadium, or
titanium.
High-temperature hydrogen attack. A loss of strength and malleability
of steel due to high-temperature reactions of absorbed hydrogen
with carbides in the steel, resulting in decarburization and internal
fissures.
Homogenizing. Holding at a high temperature to eliminate or decrease
chemical segregation by diffusion.
Hooke’s law. Stress is proportional to strain in the elastic range. The
value of the stress at which a material ceases to obey Hooke’s law is
known as the elastic limit.
Hot-dipped steel. Steel run through a molten zinc-coating bath, followed
by an air stream ‘‘wipe’’ that controls the thickness of the zinc finish.
Done to fix a rust-resistant coating.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 262

262 Piping Materials Guide

Hot forming. Hot forming operations are used widely in the fabrication
of stainless steel to take advantage of its lower resistance to shape
change. High temperature reduces steel’s yield strength, and this results
in a marked lowering of the force required to bring about plastic
movement or flow from one shape to another. (hot rolling, hot
stretching, etc.).
Hot-rolled sheet. Steel sheet that is processed to its final thickness by
rolling at high temperatures on a specially designed hot-rolling facility.
Also commonly known as ‘‘hot rolled unprocessed.’’
Hot-rolled sheet nontemper rolled. A U.S. Steel term for the product
supplied as a coil directly off the hot-strip mill with no additional
processing.
Hot-rolled sheet pickled. A U.S. Steel term for a mill edge coil that is
pickled, oiled, and temper rolled with coil ends cropped back to meet
gauge tolerances.
Hot-rolled sheet pickled nontemper rolled. A U.S. Steel term for a mill
edge coil that is pickled and oiled with coil ends cropped back to meet
gauge tolerances.
Hot working. Plastic deformation of metal at a temperature sufficiently
high enough to not create strain hardening. The lower limit of
temperature for this process is the recrystallization temperature
Hydrogen embrittlement. (1) Brittleness of metal, resulting from the
occlusion of hydrogen (usually as a by-product of pickling or by
codeposition in electroplating). (2) A condition of low ductility resulting
from hydrogen absorption and internal pressure developed subse-
quently. Electrolytic copper exhibits similar results when exposed to
reducing atmosphere at elevated temperature.
Hydrogen-induced cracking (HIC). Stepwise internal cracks that connect
adjacent hydrogen blisters on different planes in the metal or to the
metal surface.
Hydrogen stress cracking. Cracking of a metal resulting from the
combination of hydrogen and tensile stress.
Impact energy (impact value). The amount of energy required to fracture
a material, usually measured by means of an Izod or Charpy test. The
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 263

Glossaries and Abbreviations 263

type of specimen and testing conditions affect the values and therefore
should be specified.
Impact test. Impact testing is used to measure the toughness of a
material, corresponding to the energy necessary to cause fracture under
shock loading. Low toughness is generally associated with brittle shear
fracture, and high toughness with ductile plastic tearing.
Impurities. Elements or compounds whose presence in a material is not
desired.
Inclusion. A nonmetallic material in a solid metallic material. Slag or
other foreign matter entrapped during welding. The defect is usually
more irregular in shape than a gas pore.
Induction hardening. A process of hardening a ferrous alloy by heating it
above the transformation range by means of electrical induction, then
cooling as required. Quench hardening in which the heat is generated by
electrical induction.
Ingot. Semi-finished stainless steel that has been poured into molds and
solidified. The molds are then removed, and the stainless steel is ready
for rolling or forging.
Integrated mills. Facilities that combine all the stainless steel making
facilities from melt shop through hot rolling and cold finishing, to
produce mill products.
Intergranular corrosion. Preferential corrosion cracking at or along the
grain boundaries of a metal.
Intergranular stress corrosion cracking. Stress corrosion cracking in
which the cracking occurs along grain boundaries.
Intermittent weld. A series of welds at intervals along a joint.
Internal oxidation. Formation of oxides beneath the surface of a metal.
Investment casting. (1) Casting metal into a mold produced by
surrounding (investing) an expendable pattern with a refractory slurry
that sets at room temperature, after which the wax, plastic, or frozen
mercury pattern is removed through the use of heat. Also called
‘‘precision casting’’ or the ‘‘lost-wax process.’’ (2) A casting made by the
process.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 264

264 Piping Materials Guide

Iron (Fe). Element no. 26 of the periodic system; atomic weight 55.85. A
magnetic silver-white metal of high tensile strength, ductile and
malleable. The melting point of pure iron is about 27958F. Chemically,
iron is chiefly base forming. The principal forms of commercial iron are
steel, cast iron, and wrought iron.
Iron-based superalloys. These alloys are at the highest end of the range of
temperature and strength. Additives such as chrome, nickel, titanium,
manganese, molybdenum, vanadium, silicon, and carbon may be used.
These super alloys are also referred to as ‘‘super chrome stainless steels.’’
Iron carbide. One of several substitutes for high-quality, low-residual
scrap for use in electric furnace steel making. Iron carbide producers use
natural gas to reduce iron ore to iron carbide.
Iron ore. A mineral that contains enough iron to be a factor in stainless
steel production.
Izod test. A pendulum type single-blow impact test in which the
specimen, usually notched, is fixed at one end and broken by a falling
pendulum. The energy absorbed, as measured by the subsequent rise of
the pendulum, is a measure of impact strength or notch toughness.
Jigsaw steel. Hardened, tempered, and bright polished with round edges.
Carbon content 0.85%. Ranges of sizes 0.039 in. to 393 in. in width and
0.016 in. to 0.039 in. in thickness.
Kerf. The void left after metal has been removed by thermal cutting.
Killed steel. Steel deoxidized with a strong deoxidizing agent, such as
silicon or aluminum, to reduce the oxygen content to such a level that no
reaction occurs between carbon and oxygen during solidification. The
term ‘‘killed’’ indicates that the steel has been sufficiently deoxidized to
quiet the molten metal when poured into the ingot mold. The general
practice is to use aluminum ferrosilicon or manganese as a deoxidizing
agent. A properly killed steel is more uniform as to analysis and
comparatively free from aging. However, for the same carbon and
manganese content, killed steel is harder than rimmed steel. In general,
all steels with above 0.25% carbon are killed, also all forging
grades, structural steels from 0.15% to 0.25% carbon, and some special
steels in the low-carbon range. Most steels below 0.15% carbon are
rimmed steel.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 265

Glossaries and Abbreviations 265

Life cycle costing. An accounting method of costing where expenses are

allocated over the life of the product. Life cycle costs are often lower for
stainless steel than alternatives despite a higher initial outlay, because
stainless products generally last longer and require little maintenance.
Light-gauge stainless steel. A very thin sheet of stainless steel that has
been either temper rolled or passed through a cold reduction mill.
Line pipe. A pipe extending over long distances that transports oil,
natural gas, and other fluids.
Long products. Category of stainless steel that includes rods, bars, and
structural products that are described as long rather than flat.
Low-carbon stainless steel. Stainless steel containing less than 0.03%
carbon.
Machinability. The relative ease of machining a metal.
Magnetic-particle inspection. A nondestructive method of inspection for
determining the existence and extent of possible defects in ferromagnetic
materials. Finely divided magnetic particles, applied to the magnetized
part, are attracted to and outline the pattern of any magnetic-leakage
fields created by discontinuities.
Malleability. The property that determines the ease of deforming a metal
when the metal is subjected to rolling or hammering. The more malleable
metals can be hammered or rolled into thin sheet more easily than
others.
Magnesium (Mg). Element no. 12 of the periodic system; atomic weight
24.305. Specific gravity 1.77 with a melting point of approximately
11608F. A silver-white, light, malleable, ductile metallic element that
occurs abundantly in nature. The metal is used in metallurgical and
chemical processes, in photography, in signaling, and in the manufacture
of pyrotechnics because of the intense white light it produces on burning.
Manganese (Mn). Element no. 25 of the periodic system; atomic
weight 54.93. Lustrous, reddish-white metal of a hard brittle and,
therefore, nonmalleable character. The metal is used in large quantities
in the form of Spiegel and ferromanganese for steel manufacture as well
as in manganese and many copper-base alloys. Its principal function is as
an alloy in steel making. (1) It is a ferrite-strengthening and carbide-
forming element. It increases hardenability inexpensively, with a
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 266

266 Piping Materials Guide

tendency toward embrittlement when too high carbon and too high
manganese accompany each other. (2) It counteracts brittleness from
sulfur.
Martensitic. Small category of stainless steel characterized by the use of
heat treatment for hardening and strengthening. Martensitic stainless
steels are plain chromium steels with no significant nickel content. They
are utilized in equipment for the chemical and oil industries and in
surgical instruments. The most popular martensitic stainless steel is type
410 (a grade appropriate for nonsevere corrosion environments requiring
high strength).
Martensitic stainless steel. Has a body centered tetragonal (BCT)
structure. These alloys are chromium stainless steels with medium to
high carbon levels. They harden slowly in the annealed (soft) condition
but can be heat treated to very high tensile strengths.
Matrix. The principal phase or aggregate in which another constituent is
embedded.
Matt or matte finish (steel). Not as smooth as a normal mill finish.
Produce by etched or mechanically roughened finishing rolls.
Mechanical polishing. A method of producing a specularly reflecting
surface by use of abrasives.
Mechanical properties. Those properties of a material that reveal the
elastic and inelastic reaction when force is applied or that involve the
relationship between stress and strain; for example, the modulus of
elasticity, tensile strength, and fatigue limit. These properties have often
been designated physical properties, but the term ‘‘mechanical proper-
ties’’ is much to be preferred. The mechanical properties of steel depend
on its microstructure.
Mechanical working. Plastic deformation or other physical change to
which metal is subjected, by rolling, hammering, drawing, or the like to
change its shape, properties, or structure.
Medium-carbon steel. Contains from 0.30–0.60% carbon and less than
1.00% manganese. May be made by any of the standard processes.
Melting point. The temperature at which a substance changes form solid
to liquid; the temperature at which the liquid and the solid are in
equilibrium.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 267

Glossaries and Abbreviations 267

Metal. An opaque, lustrous, elemental substance that is a good

conductor of heat and electricity and, when polished, a good reflector
of light. Most metals are malleable and ductile and are, in general, denser
than other substances.
Metal spraying. A process for applying a coating of metal to an object.
The metal, usually in the form of wire, is melted by an oxyhydrogen or
oxyacetylene blast or by an electric arc and projected at high speed by
gas pressure against the object being coated.
Microstructure. The structure of a prepared surface of a metal as
revealed by a microscope at a magnification greater than 10 diameters.
MIG (metal inert gas) welding. Inert-gas welding using a consumable
electrode (inert-gas metal-arc welding).
Mild steel. Carbon steel containing a maximum of about 0.25% Carbon.
Mill finish. A surface finish produced on sheet and plate; characteristic of
the ground finish used on the rolls in fabrication.
Modulus of elasticity (Young’s modulus). A measure of the rigidity of
metal. The ratio of stress, within proportional limits, to a corresponding
strain. Specifically, the modulus obtained in tension or compression is
Young’s modulus, stretch modulus, or modulus of extensibility; the
modulus obtained in torsion or shear is modulus of rigidity, shear
modulus, or modulus of torsion; the modulus covering the ratio of the
mean normal stress to the change in volume per unit of volume is the
bulk modulus. The tangent modulus and secant modulus are not
restricted within proportional limits: The former is the slope of the
stress-strain curve at a specified point; the latter is the slope of a line
from the origin to a specified point on the stress-strain curve. Also called
‘‘elastic modulus’’ and ‘‘coefficient of elasticity.’’
Molybdenum (Mo). Element no. 42 of the periodic system; atomic weight
95.95. Hard, tough metal of grayish white color, becoming very ductile
and malleable when properly treated at high temperatures; melting point
is 47488F; boiling point is about 66008F; specific gravity is 10.2. Pure
molybdenum can best be obtained as a black powder, by reduction of
molybdenum trioxide or ammonium molybdate with hydrogen. From
this powder, ductile sheet and wire are made by powder metallurgy
techniques; these are used in radio and related work. Its principal
function is as an alloy in steel making: (1) Raises grain-coarsening
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 268

268 Piping Materials Guide

temperature of austenite. (2) Deepens hardening. (3) Counteracts

tendency toward temper brittleness. (4) Raises hot and creep strength,
red hardness. (5) Enhances corrosion resistance in stainless steel. (6)
Forms abrasion-resisting particles.
NDT. Nondestructive testing.
Nickel (Ni). Element no. 28 of the periodic system; atomic weight 58.69.
Silvery white, slightly magnetic metal, of medium hardness and high degree
of ductility and malleability and resistance to chemical and atmospheric
corrosion; melting point is 26518F; boiling point is about 52508F, specific
gravity is 8.90. An alloying element used as a raw material for certain classes
of stainless steel. Nickel provides high degrees of ductility (ability to change
shape without fracture) as well as resistance to corrosion. Approximately
65% of all nickel is used in making stainless steel. Also used for
electroplating. Used as an alloying agent, it is of great importance in iron-
base alloys in stainless steels and in copper-base alloys such as cupronickel,
as well as in nickel-base alloys such as Monel metal. Its principal function is
as an alloy in steel making: (1) Strengthens unquenched or annealed steels.
(2) Toughens pearlitic-ferritic steels (especially at low temperature). (3)
Renders high-chromium iron alloys austenitic.
Nickel-based superalloys. Alloy metal produced for high-performance,
high-temperature applications such as nickel-iron-chrome alloys and
nickel-chrome-iron alloys.
Nickel steel. Steel containing nickel as an alloying element. Varying
amounts are added to increase the strength in the normalized condition
to enable hardening to be performed in oil or air instead of water.
Niobium (Nb). Element no. 41 of the periodic system. Also known as
Columbium (Cb).
Nitriding. Introducing nitrogen into a solid ferrous alloy by holding at a
suitable temperature (below Ac1 for ferritic steels) in contact with a
nitrogenous material, usually ammonia of molten cyanide of appropriate
composition. Quenching is not required to produce a hard case. Process
of surface hardening certain types of steel by heating in ammonia gas at
about 935–10008F, the increase in hardness resulting from surface nitride
formation. Certain alloying constituents, principal among them alumi-
num, greatly facilitate the hardening reaction. In general, the depth of
the case is less than with carburizing.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 269

Glossaries and Abbreviations 269

Nitriding steel. Steel particularly suited for the nitriding process; that is,
it will form a very hard, adherent surface on proper nitriding (heating in
a partially dissociated atmosphere of ammonia gas). Composition is
usually 0.20–0.40% carbon, 0.90–1.50% chromium, 0.15–1.00% molyb-
denum, and 0.85–1.20% aluminum.
Nonferrous metal. Metal or alloy that contains no iron.
Normalizing. A heat treatment applied to steel that involves heating
above the critical range followed by cooling in still air. It is performed to
refine the crystal structure and eliminate internal stress.
Notch brittleness. A measure of the susceptibility of a material to brittle
fracture at locations of stress concentration. For example, in a notch tensile
test, a material is said to be notch brittle if its notch strength is less than its
tensile strength; otherwise, it is said to be notch ductile.
Notch (impact) toughness. An indication of a steel’s capacity to absorb
energy when a stress concentrator or notch is present. Examples of
measurements are Charpy V-notch, dynamic tear, drop-weight, and
drop-weight tear tests.
Oil country tubular goods (OCTG). Category of pipe products used by
petroleum exploration customers. Labels bearing OCTG are applied to
casting, drill pipes, oil well tubing, and the like.
Oil hardening. A process of hardening a ferrous alloy of suitable
composition by heating it within or above the transformation range and
quenching in oil.
Open-hearth process. Process of making steel by heating the metal in the
hearth of a regenerative furnace. In the basic open-hearth steel process,
the lining of the hearth is basic, usually magnetite; whereas in the acid
open-hearth steel process, an acid material, silica, is used as the furnace
lining and pig iron, extremely low in phosphorous (less than 0.04%), is
the raw material charged in.
Orange peel (effect). A surface roughening (defect) encountered in
forming products from metal stock that has a coarse grain size. It is due
to uneven flow or the appearance of the overly large grains, usually the
result of annealing at too high a temperature. Also referred to as
‘‘pebbles’’ and ‘‘alligator skin.’’
Ore. An iron-containing material used primarily in the melting furnace.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 270

270 Piping Materials Guide

Oscillating. A method of winding a narrow strip of stainless steel over a

much wider roll. This allows for more stainless steel per roll and allows
the customer to have longer processing runs.
Oxidation. The addition of oxygen to a compound. Exposure to
atmosphere sometimes results in oxidation of the exposed surface,
hence a staining or discoloration. This effect is increased with
temperature increases. A reaction in which there is an increase in
valence resulting from a loss of electrons.
Oxide. Compound of oxygen with another element.
Oxygen-arc cutting. Thermal cutting in which the ignition temperature is
produced by an electric arc and cutting oxygen is conveyed through the
center of an electrode, which is consumed in the process.
Passivation. When exposed in air, stainless steels passivate (become
inactive or less reactive) naturally, due to the presence of chromium. But
the time required can vary. To ensure that the passive layer reforms
rapidly after pickling, a passivation treatment is performed using a
solution of nitric acid and water.
Passive. A characteristic condition of stainless steels which impedes
normal corrosion tendencies to the point where the metal remains
virtually unattacked, hence passive, to its environment.
Pearlite. A eutectoid transformation product of ferrite and cementite
that ideally has a lamellar structure but that is always degenerate to some
extent. Lamellar structure resembles mother of pearl. A compound of
iron and carbon occurring in steel as a result of the transformation of
austenite into aggregations of ferrite and iron carbide.
Peening. Mechanical working of metal by hammer blows or shot
impingement.
Phosphorus (P). Element no. 15 of the periodic system; atomic weight 30.98.
It is a nonmetallic element occurring in at least three allotropic forms;
melting point is 1118F; boiling point is 5368F; specific gravity is 1.82. In
steels, it is usually undesirable, with limits set in most specifications.
However, it is specified as an alloy in steel to prevent the sticking of light-
gauge sheets; to a degree, it strengthens low-carbon steel, increases
resistance to corrosion, and improves machinability in free-cutting steels.
In the manufacture of phosphor bronze, it is used as a deoxidizing agent.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 271

Glossaries and Abbreviations 271

Physical properties. Those properties familiarly discussed in physics,

exclusive of those described under mechanical properties; for example,
density, electrical conductivity, coefficient of thermal expansion. This
term often has been used to describe mechanical properties, but this
usage is not recommended.
Pickling. A process that removes surface scale and oxidation products by
immersion in a chemically active solution, such as sulfuric or
hydrochloric acid.
Pickling paste. A commercially available product that performs the
pickling function when used on the surface of stainless steel.
Pig iron. The name for the melted iron produced in a blast furnace,
containing a large quantity of carbon (above 1.5%). Named long ago,
when molten iron was poured through a trench in the ground to flow
into shallow earthen holes, the arrangement looked like newborn pigs
suckling. The central channel became known as the ‘‘sow,’’ and the
molds were ‘‘pigs.’’
Pipe. Technically, a tube used to transport fluids or gases. However,
‘‘pipe’’ and ‘‘tube’’ are often used interchangeably in steel lexicon, with a
given label applied primarily as a matter of historic use.
Pitting. Localized corrosion (in the form of pits) on a metal surface
confined to a small area.
Plasticity. The ability of a metal to be deformed extensively without
rupture.
Plate. Sheet steel with a width of more than 8 in., with a thickness
ranging from 1/4 in. to more than 1 ft.
Plate martensite. Martensite formed, partly in steels containing more
than about 0.5% Carbon and solely in steels containing more than about
1.0% Carbon, as lenticular-shape plates on irrational habit planes that
are near (225)A, or (259)A in very-high-carbon steels.
Plating. A thin coating of metal laid on another metal.
Plug weld. A weld made by filling a hole in one component of a
workpiece to join it to the surface of an overlapping component exposed
through the hole.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 272

272 Piping Materials Guide

Polished surface. The finish obtained by buffing with rouge or similar fine
abrasive, resulting in a high gloss or polish.
Porosity. The presence of gas pores.
Postheating. Heating weldments immediately after welding, for temper-
ing, stress relief, or control of cooling to prevent formation of a hard or
brittle structure.
Postweld heat treatment (PWHT). Also referred to as ‘‘stress relief,’’ this
process is used to soften the heat-affected zones and relieve residual
stresses created during welding.
Powder metals. Fabricating technique in which fine metallic powder is
compacted and heated under high pressure to solidify the material.
Precipitation hardening (PH). A small category of stainless steels
resembling martenistic stainless steels that have great strength and
hardness due to heat treatment.
Protective coating. A temporary adhesive protective film attached to the
surface that protects the surface during forming and handling operations
and is stripped before final use.
Quench hardening (steel). A process of hardening a ferrous alloy of
suitable composition by heating within or above the transformation
range and cooling at a rate sufficient to increase the hardness
substantially. The process usually involves the formation of martensite.
Quenching. In the heat treatment of metals, the step of cooling metals
rapidly to obtain desired properties; most commonly accomplished by
immersing the metal in oil or water. In the case of most copper-base
alloys, quenching has no effect other than to hasten cooling.
Radiography. A nondestructive method of internal examination in which
metal objects are exposed to a beam of X-ray or gamma radiation.
Differences in thickness, density, or absorption, caused by internal
defects or inclusions, are apparent in the shadow image either on a
fluorescent screen or photographic film placed behind the object.
Red brass. A copper-zinc alloy, containing approximately 85% copper
and 15% zinc, used for plumbing pipe, hardware, condenser tubes.
Because of its color, it is used for vanity cases, coins, plaques, badges,
and the like. It is somewhat stronger than commercial bronze and
hardened more rapidly by cold working.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 273

Glossaries and Abbreviations 273

Reducing agent. Either natural gas or coal can be used to remove

the oxygen from iron ore to produce a scrap substitute. In gas-based
processes, the iron ore is heated in a vessel as reformed natural gas
passes through. In coal-based processes, iron ore is combined with
gasified or ground coal and heated. The oxygen in the ore combines with
carbon and hydrogen in the gas or coal, producing reduced, or metallic,
iron.
Refining temperature. A temperature, usually just higher than the
transformation range, employed in the heat treatment of steel to refine
the structure, in particular, the grain size.
Refractory. A heat-resistant material, usually nonmetallic, used for
furnace linings and such.
Refractory alloy. A term applied to those alloys that, due to hardness or
abrasiveness, present relative difficulty in maintaining close dimensional
tolerances.
Refractory brick. Heat-resistant brick. Because its melting point is well
above the operating temperatures of the process, refractory bricks line
most steel-making vessels that come in contact with molten metal, like
the walls of the blast furnace, and sides of the ladles.
Reinforcing bar (rebar). A commodity-grade stainless steel used to
reinforce concrete in highway and building structures.
Residual elements. Small quantities of elements unintentionally present in
an alloy.
Residuals. The impurities remaining in mini-mill stainless steels resulting
from the wide variety of metals entering the process.
Residual stress. Macroscopic stresses that are set up within a metal as the
result of nonuniform plastic deformation. This deformation may be
caused by cold working or drastic gradients of temperature from
quenching or welding. Stress remaining in a metal part or structure as a
result of welding.
Resistance welding. A type of welding process in which the workpieces
are heated by the passage of an electric current through the contact.
Such processes include spot welding, seam or line welding, and
percussion welding. Flash and butt welding are sometimes considered
resistance welding processes.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 274

274 Piping Materials Guide

Reverse bend test. A bend test in which the side other than that specified
for a face bend test is in tension.
Reversing mill. A stand of rolls that passes stainless steel back and forth
between the rolls to reduce the stainless steel sheet or plate. The distance
between the rolls is reduced after each pass.
Rimmed steel. Low-carbon steel containing sufficient iron oxide to
produce continuous evolution of carbon monoxide during ingot
solidification, resulting in a case, or rim, of metal virtually free of
voids. The rim is of somewhat purer composition than the original metal
poured. If the rimming action is stopped shortly after pouring of the
ingot is completed, the metal is known as ‘‘capped steel.’’ Most steels
below 0.15% carbon are rimmed steels. For the same carbon and
manganese content, rimmed steel is softer than killed steel.
Rockwell hardness (test). A standard method for measuring the hardness
of metals. The hardness is expressed as a number related to the depth of
residual penetration of a steel ball or diamond cone (brale) after a minor
load of 10 kg has been applied to hold the penetrator in position. This
residual penetration is automatically registered on a dial when the major
load is removed from the penetrator. Various dial readings combined
with different major loads, five scales designated by letters varying from
A to H; the B and C scales are most commonly in use.
Rod. Round, thin semi-finished steel length that is rolled from a billet
and coiled for further processing. Rod is commonly drawn into wire
products or used to make bolts and nails. Rod trains (rolling facilities)
can run as fast as 20,000 ft per minute, more than 200 mi an hour.
Roll forming. An operation used in forming sheet. Strips of sheet are
passed between rolls of definite settings that bend the sheet progressively
into structural members of various contours, sometimes called ‘‘molded
sections.’’
Rolling. Reducing the cross-sectional area of metal stock or otherwise
shaping metal products through the use of rotating rolls.
Rolling mills. Equipment used for rolling down metal to a smaller size or
a given shape, employing sets of rolls the contours of which determine or
fashion the product into numerous intermediate and final shapes, such as
blooms, slabs, rails, bars, rods, sections, plates, sheets, and strip.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 275

Glossaries and Abbreviations 275

Root (of weld). The zone on the side of the first run farthest from the
welder.
Scale (scale removal). The oxide that forms on the surface of stainless
steel, after exposure to high temperature.
Scrap. Iron-containing stainless steel material that is normally remelted
and recasted into new stainless steel. Home scrap is leftover stainless
steel generated from edge trimming and rejects within the mill, also
industrial scrap trimmed by stampers and auctioned to buyers.
Seal weld. A weld, not being a strength weld, used to make a seal.
Seamless pipe. Pipe produced from a solid billet that is heated and
rotated under pressure. This rotating pressure creates a hole in the
middle of the billet, which is then formed into a pipe by a mandrel.
Semi-finished stainless steel. Stainless steel products, such as blooms,
billets, or slabs, that are then rolled and processed into beams, bars,
sheets, and so forth.
Shearing. Trimming the edges of sheet strip to make them parallel. This
is done at either the stainless steel mill or the stainless steel processor.
Sheet. A stainless steel flat rolled product that is under 3⁄16 in. thickness
and 24 in. and over in width.
Shot blasting. Blast cleaning using stainless steel shot as the abrasive.
Not recommended for stainless steel; glass beads should be used.
Shot peening. Stressing the surface layer of a material by bombarding it
with a selected medium (usually round steel shot) under controlled
conditions.
Sigma phase. An extremely brittle Fe-Cr phase that can form at elevated
temperatures in austenitic and ferritic stainless steels.
Silicon (Si). Element no. 14 of the periodic system; atomic weight 28.06.
Extremely common element, the major component of all rocks and
sands; its chemical reactions, however, are those of a metalloid. Used in
metallurgy as a deoxidizing scavenger. Silicon is present, to some extent,
in all steels, and deliberately added to the extent of approximately 4% for
electric sheets, extensively used in alternating current magnetic circuits.
Silicon cannot be electrodeposited.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 276

276 Piping Materials Guide

Skelp. Steel that is the entry material to a pipe mill. It resembles hot-
rolled strip, but its properties allow for the severe forming and welding
operations required for pipe production.
Skin. A thin surface layer that is different from the main mass of a metal
object in composition, structure, or other characteristics.
Slab. A very common type of semi-finished stainless steel usually
measuring 6–10 in. thick by 30–85 in. wide and averaging 20 ft long.
After casting, slabs are sent to a strip mill where they are rolled and
coiled into sheet and plate products.
Slag. The impurities in a molten pool of iron. Flux may be added to
congregate the impurities into a slag. Slag is lighter than iron and floats,
allowing it to be skimmed off.
Smelter. A processor of mine feed or scrap material (secondary smelter)
that produces crude metal.
Solid solution. A solid crystalline phase containing two or more chemical
species in concentrations that may vary between limits imposed by phase
equilibrium.
Solution heat treatment. Heating a metal to a high temperature and
maintaining the temperature long enough for one or more constituents
to enter the solid solution. The solution is then cooled rapidly to retain
the constitutes within.
Solvent cleaning. The removal of contaminants such as oil, grease, dirt,
and salts by cleaning with a solvent, steam, vapor, alkali, or emulsion.
Specialty alloys. Metals with distinct chemical and physical properties.
These alloys are produced for very specific applications, considered to be
on the low end of superalloys.
Spectograph. An optical instrument for determining the presence or
concentration of minor metallic constituents in a material by indicating
the presence and intensity of specific wave lengths of radiation when the
material is thermally or electrically excited.
Spherodized structure. A microstructure consisting of a matrix contain-
ing spheroidal particles of another constituent.
Stainless steel. The term for grades of steel that contain more than 10%
chromium, with or without other alloying elements. Stainless steel resists
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 277

Glossaries and Abbreviations 277

corrosion, maintains its strength at high temperatures, and is easily

maintained. For these reasons, it is used widely in items such as
automotive and food processing products, as well as medical and health
equipment. The most common grades of stainless steel are as follows:

Type 304. The most commonly specified austenitic (chromium-nickel

stainless class) stainless steel, accounting for more than half
of the stainless steel produced in the world. This grade
withstands ordinary corrosion in architecture, is durable in
typical food processing environments, and resists most
chemicals. Type 304 is available in virtually all product
forms and finishes.
Type 316. Austenitic (chromium-nickel stainless class) stainless steel
containing 2–3% molybdenum (whereas 304 has none). The
inclusion of molybdenum gives 316 greater resistance to
various forms of deterioration.
Type 409. Ferritic (plain chromium stainless category) stainless steel
suitable for high temperatures. This grade has the lowest
chromium content of all stainless steels and therefore is the
least expensive.
Type 410. The most widely used martensitic (plain chromium stainless
class with exceptional strength) stainless steel, featuring the
high level of strength conferred by the martensite. It is a low-
cost, heat-treatable grade suitable for nonsevere corrosion
applications.
Type 430. The most widely used ferritic (plain chromium stainless
category) stainless steel, offering general-purpose corrosion
resistance, often in decorative applications.

Steel. An iron-base alloy, malleable in some temperature ranges as initially

cast, containing manganese, usually carbon, and often other alloying
elements. In carbon steel and low-alloy steel, the maximum carbon is about
2.0%; in high-alloy steel, about 2.5%. The dividing line between low-alloy
and high-alloy steels is generally regarded as being at about 5% metallic
alloying elements. Steel is differentiated from two general classes of irons:
the cast irons, on the high-carbon side, and the relatively pure irons, such as
ingot iron, carbonyl iron, and electrolytic iron, on the low-carbon side. In
some steels containing extremely low carbon, the manganese content is
the principal differentiating factor. Steel usually contains at least 0.25%
manganese; ingot iron contains considerably less.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 278

278 Piping Materials Guide

Strain. The amount of elongation, force, or compression that occurs in a

metal at a given level of stress. Generally stated in terms of inches
elongation per inch of material.
Strength. Properties related to the ability of steel to oppose applied
forces. Forms of strength include withstanding imposed loads without a
permanent change in shape or structure and resistance to stretching.
Stress. Deforming force to which a body is subjected or the resistance the
body offers to deformation by the force.
Stress-corrosion cracking (SCC). Failure by cracking under the combined
action of corrosion and stress, either external (applied) or internal
(residual). Cracking may be either intergranular or transgranular,
depending on the metal and the corrosive medium.
Stress cracking. Occurs during the thermal cutting of high carbon and
alloy steels at the cut edges. Proper processing, which may include
preheating, prevents this problem.
Stress relief. Low-temperature annealing to remove internal stresses,
such as those resulting on a metal from work hardening or quenching.
Stress relieving. Heating to a suitable temperature, holding the
temperature long enough to reduce residual stresses, then cooling slowly
enough to minimize the development of new residual stresses.
Stress-rupture test. A tension test performed at constant temperature, the
load being held at such a level as to cause rupture. Also known as
‘‘creep-rupture test.’’
Strip. A stainless steel flat rolled product that is less than 3/16 in. in
thickness and is under 24 in. in width.
Structurals. An architectural stainless steel product group that includes
I-beams, H-beams, wide-flange beams, and sheet piling. These products
are used in multistory buildings, bridges, vertical highway supports, and
so on.
Submerged-arc welding. Metal-arc welding using a bare wire electrode or
electrodes; the arc or arcs are enveloped in a flux, some of which fuses to
form a removable covering of slag on the weld.
Substrate. The layer of metal underlying a coating, regardless of whether
the layer is base metal. Raw material used as an input for steel
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 279

Glossaries and Abbreviations 279

processing; for example, hot-rolled steel is the substrate for cold-rolling

operations.
Sulfide stress cracking. Cracking of a metal under the combined action of
tensile stress and corrosion in the presence of water and hydrogen
sulphide (a form of hydrogen stress cracking).
Sulfur (S). Element no. 16 of the periodic system; atomic weight 32.06.
Nonmetal occurring in a number of allotropic modifications, the most
common being a pale-yellow brittle solid. In steel, most commonly
encountered as an undesired contaminant. However, it is frequently
deliberately added to cutting stock to increase machinability.
Superalloys. Lightweight metal alloys designed specifically to withstand
extreme conditions. Conventional alloys are iron based, cobalt based,
nickel based, and titanium based.
Superficial Rockwell hardness test. Form of Rockwell hardness test using
relatively light loads, which produce minimum penetration. Used for
determining surface hardness or hardness of thin sections or small parts
or where large hardness impression might be harmful.
Surface-fusion welding. Gas welding in which a carburizing flame is used
to melt the surface of the parent metal, which then unites with the metal
from a suitable filler rod.
Tantalum (Ta). A by-product of tin processing, this refractory metal is
used as a barrier to corrosion of chemical processing and carbide cutting
tools and, increasingly, as electronic capacitors and filaments. Melts at
24158F.
Tapping. Transferring molten metal from a melting furnace to a ladle.
Tarnish. Surface discoloration on a metal, usually from a thin film of
oxide or sulfide.
Teeming. Pouring molten metal from a ladle into ingot molds. The term
applies particularly to the specific operation of pouring either iron or
steel into ingot molds.
Tempering. A process of reheating quench-hardened or normalized steel
to a temperature below the transformation range then cooling at any rate
desired. The primary purpose of tempering is to impart a degree of
plasticity or toughness to the steel to alleviate the brittleness of its
martensite.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 280

280 Piping Materials Guide

Tensile strength (test). Also called ultimate strength, it is the breaking

strength of a material when subjected to a tensile (stretching) force. It is
usually measured by placing a standard test piece in the jaws of a tensile
machine, gradually separating the jaws, and measuring the stretching
force necessary to break the test piece. The tensile strength is commonly
expressed as pounds (or tons) per square inch of original cross section.
Test piece. Components welded together in accordance with a specified
welding procedure or a portion of a welded joint detached from a
structure for testing.
Thermal analysis. A method of studying transformations in metal by
measuring the temperatures at which thermal arrests occur.
Thermal cutting. The parting or shaping of materials by the application
of heat, with or without a stream of cutting oxygen.
Thermal treatment. Any operation involving the heating and cooling of a
metal or alloy in a solid state to obtain the desired microstructure or
mechanical properties.
Thermocouple. A device for measuring temperatures by the use of two
dissimilar metals in contact; the junction of these metals gives rise to a
measurable electrical potential with changes in temperature.
Thermo-mechanical-controlled-processing (TMCP). A term referring to
special rolling practices that use controlled-rolling, accelerated cooling,
or both.
TIG (tungsten inert gas) welding. Inert-gas welding using a nonconsum-
able electrode (inert-gas tungsten-arc welding).
Tin (Sn). Element no. 50 of the periodic system; atomic weight 118.70.
Soft silvery white metal of high malleability and ductility but low tensile
strength; melting point is 4498F, boiling point is 43848F, yielding the
longest molten-state range for any common metal; specific gravity is
7.28. Its principal use is as a coating on steel in tin plate, also as a
constituent in alloys.
Titanium (Ti). Element no. 22 of the periodic system; atomic weight
47.90; melting point is about 32708F; boiling point is over 54308F;
specific gravity is 4.5. Bright white metal, very malleable and ductile
when exceedingly pure. Its principal function is as an alloy in making
steel. It fixes carbon in inert particles to reduce martensitic hardness and
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 281

Glossaries and Abbreviations 281

hardenability in medium chromium steels, prevents formation of

austenite in high-chromium steels, and prevents localized depletion of
chromium in stainless steel during long heating. It now is finding
application in its own right because of its high strength and good
corrosion resistance.
Titanium-based superalloys. Lightweight, corrosive-resistant alloys suit-
able for high temperatures. These alloys are very practical for airplane
parts. Titanium alloys can be blended with aluminum, iron, vanadium,
silicon, cobalt, tantalum, zirconium, and manganese.
Tolerance limit. The permissible deviation from the desired value.
Tolerances. A customer’s specifications can refer to dimensions or to the
chemical properties of the steel ordered. The tolerance measures the
allowable difference in product specifications between what a customer
orders and what the steel company delivers. There is no standard
tolerance because each customer maintains its own variance objective.
Tolerances are given as the specification, plus or minus an error factor;
the smaller the range, the higher the cost.
Ton. Unit of measure for stainless steel scrap and iron ore:

Gross ton: 2240 pounds.

Long (net) ton: 2240 pounds.
Short (net) ton: 2000 pounds. Normal unit of statistical raw material input
and stainless steel output in the United States.
Metric ton: 1000 kg (2204.6 lb or 1.102 short tons).

Torsion. The twisting action resulting in shear stresses and strains.

Toughness. An indication of a steel’s capacity to absorb energy,
particularly in the presence of a notch or a crack.
Trace element. Extremely small quantity of an element, usually too small
to determine quantitatively.
Transformation. A constitutional change in a solid metal, such as the
change from gamma to alpha iron or the formation of pearlite from
austenite.
Transformation ranges (transformation temperature ranges). Those
ranges of temperature within which austenite forms during heating
and transforms during cooling. The two ranges are distinct, sometimes
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 282

282 Piping Materials Guide

overlapping but never coinciding. The limiting temperatures of the

ranges depend on the composition of the alloy and on the rate of change
of temperature, particularly during cooling.
Tubing. When referring to oil country tubular goods, tubing is a separate
pipe used within the casing to conduct the oil or gas to the surface.
Depending on conditions and well life, tubing may have to be replaced
during the operational life of a well.
Tungsten (W). Element no. 74 of the periodic system; atomic weight
183.92. Gray metal of high tensile strength, ductile and malleable when
specially handled. It is immune to atmospheric influences and most acids
but not to strong alkalis. The metal is used as filament and in thin sheet
form in incandescent bulbs and radio tubes. Forms hard abrasion-
resistant particles in tool steels and promotes hardness and strength at
elevated temperatures.
Tungsten carbide. Compound of tungsten and carbon, of composition
varying between WC and W2C; imbedded in matrix of soft metal, such
as cobalt, extensively used for sintered carbide tools.
Tungsten inclusion. An inclusion of tungsten from the electrode in TIG
welding.
Tunnel furnace. Type of furnace whereby stock to be heated is placed on
cars pushed or pulled slowly through the furnace.
Twist. A winding departure from flatness.
Two-coat system. The combination of a prime coat and a finish coat into
a specified paint film. A typical 1 ml, two-coat system will have about
0.2 ml of primer coat and about 0.8 ml of finish coat.
Ultimate strength. The maximum conventional stress—tensile, compres-
sive, or shear—that a material can withstand.
Universal mill. A rolling mill in which rolls with a vertical axis roll the
edges of the metal stock through the horizontal rolls between some of
the passes.
Vacuum degassing. An advanced steel refining facility that removes
oxygen, hydrogen, and nitrogen under low pressures (in a vacuum) to
produce ultra-low-carbon steel for demanding electrical and automotive
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 283

Glossaries and Abbreviations 283

applications. Normally performed in the ladle, the removal of dissolved

gases results in cleaner, higher-quality, purer steel.
Vacuum oxygen decarburization (VOD). A refinement of stainless steel
that reduces carbon content. Molten, unrefined stainless steel is heated
and stirred by an electrical current while oxygen enters from the top.
Many undesirable gases escape from the stainless steel and are evacuated
by a vacuum pump. Alloys and other additives are then mixed in to
refine the molten stainless steel further.
Vanadium (V). A gray metal normally used as an alloying agent for iron and
stainless steel. It is also used as a strengthener of titanium-based alloys.
Vickers hardness (test). Standard method for measuring the hardness of
metals, particularly those with extremely hard surfaces: The surface is
subjected to a standard pressure for a standard length of time by means
of a pyramid-shaped diamond. The diagonal of the resulting indention is
measured under a microscope and the Vickers hardness value read from
a conversion table.
Weathering steel. A steel using alloying elements such as copper,
chromium, silicon, or nickel to enhance its resistance to atmospheric
corrosion. (USS COR-TEN)
Welding. A process used to join metals by the application of heat. Fusion
welding, which includes gas, arc, and resistance welding, requires that
the parent metals be melted. This distinguishes fusion welding from
brazing. In pressure welding, joining is accomplished by the use of heat
and pressure without melting. The parts that are being welded are
pressed together and heated simultaneously, so that recrystallization
occurs across the interface.
Wet-film thickness (WFT). The thickness of the paint film immediately
after coating and prior to curing. The required wet-film thickness
depends on the proportion of solids and solvents in the liquid paint for
producing the appropriate dry-film thickness.
Width. The lateral dimension of rolled steel, as opposed to the length or
the gauge (thickness). If the width of the steel strip is not controlled
during rolling, the edges must be trimmed.
Wire. A cold finished, stainless steel product (normally in coils) that is
round, square, octagon, hexagon, or flat and less than 3/16 in. in thickness.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 284

284 Piping Materials Guide

Workability. The characteristic or group of characteristics that

determines the ease of forming a metal into desired shapes.
Work hardening. Increase in resistance to deformation (i.e., in hardness)
produced by cold working.
Wrought iron. Iron containing only a very small amount of other
elements but containing 1–3% by weight of slag in the form of particles
elongated in one direction, giving the iron a characteristic grain. It is
more rust resistant than steel and welds more easily.
X-rays. Light rays, excited usually by the impact of cathode rays on
matter, that have wavelengths between about 10.6 cm and 10.9 cm.
Yield point. The load per unit of original cross-section at which, in
soft steel, a marked increase in deformation occurs without increase
in load.
Yield strength. The stress beyond which stainless steel undergoes
important permanent flow; commonly specified as that stress producing
a 0.2% offset from the linear portion of the stress-strain curve.
Young’s modulus. The coefficient of elasticity of stretching. For a
stretched wire, Young’s modulus is the ratio of the stretching force per
unit of cross-sectional area to the elongation per unit of length. The
values of Young’s modulus for metals are on the order of 10/12 dynes
per square cm.
Zinc (Zn). Element no. 30 of the periodic system; atomic weight 65.38.
Blue-white metal; when pure, malleable and ductile even at ordinary
temperatures; melting point is 7878F; boiling point is 16658F; specific
gravity is 7.14. It can be electrodeposited; it is extensively used as a
coating for steel; and sheet zinc finds many outlets, such as dry batteries.
Zinc-base alloys are of great importance in die casting. Its most
important alloy is brass.
Zirconium (Zr). Element no. 40 of the periodic system; atomic weight
91.22. Specific gravity is 6.5, and melting point is at about 32008 ±
13008F. Because of its great affinity for oxygen and ability to combine
readily with nitrogen and sulfur, it is used as a deoxidizer and scavenger
in steel making. It is used as an alloy with nickel for cutting tools and in
copper alloys.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 285

Glossaries and Abbreviations 285

2. WELDING GLOSSARY
To specify the materials of construction and the fabrication techniques
necessary to complete a process plant, the piping engineer must be
familiar with welding terminology. If in any doubt, the piping engineer
must refer to a specialist, welding engineer or metallurgist, for advice.
This glossary contains welding terms commonly used in the oil and gas
industry.

Actual throat thickness. The perpendicular distance between two lines

each parallel to a line joining the outer toes, one line tangent at the weld
face and the other through the furthermost point of fusion penetration.
Air-arc cutting. Thermal cutting using an arc to melt the metal and a
stream of air to remove the molten metal to enable completion of a cut.
All position. A gas welding technique in which the flame is rightward
welding, meaning the weld is started on the left and travels to the right.
All-weld test piece. A piece of metal consisting of one or more beads or
runs fused together for test purposes. It may include portions of parent
metal.
Arc blow. A lengthening or deflection of a dc welding arc caused by the
interaction of magnetic fields set up in the work and arc or cables.
Arc fan. A fan-shaped flame associated with the atomic-hydrogen arc.
Arc voltage. The voltage between electrodes or between an electrode and
the work, measured at a point as near as practical to the work.
Atomic-hydrogen welding. Arc welding in which molecular hydrogen
passes through an arc between two tungsten or suitable electrodes, is
changed to its atomic form, then combines to supply the heat for
welding.
Backfire. Retrogression of the flame into the blowpipe neck or body with
rapid self-extinction.
Backing bar. A piece of metal or other material placed at the root of the
weld.
Backing strip. A strip of metal placed at the root of a weld.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 286

286 Piping Materials Guide

Back-step sequence. A welding sequence in which short lengths of weld

are deposited adjacent to each other.
Blowhole. A cavity, generally over 1.6 mm in diameter, formed by
entrapped gas during solidification of molten metal.
Blowpipe. A device for mixing and burning gases to produce a flame for
welding, brazing, bronze welding, cutting, heating, and similar operations.
Burn back. Fusing an electrode wire to the current contact tube by a
sudden lengthening of the arc in any form of automatic or semi-
automatic metal-arc welding using a bare electrode.
Burn-off rate. The linear rate of consumption of a consumable electrode.
Burn through. A localized collapse of the molten pool due to penetration
of the workpiece.
Carbon-arc welding. Arc welding using a carbon electrode.
Chain intermittent weld. An intermittent weld on each side of a joint
(usually fillet welds in T and lap joints) arranged so that the welds lie
opposite one another along the joint.
Concave fillet weld. A fillet weld in which the weld face curves inward.
Cone. The most luminous part of a flame, which is adjacent to the nozzle
orifice.
Continuous weld. A weld that extends along the entire length of a joint.
Convex fillet weld. A fillet weld in which the weld face curves outward.
CO2 flux welding. Metal-arc welding using a flux-coated or flux-
containing electrode that is deposited under a shield of carbon dioxide.
CO2 welding. Metal-arc welding in which a bare wire electrode is used;
the arc and molten pool are shielded with carbon dioxide.
Coupon plate. A test piece made by adding plates to the end of a joint to
extend the weld for test purposes.
Crack. A longitudinal discontinuity produced by a fracture. Cracks may
be longitudinal, transverse, edge, crater, center line, and fusion zone and
located on the weld metal or parent metal.
Crater pipe. A depression caused by shrinkage at the end of a run where
the source of heat was removed.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 287

Glossaries and Abbreviations 287

Cutting electrode. An electrode with a covering that aids the production

of such an arc that molten metal is blown away to produce a groove or
cut in the work.
Cutting oxygen. Oxygen used at a pressure suitable for cutting metal.
Deseaming. The removal of the surface defects from ingots, blooms,
billets, and slabs by manual thermal cutting.
Dip transfer. A method of metal-arc welding in which fused particles of
the electrode wire in contact with the molten pool are detached from the
electrode in rapid succession by the short circuit current that develops
every time the wire touches the molten pool.
Drag. The projected distance between the two ends of a drag line.
Drag lines. Serrations left on the face of a cut made by thermal cutting.
Electron-beam cutting. Thermal cutting in a vacuum by melting and
vaporizing a narrow section of the metal by the impact of a focused
beam of electrons.
Excess penetration bead. Excessive metal protruding through the root of
a fusion weld made from one side only.
Feather. The carbon-rich zone, visible in a flame, that extends around and
beyond the cone when there is an excess of carbonaceous gas.
Fillet weld. A fusion weld, other than a butt, edge, or fusion spot weld,
which is approximately triangular in transverse cross-section.
Flame cutting. Oxygen cutting in which the appropriate part of the
material to be cut is raised to ignition temperature by an oxy-fuel gas
flame.
Flame snap-out. Retrogression of the flame beyond the blowpipe body
into the hose, with a possible subsequent explosion.
Flame washing. A method of surface shaping and dressing metal by flame
cutting using a nozzle designed to produce a suitably shaped cutting
oxygen stream.
Flashback arrestor. A safety device fitted in the oxygen and fuel gas
system to prevent any flashback reaching the gas supplies.
Floating head. A blowpipe holder on a flame cutting machine that,
through a suitable linkage, is designed to follow the contour of the
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 288

288 Piping Materials Guide

surface of the plate, thereby enabling the correct nozzle-to-workpiece

distance to be maintained.
Free bend test. A bend test made without using a former.
Fusion penetration. In fusion welding, the depth to which the parent
metal has been fused.
Fusion zone. The part of the parent metal melted into the weld metal.
Gas economizer. An auxiliary device designed for temporarily cutting off
the supply of gas to the welding equipment except the supply to a pilot
jet where fitted.
Gas envelope. The gas surrounding the inner cone of an oxy-gas flame.
Gas pore. A cavity, generally under 1.6 mm in diameter, formed by gas
entrapped during solidification of molten metal.
Gas regulator. An attachment to a gas cylinder or pipeline for reducing
and regulating the gas pressure to the working pressure required.
Guided bend test. A bend test made by bending the specimen around a
specified former.
Heat-affected zone. The part of the parent metal metallurgically affected
by the heat of welding or thermal cutting but not melted. Also known as
the ‘‘zone of thermal disturbance.’’
Hose protector. A small nonreturn valve fitted to the blowpipe end of a
hose to resist the retrogressive force of a flashback.
Included angle. The angle between the planes of the fusion faces of parts
to be welded.
Inclusion. Slag or other foreign matter entrapped during welding. The
defect is usually more irregular in shape than a gas pore.
Incompletely filled groove. A continuous or intermittent channel in
the surface of a weld, running along its length, due to insufficient weld
metal. The channel may be along the center or one or both edges of the
weld.
Incomplete root penetration. Failure of the weld metal to extend into the
root of a joint.
Intermittent weld. A series of welds at intervals along a joint.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 289

Glossaries and Abbreviations 289

Kerf. The void left after metal has been removed by thermal cutting.
Lack of fusion. Lack of union in a weld (between the weld metal and
parent metal, parent metal and parent metal, or weld metal and weld
metal).
Leftward welding. A gas welding technique in which the flame is started
on the right and travels to the left (forward welding).
Leg. The width of a fusion face in a fillet weld.
Metal-arc cutting. Thermal cutting by melting, using the heat of an arc
between a metal electrode and the metal to be cut.
Metal-arc welding. Arc welding using a consumable electrode.
Metal transfer. The transfer of metal across the arc from a consumable
electrode to the molten pool.
MIG (metal inert gas) welding. Inert-gas welding using a consumable
electrode.
Multistage regulator. A gas regulator in which the gas pressure is reduced
to the working pressure in more than one stage.
Nick-break test. A fracture test in which a specimen is broken from a
notch cut at a predetermined position where the interior of the weld is to
be examined.
Open arc welding. Arc welding in which the arc is visible.
Open circuit voltage. In a welding plant ready for welding, the voltage
between two output terminals carrying no current.
Overlap. An imperfection at a toe or root of a weld caused by metal
flowing onto the surface of the parent metal without fusing it.
Oxygen-arc cutting. Thermal cutting in which the ignition temperature is
produced by an electric arc, and cutting oxygen is conveyed through the
center of an electrode that is consumed in the process.
Oxygen lance. A steel tube, consumed during cutting, through which
cutting oxygen passes, for cutting or boring holes.
Oxygen lancing. Thermal cutting in which an oxygen lance is used.
Packed lance. An oxygen lance with steel rods or wires.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 290

290 Piping Materials Guide

Penetration bead. Weld metal protruding through the root of a fusion

weld made from one side only.
Plug weld. A weld made by filling a hole in one component of a
workpiece to join it to the surface of an overlapping component, exposed
through the hole.
Porosity. The presence of gas pores.
Powder cutting. Oxygen cutting in which powder is injected into the
cutting oxygen stream to assist the cutting action.
Powder lance. An oxygen lance in which powder is mixed with the
oxygen stream.
Preheating oxygen. Oxygen used at a suitable pressure in conjunction
with fuel gas to raise the ignition temperature of the metal to be cut.
Residual welding stress. Stress remaining in a metal part or structure as a
result of welding.
Reverse bend test. A bend test in which the side other than that specified
for a face bend test is in tension.
Rightward welding. A gas welding technique in which the flame is started
on the left and travels to the right (backward welding).
Root (of weld). The zone on the side of the first run farthest from the
welder.
Root face. The portion of a fusion face at the root that is not beveled or
grooved.
Run-off-plate(s). A piece, or pieces, of metal so placed as to enable the
full section of weld to be obtained at the end of the joint.
Run-on-plate(s). A piece, or pieces, of metal so placed as to enable the
full section of weld metal to be obtained at the beginning of a joint.
Scarfing. The removal of the surface defects from ingots, blooms, billets,
and slabs by a flame cutting machine.
Sealing run. The final run deposited on the root side of a fusion (backing
run).
Seal weld. A weld, not a strength weld, used to make a sealing weld.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 291

Glossaries and Abbreviations 291

Shrinkage groove. A shallow groove caused by contraction of the metal

along each side of a penetration bead.
Side bend test. A bend test in which the face of a transverse section of the
weld is in tension.
Skip sequence. A welding sequence in which short lengths of run are skip
welded.
Slag trap. A configuration in a joint or joint preparation designed to
entrap slag.
Slot lap joint. A joint between two overlapping components made by
depositing a fillet weld around the periphery of a hole in one component
to join it to the other component, exposed through the hole.
Spray transfer. Metal transfer that takes place as globules of diameter
substantially larger than that of the consumable electrode from which
they are transferred.
Stack cutting. The thermal cutting of a stack of plates, usually clamped
together.
Staggered intermittent weld. An intermittent weld on each side of a joint
(usually fillet welds in T and lap joints) arranged so that the welds on one
side lie opposite the spaces on the other side along the joint.
Striking voltage. The minimum voltage at which any specified arc may be
initiated.
Submerged-arc welding. Metal-arc welding in which a bare wire electrode
or electrodes are used; the arc or arcs are enveloped in a flux, some of
which fuses to form a removable covering of slag on the weld.
Surface-fusion welding. Gas welding in which a carburizing flame is used
to melt the surface of the parent metal, which then unites with the metal
from a suitable filler rod.
Sustained backfire. Retrogression of the flame into the blowpipe neck or
body of the flame remaining alight. Note: This manifests itself either as
‘‘popping’’ or ‘‘squealing,’’ with a small pointed flame issuing from the
nozzle orifice or as a rapid series of minor explosions inside.
Test piece. Components welded together in accordance with a specified
welding procedure or a portion of a welded joint detached from a
structure for testing.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 292

292 Piping Materials Guide

Test specimen. A portion detached for a test piece and prepared as a test
coupon.
Thermal cutting. The parting or shaping of materials by the application
of heat with or without a stream of cutting oxygen.
TIG (tungsten inert gas) welding. Inert-gas welding using a nonconsum-
able electrode (inert-gas tungsten-arc welding).
Toe. The boundary between a weld face and the parent metal or between
weld faces.
Tongue-bend test specimen. A portion so cut in two straight lengths
of pipe joined by a butt weld to produce a tongue containing a portion of
the weld. The cuts are made so that the tongue is parallel to the axis
of the pipes, and the weld is tested by bending the tongue around.
Touch welding. Metal-arc welding using a covered electrode, the
covering of which is kept in contact with the parent metal during
welding.
Tungsten inclusion. An inclusion of tungsten from the electrode in TIG
welding.
Two-stage regulator. A gas regulator in which the gas pressure is reduced
to the working pressure in two stages.
Undercut. An irregular groove at a toe of a run in the parent metal or in
previously deposited weld metal due to welding.
Weld junction. The boundary between the fusion zone and the heat
affected zone.
Welding procedure. A specified course of action followed in welding,
including the list of materials and, where necessary, tools to be used.
Welding sequence. The order and direction in which joints, welds, or runs
are made.
Welding technique. The manner in which the operator manipulates an
electrode, a blowpipe, or a similar appliance.
Worm hole. An elongated or tubular cavity formed from gas entrapped
during the solidification of molten metal.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 293

Glossaries and Abbreviations 293

3. REFINERY GLOSSARY
As all process industry projects require creating piping classes and
specifications for the transport of some form of the process, it is essential
that the fundamental terminology used by process engineers be
comprehended. This understanding allows the piping engineer to select
the most efficient material and piping components necessary for the
process plant. Process engineers create the process philosophy, but it is
essential that the piping engineer fully understand their requirements.
This glossary contains internationally and commonly used words and
terms in the refining of petroleum products.

Absorption. The process by which one substance attracts and encom-

passes another, forming a homogeneous mixture. Oil absorbs natural
gasoline from wet natural gas. A caustic absorbs hydrogen sulfide from
hydrocarbon vapors.
Accumulator. A temporary storage tank for liquids and vapors.
Acid treatment. A process in which unfinished petroleum products, such
as gasoline, kerosene, and lubricating oils, are treated with sulfuric acid
to improve the color, odor, and other characteristics.
Additive. A substance added to petroleum products to impart some
desirable property.
Adsorption. The process by which one substance attracts another,
forming a physical or chemical bond at its surface.
Agitator. A cone-bottom tank for treating oils equipped with air or gas
spargers for mixing.
Air blowing. A process for raising the softening point of an asphalt by
reaction with air at elevated temperatures.
Air fin coolers. A cooling device with radiatorlike fins used to cool or
condense hot hydrocarbons. Also known as ‘‘fin fans.’’
Alkylate. The product of an alkylation process or to perform that
process.
Alkylation. The process of combining an olefin with an isoparaffin to
form an isoparaffin of higher molecular weight. Also, combining an
olefin with an aromatic to form alkyl-benzene.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 294

294 Piping Materials Guide

API. American Petroleum Institute.

API gravity. A special gravity scale adopted by the API to express the
gravities of petroleum products.
Aromatic. Unsaturated ring-structured hydrocarbon molecule.
ASME. American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Asphalt. Black to dark brown solid or semisolid bituminous material,
which gradually liquefies when heated, produced from distillation
residues of crude petroleum or occurring naturally.
Asphaltenes. A principal component of asphalt, it is the black or brown
solid material precipitated from an asphalt with normal pentane. It is an
arbitrary fraction defined by the method of analysis. Other arbitrary
fractions of asphalt are oils and resins.
Assay. The tabulated results of a comprehensive laboratory analysis of
crude oil.
ASTM (American Society of Testing and Materials). An organization
that sets standards for the testing of industrial products.
Atmospheric tower. A distillation unit that operates at atmospheric
pressure.
Barrel. The standard unit of measurement in the petroleum industry. It
contains 42 U.S. standard gallons, 35 imperial gallons. (BPD is barrels
per day.)
Base oil. A finished petroleum stock, which is blended with other
materials to make saleable products.
Battery limit. The perimeter of a process facility or unit.
Benzene. An unsaturated, basic aromatic compound.
Bitumen. Hydrocarbon material of natural or pyrogenous origin, or
combination of both, accompanied by nonmetallic derivatives, which
may be gaseous, liquid, semisolid, or solid, and is completely soluble in
carbon disulphide (ASTM D 8-63).
Blanket gas. Gas introduced above a liquid in a vessel to keep out air to
prevent oxidation of the material or prevent forming explosive mixtures.
Blending. Mixing two or more materials together.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 295

Glossaries and Abbreviations 295

Blind. A steel plate inserted between a pair of flanges to prevent flow

through a line.
Block valve. A valve used to isolate equipment or piping systems.
Bloom. The color of an oil observed by reflected light.
Blowdown. Withdrawal of water from boilers and cooling towers to
prevent buildup of solids.
Blower. Equipment used to move large volumes of gas against low-
pressure heads.
Boiling range. The temperature range, usually at atmospheric pressure, at
which the boiling, or distillation of a hydrocarbon liquid, commences
and finishes.
Bottoms. Residue remaining in a still after distillation. ‘‘Tank bottoms’’
refers to water and sediment in the tank.
Briddle. A screwed or socket-weld assembly used to measure the liquid
level in a horizontal or vertical vessel.
Bright stock. High viscosity, refined, and dewaxed lubrication oil base
stock, usually produced by suitable treatment of petroleum residues.
BS and W. Bottoms sediment and water measured in a crude oil by
centrifuging a sample, sometimes abbreviated ‘‘S and W.’’
Bubble tower. A fractionating or distillation tower in which the rising
vapors pass through layers of condensate, bubbling under caps on a
series of trays at differing elevations.
By-products. Useful materials recovered incidental to the principal
objective of refining petroleum.
Catalyst. Material that promotes a chemical reaction but remains
unchanged itself or can be regenerated to its original form.
Catalytic cracking. A process in which large molecules are broken into
smaller molecules by the use of heat, pressure, and catalyst.
Catalytic desulphurization. A process in which the sulfur content of
petroleum is reduced, usually by conversion to H2 S (Hydrogen
Sulphide), using a catalyst with or without the presence of added
hydrogen.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 296

296 Piping Materials Guide

Catalytic reforming. A process in which naphthenes are converted to

aromatics by removal of hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.
Caustic wash. A process in which the distillate is treated with sodium
hydroxide (a caustic) to remove acidic contaminants that cause poor
odor and lack of stability.
Chromatograph. An apparatus for analyzing mixtures of compounds by
separating them into individual components, which can be identified by
color or other means.
Clay. Granular or finely divided mineral material used for treating
petroleum. This is a general term including fuller’s earth, bauxite,
bentonite, and montmorillonite.
Coke. A high-carbon residue that remains after the destructive
distillation of petroleum product.
Coking. A thermal process used for converting and upgrading heavy
residual into lighter products. This leaves a residue of carbon deposits in
the process equipment.
Compounding. Mixing additives with oils, particularly lubes, to impart
oxidation resistance, rust resistance, or detergency.
Condensate. Liquid condensed from the vapors leaving the top of a
distillation column.
Condenser. A heat treatment item of process equipment that cools and
condenses by removing heat via a cooling medium, which could be water
or lower-temperature hydrocarbon streams.
Control valve. A valve, usually of a globe valve pattern, used to
automatically control the flow of a fluid and pressure through a piping
system.
Cracked naphtha. The crude, low-boiling product of the thermal cracking
process, from which gasoline is made by distillation.
Cracked tar. Residue from the thermal cracking process.
Cracking. The breaking up of heavy-molecular-weight hydrocarbons
into lighter hydrocarbon molecules by applying heat and pressure, with
or without the use of catalysts.
Crude. A short name for raw or unrefined petroleum, crude oil.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 297

Glossaries and Abbreviations 297

Crude assay. The procedure for determining the distillation character-

istics of crude oil.
Cut. A fraction, a part of the whole, such as the gasoline cut from raw
crude oil.
Cycle gas oil. Cracked gas oil returned to the cracking unit.
Cycle stock. Material taken from a later stage of a process and recharged
to the process at some earlier stage. Light cycle oil, a fraction of the
synthetic crude produced in the catalytic cracking process, returned to
the reactor is an example.
Cylinder stock. Oil used for lubrication of steam cylinders, usually a high
viscosity distillate.
Debutanizer. A fractionating column used to remove butane and lighter
components from liquid streams.
De-ethanizer. A fractionating column designed to remove ethane and
gases from heavier hydrocarbons.
Dehydrogeneration. A reaction in which hydrogen atoms are eliminated
from a molecule. Used to convert ethane, propane, and butane into
olefins (ethylenes, propylenes, and butanes).
Demulsification. Process of breaking up or separating an emulsion into
its components.
Demulsifier. An additive that promotes demulsification.
Deoiling. The process of making an oil-free wax from a waxy stock, by
chilling a mixture of solvent and feed to crystallize part of the wax
and separating the wax from the waxy-oil-solvent by filtering or
centrifuging.
Depentanizer. A fractionating column used to remove pentane and
lighter fractions from hydrocarbon streams.
Depropanizer. A fractionating column used to remove propane and
lighter fractions from hydrocarbon streams.
Desalting. The process of removing salt from crude by emulsification
with water, then breaking the emulsion and separating phases.
Desulfurization. A chemical treatment to remove sulfur or sulfur
compounds from hydrocarbons.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 298

298 Piping Materials Guide

Dewaxing. The process of making a wax-free oil from a waxy stock, by

chilling a mixture of solvent and feed to a low temperature to crystallize
all the wax and separating the wax cake (slack wax) by filtering or
centrifuging.
Dew point. The temperature at which a mixture of gases reaches
saturation conditions for one or more of the components and
condensation begins.
Distillate. The products of distillation formed by condensing vapors.
Downcomer, downspout. That part of a distillation column tray in which
liquid is separated from the froth and flows by gravity to a tray below.
Downflow. The process stream that flows from top to bottom.
Draw, draw off. A pipe connection (usually valved) to a vessel through
which liquid can flow. For example, a side cut draw on a distillation
column or a water draw on a tank.
Dry gas. A hydrocarbon gas consisting mainly of methane and
ethane and containing no recoverable amounts of butane or heavier
hydrocarbons.
End point (EP). The highest temperature indicated by the thermometer in
a distillation test of an oil.
Extraction. The process of separating a material by means of a partially
miscible solvent into a fraction soluble in the solvent and a fraction
relatively insoluble.
Feedstock. Stock used to charge or feed the processing unit.
Filter. A basket-type strainer used to collect solid waste in the piping
system.
Fixed gas. Gas that does not condense under the pressure and
temperature conditions available in a process.
Flashing. The process of separating products by reducing the pressure on
a hot oil as it enters a vessel. The light fractions vaporize (flash off) while
the liquid drops to the bottom.
Flash point. The lowest temperature at which an oil gives off vapor in
sufficient quantity to burn momentarily on the approach of a flame or
spark.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 299

Glossaries and Abbreviations 299

Flash tower. A vessel used to separate liquid and vapor in a flash

distillation process.
Flood, flooding. A spewing or heaving of liquid along with vapor out of
the top of a distillation column. It is caused by excessive liquid or vapor
flow in the column.
Flux, flux oil. A liquid residuum from asphaltic crude.
Fraction. A portion of fractional distillation that has a restricted boiling
range.
Fractionating column. Process unit that separates various fractions of
petroleum by simple distillation, at different levels.
Fuel gas. Light gas by-products from refining operations that are used to
fuel process furnaces.
Fuel oil. A general term applied to any oil used to produce power and
heat. For a description of classes of fuels, see ASTM D 288.
Furnace. A term applied to oil- and gas-fired heaters used in refinery
processes.
Gas blanket. An atmosphere of inert gas applied to the vapor space of a
vessel to prevent oxidation of its contents and explosive mixtures from
forming.
Gasoline, cracked. The principle product of catalytic cracking and
thermal cracking processes.
Gasoline, natural. Liquid product recovered from wet natural gas by
absorption, compression, or refrigeration.
Gasoline, polymer. Product of polymerization of normally gaseous
olefins to hydrocarbons boiling in the gasoline range.
Gasoline, straight run. A product obtained by distillation of petroleum.
Header. A common line to which two or more lines are joined.
Heater. The furnace and tube arrangement that furnishes heat for a
process.
Heat exchanger. A piece of equipment that transfers heat from a flowing
stream at one temperature to another stream flowing at another
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 300

300 Piping Materials Guide

temperature. Heat is transferred between the liquid or gases through a

tubular wall.
High-line, high-pressure gas. High-pressure (100 psi) gas from the
cracking unit distillate drums compressed and combined with low-line
gas as gas absorption feedstock.
Hydrocarbon. Compounds of carbon and hydrogen. Crude oil is a
complex mixture of hydrocarbon compounds.
Hydrocracking. A process in which large molecules are broken into
smaller molecules by heat, pressure, catalyst, and hydrogen.
Hydrodesulfurization. A catalytic process to remove sulfur from
petroleum fractions in the presence of hydrogen.
Hydrofining. A process for treating petroleum with hydrogen in the
presence of a catalyst under relatively mild conditions of temperature and
pressure. Some hydrocracking may occur under more severe conditions.
Hydrofinishing. A mild hydrofining process used particularly to replace
or supplement clay treatment of lube oils and waxes.
Hydroforming. Catalytic reforming of naphtha at elevated temperatures
and moderate temperatures in the presence of hydrogen to form high-
octane BTX (benzene, toluene and xylenes) aromatics for motor fuel and
chemical manufacture.
Hydrogenation. A hydrogen treating process in which hydrogen is added
to unsaturated molecules. Olefins are converted to paraffins, aromatics
are converted to naphthenes, oxygen is converted to water, nitrogen is
converted to ammonia, and sulfur is converted to H2 S.
Inhibitor. An additive used to prevent or delay an undesirable change in
the quality of the process or the individual process equipment.
Initial boiling point (init or IBP). The temperature in a laboratory
distillation test indicated by the thermometer at which the first drop of
distillate falls from the condenser.
Isomerization. A process for rearranging the atoms in a molecule so that
the product has the same empirical formula but a different structure,
such as converting normal butane to isobutane.
Knock-out drum. A vessel in which suspended liquid is separated from
the gas or vapor.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 301

Glossaries and Abbreviations 301

Lean oil. Absorption oil from which gasoline fractions have been
removed, such as the oil leaving the stripper in a natural gasoline plant.
LNG. Abbreviation for liquefied natural gas.
Low-line or low-pressure gas. Low-pressure (5 psi) gas from atmospheric
or vacuum distillation recovery systems collected in the gas plant for
compression to a higher pressure.
LPG. Abbreviation for liquefied petroleum gas.
Lube. Short for lubricating oil.
Lube distillate. High-boiling, 700–10008F range, petroleum distillate
used for manufacture of lubricating oils.
Mercaptans. Sulfur compounds occurring naturally in some crudes and
formed in cracking operations. They are foul-smelling substances of the
formula RSH, where R is an alkyl group.
Naphtha. A general term applied to the lower boiling fractions of
petroleum, usually below 4008F.
Naphthene. A hydrocarbon containing at least one ring structure and
saturated with respect to hydrogen.
Naphthenic acids. The organic acids occurring naturally in petroleum.
Natural gas. Naturally occurring light hydrocarbons varying in
composition from mostly methane to a mixture ranging from methane
through hexanes.
Neutral oil. Lubricating oil base stock of low and medium viscosity,
generally light in color and produced from lube oil distillation or distilled
from a refined and dewaxed residuum.
Octane number or rating. A measure of the antiknock qualities of
gasoline. Isooctane is rated at 100. Normal heptane is rated at 0. A 50–50
mixture of these two would be rated at 50.
Olefins. Open-chain hydrocarbons containing one or more double
bonds.
Paraffins. Open-chain hydrocarbons saturated with respect to hydrogen.
Paraffin wax, petroleum wax. Hydrocarbons of molecular weight higher
than 250 and boiling above 6008F that are solid at room temperature.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 302

302 Piping Materials Guide

Waxes are mostly straight hydrocarbons with a small amount of

branching. They may also contain naphthene and aromatic rings.
Preheater. An exchanger used to heat hydrocarbons before they are fed
to a process unit.
Polymerization. The process of combining two or more molecules to
form a single large molecule.
Raffinate. The refined oil produced in solvent extraction processes.
Reactor. A vessel in which a chemical reaction takes place.
Reboiler. An auxiliary unit used to supply additional heat to the lower
portion of a fractionating tower.
Rectification. Fractional distillation referring to the removal of low-
boiling hydrocarbons from gasoline to adjust its vapor pressure.
Recycling gas. High-hydrogen-content gas returned to a unit for
reprocessing.
Reflux. The portion of the distillate returned to the fractionating column
to assist in achieving better separation into desired fractions.
Reformate. An upgraded naphtha resulting from catalytic or thermal
reforming.
Reforming. A process of cracking gasoline to increase its octane number.
Regeneration. The reactivation of the catalyst in a process unit.
Resins. One of the three main constituents of asphalt, characterized by
absorption on clay.
Rich oil. Absorption oil containing dissolved gasoline fractions.
Riser. A pipe that allows vapor or liquid to flow upward in a process
vessel.
Rundown tanks. Receiving tanks for products of distillation, also called
‘‘pans.’’
Scrubbing. Purification of a gas by washing it in a tower or agitator.
Seal oil, sealing oil. Any oil used to pump packing glands to keep
packing cool and prevent leakage of stock being processed.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:05pm page 303

Glossaries and Abbreviations 303

Sour. Foul smelling. Describing a petroleum fraction having a bad odor,

usually caused by mercaptans.
Sour gas. Natural gas that contains corrosive, sulfur-bearing compounds
such as hydrogen sulfide and mercaptans.
Stabilization. A process to separate the gaseous and more volatile liquid
hydrocarbons from crude petroleum, thereby stablizing the product for
safer handling or storage.
Straight run. A material produced directly from crude oil by distillation.
Stripping. The removal, by steam induced vaporization or flash
evaporation, of the more volatile components from a cut or fraction.
Sulfurization. Combining sulfur compounds with petroleum lubricants.
Sweet. Having a good odor.
Sweetening. A process of removing mercaptans or converting them to
disulfides.
Tail gas. The lightest hydrocarbon gas released from a refining process.
Tar. Petroleum residuum, either straight run or cracked.
Thermal cracking. The process of breaking down large molecules into
smaller ones by heat and pressure.
Thinners. Narrow boiling fractions in the gasoline and kerosene boiling
range (200–4508F) used as solvents and dilutents in the paint and varnish
industry.
Topping. The process of distillation in which only a fraction of the
distillable portion of the feed is removed, such as topped crude, and
atmospheric column bottoms.
Treating. Refining petroleum with chemicals.
Turnaround. A planned shutdown of an entire process or section of a
refinery for major maintenance.
Unsaturates, unsaturated hydrocarbons. Hydrocarbons deficient in
hydrogen, including olefins and aromatics.
Vacuum distillation. Distillation at reduced pressure (below atmospheric
pressure), with or without the use of steam.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 304

304 Piping Materials Guide

Vapor. Gaseous substance that can be at least partly condensed by

cooling or compression.
Vapor binding. The formation of vapor in a liquid line causing an
interruption of liquid flow.
Vapor lock. Vapor binding in the gasoline line leading to an engine.
Virgin. A descriptive term applied to products produced directly from
crude to distinguish them from similar products made from cracking
processes.
Visbreaking. A mild thermal cracking process.
Viscosity. The resistance of a fluid to flow when a force is exerted on it.
Viscosity-gravity constant. A useful function for characterizing viscous
fractions of petroleum, see ASTM D 2501-67.
Viscosity index (VI). An empirical number indicating the effect of change
in temperature on the viscosity of an oil. A high viscosity index signifies
a relatively small change of viscosity with temperature, see ASTM D
2270-64.
Wax, petroleum wax. A product separated from petroleum, which is
solid or semi-solid at 778F and consists essentially of a mixture of
saturated hydrocarbons.
Weathering. The process of vaporization, which occurs when the crude
of petroleum product is allowed to stand in an open vessel, also the
deterioration of a material resulting from exposure to the atmosphere.
Wet gas. Natural gas, or gas produced by some refinery process, that
contains recoverable gasoline fractions.

4. PIPING ABBREVIATIONS
# Lbs or class (ASME)
BB Bolted bonnet
BW Butt-welding ends
CE Carbon equivalent
CI Gray cast iron (GG25)
CS Carbon steel
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 305

Glossaries and Abbreviations 305

DN Nominal diameter
EFW Electric fusion welded
ERW Electric resistance welded
FB Full bore
FF Flat face
F/F Face to face
HB Hardness, Brinnel
HRB Hardness, Rockwell B method
HRC Hardness, Rockwell C method
ID Inside diameter
IS&Y Inside screw and yoke
LPI(E) Liquid penetrant inspection (examination)
MPI(E) Magnetic particle inspection (examination)
MTC Material test certificate
ND Nominal diameter
NDT(E) Nondestructive test (examination)
NPS Nominal pipe size
OD Outside diameter
OS&Y Outside screw and yoke
PE Plain ends
PMI Positive material identification
PN Nominal pressure
PWHT Postweld heat treatment
QT Quench and tempered
RB Reduced bore
RF Raised face
RTJ Ring-type joint
SAW Submerged arc welded
SCH Schedule (wall thickness)
SG Spheroidal graphite cast iron
SMLS Seamless
SR Supplementary requirement
SS Stainless steel
SW Socket weld
TPI Third party inspection
UNS Unified numbering system
US Ultrasonic test
WT Wall thickness
XS Extra strong (wall thickness)
XXS Extra extra strong (wall thickness)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 306

306 Piping Materials Guide

5. ELASTOMER AND POLYMER

GLOSSARY
This glossary is a list of terms commonly used in the production and
application of elastomers and polymers.

Abrasion. The wearing away of a surface by mechanical action, such as

rubbing, scraping, or erosion.
Accelerator. A substance that hastens the vulcanization of an elastomer,
causing it to take place in a shorter time or at a lower temperature.
Acrylic. A polymer for which resistance to air and hot oil at temperatures
above 308F are required.
Adhere. To cling or stick together.
Adhesion. The tendency to bond or cling to a contact surface.
Aging. To undergo changes in physical properties with age or lapse of
time.
Air curing. Vulcanization of a rubber product in air, as distinguished
from in a press or steam vulcanizer.
Ambient temperature. The surrounding temperature relative to the given
point of application.
Antidioxidant. An organic substance that inhibits or retards oxidation.
Blemish. A mark or deformity that impairs appearance.
Blister. A raised spot in the surface or a separation between layers,
usually forming a void or air-filled space in the vulcanized article.
Bond. The attachment of a given elastomer to some other member.
Brittleness. The tendency to crack when deformed.
Buna-N. See Nitrile.
Buna-S. A general term for the copolymers of butadiene and styrene,
also known as SBR and GRS.
Butaprene. See Nitrile.
Butyl. A copolymer of iso-butylene and isoprene.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 307

Glossaries and Abbreviations 307

Cold resistance. Able to withstand the effects of cold or low temperatures

without loss of serviceability.
Compression set. The amount by which a rubber specimen fails to return
to its original shape after release of compressive load.
Conductive rubber. A rubber capable of conducting electricity. Most
generally applied to rubber products used to conduct static electricity.
Copolymer. A polymer consisting of two different monomers chemically
combined.
Creep. The progressive relaxation of a given rubber material while under
stress. This relaxation eventually results in permanent deformation, or
‘‘set.’’
Cross-linking agents. A chemical, or chemicals, that bonds the polymer
chains together to form a thermoset rubber product.
Cure. See Vulcanization.
Cure date. The date when an O-ring was molded; for example, ‘‘4 Q 96’’
means ‘‘fourth quarter, 1996.’’
Curing temperature. The temperature at which the rubber product is
vulcanized.
Damping. The quality of an elastomer to absorb forced vibrational
energy.
Degassing. The intentional, but controlled, outgassing of a rubber
substance or other material.
Dielectric properties. The ability of a material to resist puncture due to
electric stress.
Diffusion. The mixing of two or more substances (solids, liquids, gasses,
or combinations of these) due to the intermingling motion of their
individual molecules. Gasses diffuse more readily than solids.
Durometer. An instrument for measuring the hardness of a rubber;
measures the resistance to the penetration of an indenter point into the
surface of the rubber; the numerical scale of rubber hardness.
Dynamic. An application in which the seal is subject to movement or
moving parts contact the seal.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 308

308 Piping Materials Guide

Dynamic packing. A package employed in a joint whose members are in

relative motion.
Dynamic seal. A seal required to prevent leakage past parts in relative
motion.
Elasticity. The tendency of an article to return to its original shape after
deformation.
Elastomer. Any natural or synthetic material with resilience or memory
sufficient to return to its original shape after major or minor distortion.
Elongation. Generally, ultimate elongation, or the percent of increase in
the original length of a specimen when it breaks.
EPDM (EPT, Nordel DuPont Co.). Terpolymer of ethylene-propylene-
diene (noted for excellent ozone resistance).
Evaporation. The direct conversion from the liquid to vapor state of a
given fluid.
Extrusion. Distortion or flow, under pressure, of a portion of a seal into
clearance between mating parts.
Feather edge. The sharp, thin edge on parts, such as wiper seals and cups,
also called ‘‘knife edge.’’
Flame resistance. The resistance to burning of material that will not
withstand combustion under ordinary conditions.
Flash. Excess rubber left around a rubber part after molding, due to
space between mating mold surfaces, removed by trimming.
Flex cracking. A surface cracking induced by repeated bending or
flexing.
Flex resistance. The relative ability of a rubber article to withstand
dynamic bending stress.
Flow. Ability of heated plastic or uncured rubber to travel in the mold
and runner system during the molding process.
Flow cracks. Surface imperfections due to improper flow and failure of
stock to knit or blend with itself during the molding operation.
Fluid. A liquid or a gas.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 309

Glossaries and Abbreviations 309

Fluorocarbon (Viton DuPont Dow Elastomers, Fluorel 3 M Co.). A

polymer designed to meet the most rigid requirements for use in oils,
solvents, synthetic lubricants, and corrosive chemicals, at elevated
temperatures.
Friction. Resistance to motion due to contact of surfaces.
Friction, break out. Friction developed during the initial or starting
motion.
Friction, running. Constant friction developed during operation of a
dynamic O-ring.
Fuel, aromatic. Fuel that contains benzene or aromatic hydrocarbons;
causes little swell of rubber.
Fuel, nonaromatic. Fuel composed of straight-chain hydrocarbons;
causes little swell of rubber.
Gasket. A device used to retain fluids under pressure or seal out foreign
matter. Normally refers to a static seal.
Gas permeability. The degree to which a substance resists permeation of
gas under pressure.
Gland. The cavity into which an O-ring is installed, includes the groove
and mating surface of the second part, which together confine the
O-ring.
GRS. See SBR.
Hardness. Resistance to a disturbing force. Measured by the relative
resistance of a material to an intender point of any of a number of
standard hardness testing instruments, see Durometer.
Hardness, Shore A. The rubber durometer hardness as measured on a
Shore Wilson-Shore Instruments A Gauge. Higher numbers indicate
harder materials; lower numbers, softer materials.
Heat aging. A test for degradation of physical properties as a result of
exposure to high-temperature conditions.
Heat deflection temperature. The temperature at which a standard plastic
test bar deflects 0.010 in. under a stated load of either 66 psi or 264 psi.
Hermetic seal. An airtight seal having no detectable leakage.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 310

310 Piping Materials Guide

Homogeneous. In general, a material of uniform composition through-

out; in seals, a rubber seal without fabric or metal reinforcement.
Hydrocarbon solvents, aromatic. Solvents having a basic benzene
structure, usually coat tar types such as benzene or toluene orxylene.
Hypalon. DuPont trade name for chlorosulfonated polyethylene, an
elastomer.
Identification. Colored dots or stripes on seals for identification
purposes, seldom used.
Immediate set. The deformation found by measurement immediately
after removal of the load causing the deformation.
Immersion. Placing an article into fluid, generally so it is completely
covered.
Impact. The single, instantaneous stroke or contact of a moving body
with another, either moving or at rest, such as a large lump of material
dropping on a conveyor belt.
IRHD (international rubber hardness degree). A method to characterize
an elastomer by its resistance to penetration of a known geometry
indenter by a known force. The micro technique is reproduced on
irregular, as well as flat, surfaces, and on cross-sections as small as 1 mm
in thickness (04 in.). The readings are similar, but not identical to Shore
A, see Durometer.
Injection molding. Molding in which the rubber or plastic stock is
heated and, while in the flowable state, forced or injected into the mold
cavity.
Insert. Typically, a metal or plastic component to which rubber or plastic
is chemically or physically bonded during the molding process.
Leakage rate. The rate at which a fluid (either gas or liquid) passes a
barrier. The total leakage rate includes the amounts that diffuse or
permeate the material of the barrier as well as the amount that escapes
around it.
Life test. A laboratory procedure used to determine the amount and
duration of resistance of an article to specific sets of destructive forces or
conditions.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 311

Glossaries and Abbreviations 311

Linear expansion. Expansion in any one linear dimension or the average

of all linear dimensions.
Low-temperature flexibility. The ability of a rubber product to be flexed,
bent, or bowed at low temperature without cracking.
Mechanical bond. A method of physically bonding rubber to inserts
through holes, depressions, or projections in the insert.
Memory. The tendency of a material to return to original shape after
deformation.
Microhardness. An electronic measurement of rubber hardness for
specimens below 0.25 in. in thickness. Micro hardness, like Shore A and
durometer tests, also measures indentation.
Modulus. Tensile stress at specific elongation, usually 100% elongation
for elastomers.
Modulus of elasticity. One of several measurements of stiffness or
resistance to deformation but often incorrectly used to indicate
specifically static tension modulus.
Mold cavity. Hollow space, or cavity, in the mold used to impart the
desired form to the product being molded.
Mold finish. The uninterrupted surface produced by intimate contact of
rubber with mold surface at vulcanization.
Mold lubricant. A material usually sprayed onto the mold cavity surface
prior to the introduction of the uncured rubber to facilitate the easy
removal of the molded part.
Neoprene DuPont (GR-M). A polymer of chloroprene prepared from
coal, salt, and limestone.
Nitrile. The most commonly used elastomer for O-rings because of its
resistance to petroleum fluids, its good physical properties, and its useful
temperature range; see also Buna-N and Butaprene.
Oil resistant. Ability to vulcanize rubber to resist the swelling and the
deteriorating effects of various types of oils.
Oil swell. The change in volume of a rubber article due to absorption of
oil or other fluid.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 312

312 Piping Materials Guide

Optimum cure. State of vulcanization at which the most desirable

combination of properties is attained.
O-ring. A torus; a circle of material with a round cross-section that
effects a seal through squeeze or pressure.
O-ring seal. The combination of a gland and O-ring providing a fluid
tight closure. (Some designs permit minimum leakage.)
O-ring seal, moving (dynamic). O-ring seal in which there is relative
motion between some gland parts and the O-ring; oscillating,
reciprocating, or rotary motion.
O-ring seal, nonmoving (static). O-ring seal in which there is no relative
motion between any part of the gland and the O-ring. (Distortion from
fluid pressure or swell from fluid immersion is excluded.)
Outgassing. A vacuum phenomenon wherein a substance spontaneously
releases volatile constituents in the form of vapors or gases. In rubber
compounds, these constituents may include water vapor, plasticizers, air,
inhibitors, and the like.
Oxidation. The reaction of oxygen on a compound, usually detected by a
change in the appearance or feel of the surface, by a change in the
physical properties, or both.
Ozone resistance. Ability to withstand the deteriorating effect of ozone,
which generally causes cracking.
Packing. A flexible device used to retain fluid under pressure or seal out
foreign matter; normally refers to a dynamic seal.
Permanent set. The deformation remaining after a specimen has been
stressed in tension for a definite period and released for a definite period.
Permeability. The rate at which liquid or gas, under pressure, passes
through a solid material by diffusion and solution. In rubber terminology,
the rate of gas flow, expressed in atmospheric cubic centimeters per second,
through an elastomeric material, 1 cm2 and 1 cm thick.
pH. Specification of the concentration of either an acid or a base.
Pit (or pock) mark. A circular depression, usually small.
Plasticity. When subject to sufficient shearing stress, any given body
deforms. After the stress is removed, if there is no recovery, the body is
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 313

Glossaries and Abbreviations 313

completely plastic. If recovery is complete and instantaneous, the body

is completely elastic. A balance between the two is required.
Plasticizer. A substance, usually a heavy liquid, added to an elastomer to
decrease stiffness, improve low-temperature properties, or improve
processing.
Polymer. A material formed by joining together many (poly) individual
units (mer) of one or more monomers, synonymous with elastomer.
Polymerization. Chemical reaction whereby either one or more
simple materials are converted to a complex material that possesses
properties entirely different from the original materials used to start the
reaction.
Polyurethane. An organic material noted for its high abrasion, ozone,
corona, and radiation characteristics.
Porosity. The quality or state of being porous.
Postcure. The second step in the vulcanization process for
some specialized elastomers; provides stabilization of parts and
drives off decomposition products resulting from the vulcanization
process.
Pure gum state. A nonpigmented, translucent basic polymer. In
elastomers, independent of type of radiation specimen, denoting an
energy absorption level of 100 ergs per gram of elastomer, approximately
equal to 1.2 roentgens.
Rebound. A measure of the resilience, usually as a percentage of vertical
return of a body that has fallen and bounced.
Reinforcement agent. Material dispersed in an elastomer to improve
compression, shear, or other stress properties.
Relative humidity. The ratio of the quantity of water vapor actually
present in the atmosphere to the greatest amount possible at a given
temperature.
Resilience. The ability of an elastomer to return to its original size and
shape after deforming forces are removed; generally expressed in percent
of the ratio of energy removed to the energy used in compressing.
(‘‘Resilient’’ means having that capability.)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 314

314 Piping Materials Guide

Rotary seal. A seal, such as an O-ring or a quad-ring seal, exposed on

either the ID or OD sealing surface to a rotating component, such as
shaft seals.
Rough trim. Removal of superfluous material by pulling or picking;
usually the removal of a small portion of the flash or sprue that remains
attached to the product.
Rubber. See Elastomer.
Rubber, natural. Raw or crude rubber obtained from vegetable sources.
Rubber, synthetic. Manufactured or human-made elastomers.
SBR. Copolymer of butadiene and styrene; an all-purpose synthetic,
similar to natural rubber. (Butadiene is a gaseous material of petroleum;
styrene, a reaction product of ethylene and benzene.)
Scorching. Premature curing or setting up of a raw compound during
processing.
Seal. Any device used to prevent the passage of a fluid, gas, or liquid.
Service. Operating conditions to be met.
Shaft. Reciprocating or rotating member, usually within a cylinder; not
in direct contact with the walls.
Shelf aging. The change in a material’s properties that occurs in storage
with time.
Shrinkage. The ratio between a mold cavity size and the size of a product
molded in that cavity; decreased volume of a seal, usually caused by
extraction of soluble constituents by fluids followed by air drying.
Silicone rubber. Elastomer that retains good properties through extra
wide temperature ranges.
Sorption. A term used to denote the combination of adsorption and
absorption processes in the same substance.
Specific gravity. The ratio of the weight of a given substance to the
weight of an equal volume of water at any specific temperature.
Sphericity is the measure of a tolerance of a molded ball, or ground ball,
in reference to a perfect sphere; also described as ‘‘roundness.’’
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 315

Glossaries and Abbreviations 315

Spiral twist. A type of seal failure in reciprocating applications that

results from the twisting action that strains or ruptures the rubber.
Squeeze. Cross section diametrical compression of an O-ring between the
surface of the groove bottom and the surface of the other mating metal
part in the gland assembly.
Static seal. The part designed to seal between parts having relatively no
motion.
Strain. Deflection due to force.
Stress. Force per unit of original cross-section area.
Stress relaxation. Decreasing stress with constant strain over a given time
interval; a viscoelastic response.
Sun checking. Surface cracks, checks, or grazing caused by exposure to
direct or indirect sunlight.
Surface finish. A numerically averaged value of surface roughness,
generally in units of microinches or micrometers.
Swell. Increased volume of a specimen, caused by immersion in a fluid
(usually liquid).
Tack. The degree of adhesion of materials of identical nature to each
other.
Tear resistance. Resistance to growth of a cut or nick when tension is
applied to the cut specimen; commonly expressed as pounds per square
inch of thickness.
Tear strength. The force required to rupture a sample of stated geometry.
Temperature range. Maximum and minimum temperature limits in which
a seal compound functions in a given application.
Tensile strength. Force, in pounds per square inch, required to cause the
rupture of a specimen of rubber material.
Tension modulus. Resistance to being stressed; defined as the force, in
pounds, necessary to stretch a piece of rubber, 1 in.2 in cross-section, a
specified amount. Normally expressed as a percentage of original length,
and the stress as pounds per square inch at the fixed elongation.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 316

316 Piping Materials Guide

Terpolymer. A polymer consisting of three different monomers

chemically combined.
Thermal expansion. Expansion caused by an increase in temperature,
may be linear or volumetric.
Thermoplastic. A plastic capable of being repeatedly softened by increase
in temperature and hardened by decrease in temperature.
Thermoplastic rubber. Rubber that does not require chemical vulcaniza-
tion and repeatedly softens when heated and stiffens when cooled,
exhibiting only slight loss of original characteristics.
Thermoset. An elastomer or plastic cured under application of heat or
chemical means to make a product substantially infusible or insoluble.
Threshold. The maximum tolerance of an elastomer to radiation dosage,
expressed as a total number of ergs per gram (or rads) beyond which
physical properties are significantly degraded. This is generally an
arbitrary value, depending on the function and environment.
Torsion strength. The ability of rubber to withstand twisting.
Transfer molding. A method of molding in which material is placed in a
pot, located between the top plate and plunger, and squeezed from the
pot through gates (or sprues) into the mold cavity.
Trapped air. Air trapped in a product or a mold during cure. Usually
causing a loose ply or cover, or a surface mark, depression, or void.
Trim. The process involving removal of mold flash.
Trim out. Damage to mold skin or finish by close trimming.
Ultimate elongation. A measure of how far a material stretches before
breaking; expressed as a percentage of its original length.
Undercure. Degree of a cure less than optimal; may be evidenced by
tackiness, loginess, or inferior physical properties.
Vacuum. A defined space occupied by a gas at less then atmospheric
pressure.
Vapor pressure. The maximum pressure exerted by a liquid or a solid
heated to a given temperature in a closed container.
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 317

Glossaries and Abbreviations 317

Vibration dampening. The ability of an elastomer to absorb vibrations or

shocks.
Viscosity. The property of fluids and plastic solids by which they resist an
instantaneous change of shape, that is, resistance to flow.
Void. The absence of material or an area devoid of materials where not
intended.
Volatilization. The transition of either a liquid or solid directly into a
vapor state. In the case of a liquid, this transition is called evaporation,
whereas in the case of a solid, it is termed ‘‘sublimation.’’
Volume change. A change in the volume of a seal as result of its immersion
in a fluid; expressed as a percentage of the original volume.
Volume swell. An increase in the physical size caused by the swelling
action of a liquid.
Vulcanization. A thermosetting reaction involving the use of heat and
pressure, resulting in greatly increased strength and elasticity of
rubberlike materials.
Vulcanizing agent. A material that causes the vulcanization of an
elastomer.
Weathering. The detrimental effect on an elastomer or plastic after
outdoor exposure.
Weather resistance. The ability to withstand weathering factors, such as
oxygen, ozone, atmospheric pollutants, erosion, temperature cycling,
and ultraviolet radiation.
Wiper ring. A ring employed to remove excess fluid, mud, and the like
from a reciprocating member before it reaches the packings.

6. ABBREVIATIONS
These are the abbreviations commonly used to describe nonmetallic
materials:

ABR Acrylate butadiene rubber

ABS Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 318

318 Piping Materials Guide

ASA Acrylonitrile styrene acrylate

(A)U, (E)U Polyurethane AU (polyester), EU (polyether)
BR Butadiene rubber
BS Butadiene styrene
CA Cellulose acetate
CAB Cellulose acetate butyrate
CAP Cellulose acetate propionate
CFM Polychlorotrifluoroethylene
CM Chloropolyethylene
CP Cellulosepropionate
CPE Chlorinated polyethylene
CPVC Chlorinated polyvinylchloride
CR Chloroprene rubber
CSM Chlorosulphonated polyethylene
DAP Diallyl phthalate
ECTFE Ethylenechlorotrifluoroethylene
EPDM Ethylene propylene rubber
EPR Ethylene propylene rubber
EPS Expanded polystyrene
ESC Environmental stress cracking
ETFE Ethylene tetrafluoroethylene
EVA Ethylene vinylacetate
EVAC Ethylene vinylacetate
EVAL Ethylene vinylalcohol
FEP Fluorinated ethylene propylene
FFKM Perfluoro elastomer
FKM Fluorocarbon copolymer
FMK Fluor-silicone rubber
FPA Perfluoralkoxy
FRP Fiber-reinforced plastic
GR-A Apolybutadiene acrylonitrile rubber
GRE Glass-reinforced epoxy
GR-I Butyl rubber, polyisobutylene isoprene rubber
GR-N Nitrile rubber, nitrile butadiene rubber,
polybutadiene acrylonitrile rubber
GRP Glass-reinforced plastic
GR-S Styrene butadiene rubber, polybutadiene styrene
rubber
GRUP Glass-reinforced unsaturated polyester
GRVE Glass-reinforced vinyl ester
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 319

Glossaries and Abbreviations 319

HDPE High-density polyethylene

IIR Butyl rubber
IM Polyisobutene rubber
IR Isoprene rubber
ISO International Standards Organization
MDPE Medium-density polyethylene
MF Melamine formaldehyde
NBR Nitrile butadiene rubber
NR Natural rubber
PA Polyamide
PAI Polyaramide imide
PAN Polyacrylonitrile
PB Polybutylene
PBTP Polybutylene terephthalate
PC Polycarbonate
PCTFE Polychlorotrifluoroethylene
PEEK Polyetheretherketone
PEI Polyetherimide
PES Polyethersulfone
PETP Polyethylene terephthalate
PEX Cross-linked polyethylene
PF Phenol formaldehyde
PFA Perfluoroalkoxy copolymer
PFEP Fluorinated ethylene propylene
PI Polyimide
PIB Polyisobutylene
PIR Poly-isocyanurate rubber
PK Polyketone
PMMA Polymethyl methacrylate
POM Polyoxymethylene, polyformaldehyde
PP Polypropylene
PPO Polyphenylene oxide
PPS Polyphenelynesulphone
PS Polystyrene
PSU Polysulfone
PTFE Polytetrafluoridethylene
PUF Polyurethane (foam)
PUR Polyurethane
PVAC Polyvinyl acetate
PVAL Polyvinyl alcohol
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 320

320 Piping Materials Guide

PVC Polyvinylchloride
PVCC Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride
PVDC Polyvinylidene chloride
PVDF Polyvinylidenefluoride
PVF Polyvinyl fluoride
SAN Styrene acrylonitrile
SB Styrene butadiene
SBR Styrene butadiene rubber
SI Silicone
SIC Silicon carbide
TFE Polytetrafluoroethylene
TPE Thermoplastic elastomers
TPU Thermoplastic polyurethane
UF Ureum formaldehyde
UHMWHDPE Ultra-high molecular weight, high-density
polyethylene
UP Unsaturated polyester
UPVC Unplasticised polyvinylchloride
UV Ultraviolet light
VAC Vinylacetate
VC Vinylchloride
XLPE, PEX Cross-linked polyethylene consisting of long polymer
chains in a 3-dimensional structure
XPS Extruded polystyrene

7. LIST OF COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE

NONMETALLIC MATERIALS

Trade Name Chemical Classification Manufacturer

Acalor Resin-filled cement Acalor, England
Adiprene Polyurethane rubber DuPont, USA
Aerophenal Polyfluoride Ciba-Geigy
Akulon Polyamide AKZO, Netherlands
Alathon Polyethylene DuPont, USA
Albertol Saturated polyesters Hoechst, Germany
Algoflon Polytetrafluoroethylene Montedison, Italy
Alkathene LD polyethylene ICI
Alkon POM ICI
Alnovol Phenolics Hoechst, Germany
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 321

Glossaries and Abbreviations 321

Alpolit Unsaturated polyesters Hoechst, Germany

Alresen Phenolic, modified Hoechst, Germany
Altuglas Polymethyl metacrylate Elf Atochem, France
Amilan Polyamide Toray Industries,
Japan
Ampal Unsaturated polyesters Ciba-Geigy, Switzerland
Ampcoflex Polyvinyl chloride Atlas Plastics, USA
Appryl Polypropylene Atochem
Araldit Epoxies Ciba-Geigy, Switzerland
Ardel Polyarylate Amoco, USA
Arenka Polyamide AKZO, Netherlands
Arnite Unsaturated polyesters AKZO, Netherlands
Arnitel Saturated polyester AKZO, Netherlands
Arylon Polyarylether, polyarylates DuPont, USA
Asplit Resin filled cement Hoechst, Germany
Astraglas Polyvinyl chloride (soft) Dynamit Nobel
Astralit Polyvinyl chloride (hard) Dynamit Nobel
Astralon Polyvinyl chloride Hüls, Germany
Astratherm Polyvinyl Chloride (hard) Dynamit Nobel
Atlac Unsaturated polyesters DSM, Netherlands
Bakelite Phenolics Bakelite, Germany
Basopor UF BASF
Basotect UF BASF
Bayblendt PC/ABS blend Bayer
Baydur Polyurethanes Bayer, Germany
Bayflex Polyurethanes Bayer, Germany
Baygal PUR Bayer
Baylon HDPE Bayer
Baymer Polyisocyanurate Bayer, Germany
Baymidur PUR Bayer, Germany
Baypren Polychloroprene Bayer, Germany
Baysilone Silicones Bayer, Germany
Beckocoat Polyurethanes Hoechst, Germany
Beckopox Epoxies Hoechst, Germany
Beckurol Ureas Hoechst, Germany
Beetle Unsaturated polyesters, BP Chemicals, England
phenolics
Benvic Polyvinylchloride Solvay, Belgium
Bondstrand Fiber-reinforced Ameron, USA
plastic piping
Bornum harz Resin impregnated HarzerAchsenwerke,
graphite Germany
Breon Polybutadiene Zeon, Germany
acrylonitrile
Budene Polybutadiene Goodyear, USA
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 322

322 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Trade Name Chemical Classification Manufacturer
Buna Polybutadiene Hüls, Germany
Calibre PC DOW
Capron Polyurethanes Allied Corp., USA
Caradate Isocyanates for Shell
polyurethanes
Caradol Polyols for polyurethanes Shell
Carbofrax Silicon carbide Carborundum, USA
Cariflex Polybutadiene, stryrene Shell
elastomers
Carilon Polyketone Shell
Carina Polyvinyl chloride Shell
Carinex Polystyrene Shell
Carlona Polyethylene Shell
Carlona P Polypropylene Shell
Casocryl Polymethyl methacrylate Elf Atochem, France
Celcon Polyformaldehyde Hoechst, Germany
Cellasto PUR BASF
Cellidor b Cellulose acetate Albis Plastics, Germany
butyrate
Cibamin Ureas, melamines Ciba-Geigy, Switzerland
Cibanoid UF Ciba-Geigy
Conapoxy Melamines Conap, USA
Coroplast Polyvinylchloride Coroplast, Germany
Corvic Polyvinylchloride ICI, England
Courtelle Polyacrylonitrile Courtaulds, England
Crastin PET/PBT Ciba-Geigy
Crylor Polyacrylonitrile Rhone Poulenc, France
Crystic Unsaturated polyesters Scott Bader Co., England
Cycolac Acrylonitrile butadiene General Electric, USA
styrene
Dacron Saturated polyesters DuPont, USA
Daplen Polypropylene PCD Linz, Austria
Darvic Polyvinylchloride Weston Hyde, England
Degalan Polymethyl methacrylate Degussa, Germany
Delpet Polymethyl methacrylate Asahi Chem., Japan
Delrin Polyformaldehyde DuPont, USA
Derakene Unsaturated polyesters, DOW, USA
vinylester type
Desmodur Isocyanates for Bayer, Germany
polyurethanes
Desmopan Polyurethane rubber Bayer, Germany
Desmophen Polyols for polyurethanes Bayer, Germany
Dewoglas Polymethyl methacrylate Degussa, Germany
Diabon Graphite Sigri, Germany
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 323

Glossaries and Abbreviations 323

Diakon Polymethyl methacrylate ICI, England

Dobeckan Unsaturated polyesters, BASF, Germany
polyurethanes
Dolan Polyacrylonitrile Hoechst, Germany
Dorix Polyamide Bayer, Germany
Dorlastan Polyurethane rubber Bayer, Germany
Dowlex PE DOW
Dpc 2000 T LDPE foil ICl
Drakaflex Polyurethanes Draka, Netherlands
Dralon Polyacrylonitrile Bayer, Germany
Durabon Carbon Sigri, Germany
Duran 50 Glass Jena Glaswerk Schott,
Germany
Durel Polyarylate Hoechst, Germany
Durethan Polyamide Bayer, Germany
Durolon PC Montedison
Durophen Phenolics Hoechst, Germany
Dutral EP Montedison
Dyflor PVDF Dynamit Nobel
Dylene Polystyrene, styrene ARCO Polymers, USA
acrylonitrile
Dynapol Saturated polyesters Hüls, Germany
Edifran PCTFE Montedison
Edistir Polystyrene Enichem, Italy
Editer ABS Montedison
Ekavyl Polyvinylchloride Elf Atochem, France
Elastan PUR BASF
Elastocoat PUR BASF
Elastoflex PUR BASF
Elastofoam PUR BASF
Elastogran PUR BASF
Elastolit PUR BASF
Elastollan Polyurethanes Elastogran, Germany
Elastopal PUR BASF
Elastopan PUR BASF
Elastopor PUR BASF
Elastosil Silicone rubber Wacker-Chemie, Germany
Elasturan PUR BASF
Elexar Styrene butadiene, Shell
styrene rubber
Eltex Polyethylene Solvay, Belgium
Eltex p Polypropylene Solvay, Belgium
Elvanol Polyvinylalcohol DuPont, USA
Epikote Epoxies Shell
Epon Epoxies - USA Shell
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 324

324 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Trade Name Chemical Classification Manufacturer
Eraclear LDPE Enichem
Eraclene H HDPE Enichem
Eriflon PVDF PVDF Solvay
Ertalon PA AKZO
Ertalon PA Atochem
Ertalon PA BASF
Ertalon PA DSM
Escorene Polyethylene Exxon, USA
Extir EPS Montedison
Fertene LDPE Montedison
Fibercast Fiber-reinforced epoxies Fibercast, USA, Germany
Finathene Polyethylene Fina, Belgium
Fluon Polytetrafluoroethylene ICI, England
Fluorel Vinylide fluoride- 3M, USA
hexafluoropropylene
Fluoroflex Fluorinated polymers Resistoflex, USA, Germany
Fluorogreen Fluorinated polymers Peabode Dore, USA
Fluoroline Fluorinated polymers BTR, England
Fluorosint Fluorinated polymers Polypenco, Germany
Foraflon Polyvinylidene fluoride Elf Atochem, France
Formica Melamines Formica Corp., USA
Fortiflex HDPE Solvay
Fortilene PP Solvay
Fortron PPS Hoechst
Furacin Furane-filled cement Prodorite, England
Gabrite UF Montedison
Gaflon Polytetrafluoroethylene Plastic Omnium, France
Gemon Polyimide General Electric, USA
Geon Polyvinylchloride B.F. Goodrich, USA
Glad Polyethylene Union Carbide, USA
Goretex Polytetrafluoroethylene W.L. Gore, USA
Granlar LCP Montedison
Graphilor Resin-impregnated LeCarbone-Lorraine, France
graphite
Grilamid Polyamide EMS-Chemie, Switzerland
Grillodur Unsaturated polyesters Grillo-Werke, Germany
Halar Polytrifluoroethylene Ausimont, USA
Halon Polytetrafluoroethylene Ausimont, USA
Haveg Phenolics, furanes Haveg, USA
Herox Polyamide DuPont, USA
H.E.T. Chlorinated unsaturated Ashland Chem., USA
terpolymer
Hetron Chlorinated unsaturated Ashland Chem., USA
polyesters
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 325

Glossaries and Abbreviations 325

Hfr cement Potassium silicate cement Hoechst, Germany

Hostadur PBT, PET Hoechst
Hostaflex Polyvinylchloride Hoechst, Germany
Hostaflon Polytetrafluoroethylene Hoechst, Germany
Hostaflon-c Polychlorotrifluoroethylene Hoechst, Germany
Hostaform POM Hoechst
Hostalen Polyethylene Hoechst, Germany
Hostalen gur UHMW PE Hoechst
Hostalen LD LDPE Hoechst
Hostalen-PP Polypropylene Hoechst, Germany
Hostalit Polyvinylchloride Hoechst, Germany
Hostapor EPS Hoechst
Hostapox EP Hoechst
Hostapren CPE Hoechst
Hostaset PF PF Hoechst
Hostaset UF UF Hoechst
Hostaset UP UP Hoechst
Hostatec PEK Hoechst
Hostyren Polystyrene Hoechst, Germany
Hostyren XS SB Hoechst
Hycar Polybutadiene, stryrene B.F. Goodrich, USA
elastomers
Hypalon Chlorosulphonated DuPont, USA
polyethylene
Hytrel Saturated polyesters DuPont, USA
Hyvis Polyisobutylene BP Chem., England
Icdal Polyimide Hüls, Germany
Imipex Polyimide General Electric, USA
Impet PET Hoechst
Impolex Unsaturated polyesters ICI, England
Inklurit UF BASF
Ixan Polyvinylidene chloride Solvay, Belgium
Kalrez Perfluoro elastomer DuPont, USA
Kamax Polyimide Rohm and Haas, USA
Kapton Polyimide DuPont, USA
Karbate Resin-impregnated graphite Union Carbide, USA
Keebush Resin-impregnated graphite APV-Kester, England
Kel-F Polychlorotrifluoroethylene 3M, USA
Keltan Ethylene propylene diene DSM, Netherlands
terpolymer
Kematal POM Hoechst
Keranol Resin-filled cement Keramchemie, Germany
Kerimid Polyimide Rhone-Poulenc, France
Kermel Polyimide Rhone-Poulenc, France
Kevlar Polyaramide (fiber) DuPont, USA
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 326

326 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Trade Name Chemical Classification Manufacturer
Kinel Polyimide Rhone-Poulenc, France
Kobiend PC/ABS blend Montedison
Kralastic Acrylonitrile butadiene Uniroyal, Japan
styrene
Kraton g Styrene butadiene styrene Shell
rubber
Kydex Polyvinylchloride Rohm and Haas, USA
Kynar Polyvinylidene fluoride Elf Atochem, France
Lacqrene PS Atochem
Lacqtene Polyethylene Elf Atochem, France
Lacqvyl PVC Atochem
Lamellon Unsaturated polyesters —
Larflex EP Lati
Laril PPO Lati
Laroflex Polyvinylchloride BASF, Germany
Larton PPS Lati
Lastane PUR Lati
Lastiflex ABS/PVC blend Lati
La Stil SAN Lati
Lastilac ABS Lati
Lastilac 10 ABS/PC blend Lati
Lastirol PS Lati
Lasulf PSU Lati
Latamid PA Lati
Latan POM Lati
Latene PP Lati
Latene HD HDPE Lati
Later PBT Lati
Latilon PC Lati
Leacril Polyacrylonitrile —
Legupren Unsaturated polyesters Bayer, Germany
Leguval Unsaturated polyesters DSM, Netherlands
Lekutherm Epoxies Bayer, Germany
Levaflex TPO Bayer
Levepox Epoxies Bayer, Germany
Lexan Polycarbonate General Electric, USA
Lexgard PC GEP
Linatex Natural rubber, soft WilkinsonRubberLinatex
Lucalor CPVC Atochem
Lucite Polymethyl methacrylate DuPont, USA
Lucolene PVC (soft) Atochem
Lucorex Polyvinylchloride Elf Atochem, France
Lucovyl PVC Atochem
Lucovyl PVC Rhone-Poulenc
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 327

Glossaries and Abbreviations 327

Lupolen Polyethylene BASF, Germany

Luran Styrene acrylonitrile BASF, Germany
Luranyl PPE BASF
Lustran Styrene acrylonitrile Monsanto, USA
Lustrex Polystyrene Monsanto, USA
Luxor PS, SAN Montedison
Lycra Polyurethanes DuPont, USA
Madurit Melamines Hoechst, Germany
Magnum ABS Dow, Netherlands
Makroblend PC blend Bayer
Makrofol PC foil Bayer
Makrolon Polycarbonate Bayer, Germany
Manolene PE Rhone-Poulenc
Maprenal Melamines Hoechst, Germany
Maranyl Polyamides ICI, England
Melaplast MF Bayer
Melbrite Melamines Montedison, Italy
Melinex Saturated polyesters ICI, England
Melmex Melamines BP Chemicals, England
Melopas Melamines Ciba-Geigy, Switzerland
Menzolit Epoxies, unsaturated Menzolit-Werke, Germany
polyesters
Minlon Polyamides DuPont, USA
Mipolam Polyvinylchloride Hüls, Germany
Mipoplast PVC soft Dynamit Nobel
Moltapren Polyurethane foam Bayer, Germany
Moltopren PUR Bayer
Moplen Polypropylene Himont, Italy
Mouldrite UF ICI
Mowilith Polyvinylacetate Hoechst, Germany
Mowiol Polyvinylalcohol Hoechst, Germany
Mylar Saturated polyesters DuPont, USA
Nandel Polyacrylonitrile DuPont, USA
Napryl Polypropylene Elf Atochem, France
Natene Polyethylene Elf Atochem, France
Natsyn Polyisoprene Goodyear, USA
Neonit EP Ciba-Geigy
Neopolen PE foam BASF
Neoprene Polychloroprene DuPont, USA
Nitril Polybutadiene acrylonitrile —
Nivionplast PA Enichem
Nordel Ethylene-propylene diene DuPont, USA
terpolymer
Noryl Polyphenylene oxide General Electric, USA
Novodur Acrylonitrile butadiene Bayer, Germany
styrene
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 328

328 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Trade Name Chemical Classification Manufacturer
Novolen Polypropylene BASF, Germany
Novolux Polyvinylchloride Weston Hyde, England
Nylon Polyamide DuPont, USA
Nyrim Polyamide DSM, Netherlands
Oppanol Polyisobutylene BASF, Germany
Orbitex Epoxies Ciba-Geigy, Switzerland
Orgalloy PA/PP blend Atochem lend
Orgamide PA Atochem
Orgasol PE or coPA Atochem
Orgater Polycarbonate Elf Atochem, France
Orgavyl Polyvinylchloride Elf Atochem, France
Orlon Polyacrylonitrile DuPont, USA
Oroglas Polymethyl methacrylate Rohm and Haas, USA
Palapreg UP BASF
Palatal Unsaturated polyesters BASF, Germany
Pan Polyacrylonitrile Bayer, Germany
Paraplex Unsaturated polyesters Rohm and Haas, USA
Parylene Polyarylene Union Carbide, USA
Peek Polyetheretherketone ICI, England
Pellethane TPU DOW
Penton Polydichloromethyloxetane —
Perbunan Polybutadiene acrylonitrile Bayer, Germany
Perlon Polyamide Perlon, Germany
Perspex Polymethyl methacrylate ICI, England
Petion PET Bayer
Pibiter PBT Montedison
Plaskon Ureas Plaskon, USA
Plastopal Ureas BASF, Germany
Plexidur Polymethyl methacrylate Rohm and Haas, USA
Plexiglas Polymethyl methacrylate Rohm and Haas, USA
Plioflex Polybutadiene styrene Goodyear, USA
Pocan Saturated polyesters Bayer, Germany
Pollopas UF Dynamit Nobel
Polydur Unsaturated polyesters Hüls, Germany
Polylite Unsaturated polyesters Reichhold Chem., USA
Polystyrol Polystyrene BASF, Germany
Polyviol Polyvinyl alcohol Wacker-Chemie, Germany
Primef PPS Solvay
Propathene Polypropylene ICI, England
Puise PC/ABS blend Dow
Pyrex Glass Sovirel, France
Quacorr Furanes PO Chemicals, USA
Quickfit Glass Corning, England
Radel Polyarylether Amoco, USA
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 329

Glossaries and Abbreviations 329

Renolit Polyvinylchloride Renolit-Werke, Germany

Renyl PA6 Montedison
Resamin Ureas Hoechst, Germany
Rhenoflex Polyvinylchloride Hüls, Germany
Rhepanol Polyisobutylene sheet —
Rhodopas PVC Rhone-Poulenc
Rhodorsil Silicone rubbers Rhone-Poulenc, France
Riblene D LDPE Enichem
Rigidex Polyethylene BP Chemicals, England
Rilsan Polyamide Elf Atochem, France
Ronfalin ABS DSM
Rulon Filled PTFE Dixon Corp., USA
Rutapox Epoxies Bakelite, Germany
Rynite PBT, PET DuPont de Nemours
Ryton Polyphenylene sulphide Phillips Petr., Belgium
Saran Polyvinylidene chloride DOW, USA
Setal Unsaturated polyesters Synthese, Netherlands
Setapol Unsaturated polyesters Synthese, Netherlands
Shell pb Polybutene Shell
Sicron PVC Montedison
Silastic Silicone rubbers DOW, USA
Silcoset Silicone rubbers ICI, England
Silopren Silicone rubbers Bayer, Germany
Sinkral ABS Enichem
Sinvet PC Enichem
Solef Polyvinylidene fluoride Solvay, Belgium
Solvic Polyvinyl chloride Solvay, Belgium
Soreflon Polytetrafluoroethylene Elf Atochem, France
Stamylan Polyethylene DSM, Netherlands
Stamylan p Polypropylene DSM, Netherlands
Stamylex LDPE DSM
Stanyl Polyamide DSM, Netherlands
Stratyl EP Rhone-Poulenc
Styrocell Polystyrene foam Shell
Styrodur Polystyrene foam BASF, Germany
Styrofoam Polystyrene foam DOW, USA
Styron Polystyrene DOW, USA
Styropor Polystyrene foam BASF, Germany
Supec PPS GEP
SWD cement Sodium silicate cement Hoechst, Germany
Synolite Unsaturated polyesters DSM, Netherlands
Technyl Polyamides Rhone-Poulenc, France
Tedlar Polyvinylfluoride DuPont, USA
Tedur PPS Bayer
Teflon Polytetrafluoroethylene DuPont, USA
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 330

330 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Trade Name Chemical Classification Manufacturer
Teflon FEP Fluorinated ethylene DuPont, USA
propylene
Tenax Carbon fiber Tenax, Germany
Tenite butyrate Cellulose acetate butyrate Eastman Chem. Prod.,
USA
Tenite CAB Cellulose acetate butyrate Eastman Chem. Prod.,
USA
Tenite PE Polyethylene Eastman Chem. Prod.,
USA
Terblend B ABS/PC blend BASF
Terblend S ABA/PC blend BASF
Tergal Saturated polyesters Rhone-Poulenc, France
Terlenka Saturated polyesters ENKA, Germany
Terlenka PET fiber AKZO PET
Terluran Acrylonitrile butadiene BASF, Germany
styrene
Terylene Saturated polyesters ICI, England
Ternil PA6 Montedison
Therban Polybutadiene acrylonitrile Bayer, Germany
rubber
Thiokol Polysulphides Thiokol Corp., USA
Torlon Polyamide-imide Amoco Corp., USA
Trevira Saturated polyesters Hoechst, Germany
Trocal Polyvinylchloride Hüls, Germany
Trocellen PE foam Dynamit Nobel
Trogamid Polyamides Hüls, Germany
Trolitan PF Dynamit Nobel
Trolitul PS Dynamit Nobel
Trosiplast PVC hard Dynamit Nobel
Trovidur Polyvinylchloride Hüls, Germany
Trovidur PP Polypropylene Hüls, Germany
Trovipor PVC foam Dynamit Nobel
Tufnol Phenolics, furanes Tufnol, England
Tufsyn Polybutadiene Goodyear, USA
Twaron Polyaramide (fiber) AKZO, Netherlands
Tynex Polyamides DuPont, USA
Tyril SAN Dow
Tyrin CPE Dow
Udel Polysulfone, Polyether Amoco, USA
sulfone
Uformite Ureas Reichold, USA
Ugikapon Unsaturated polyesters Elf Atochem, France
Ukapor Polystyrene Elf Atochem, France
Ultem Polyetherimide General Electric, USA
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 331

Glossaries and Abbreviations 331

Ultrablend PBT/PET blend BASF

Ultrablend S PBT blend BASF
Ultradur Saturated polyesters BASF, Germany
Ultraform POM BASF
Ultramid Polyamides BASF, Germany
Ultranyl PPE/PA blend BASF
Ultrapas Melamines Hüls, Germany
Ultrapek PEK BASF
Ultrason E Polyethersulphone BASF, Germany
Ultrason S Polysulphone BASF, Germany
Ultrax LCP BASF
Uralam Unsaturated polyesters Synthetic Resins Ltd.,
England
Ureol PUR Ciba-Geigy
Urepan Polyurethanes Bayer, Germany
Urtal ABS Montedison
Valox Saturated polyesters General Electric, USA
Vandar PBT Hoechst
Varlan Polyvinylchloride DSM, Netherlands
Vectra LCP Hoechst
Vedril PMMA Montedison
Vespel Polyimide DuPont, USA
Vestamid Polyamides Hüls, Germany
Vestan Saturated polyesters Bayer, Germany
Vestodur Saturated polyesters Hüls, Germany
Vestolen Apolyethylene Hüls, Germany
Vestolen P Polypropylene Hüls, Germany
Vestolit Polyvinylchloride Hüls, Germany
Vestopal Unsaturated polyesters Hüls, Germany
Vestoran SAN Hüls, Germany
Vestorpen TPO Hüls, Germany
Vestyron PS Hüls, Germany
Victrex Polysulfone, Polyethersulfone ICI, England
Vidar PVDF Solvay
Vinidur Polyvinylchloride BASF, Germany
Vinnol Polyvinylchloride Wacker-Chemie,
Germany
Vinoflex PVC BASF
Viplast PVC Montedison
Viton Fluor elastomer DuPont, USA
Vitreosil Quartz, silica DuPont, USA
Vitrex Silicate cement AtlasMineralProducts,
USA
Voltalef Polytrifluorochloroethylene Elf Atochem, France
Vulcathene Polyethylene, low density —
(Continues)
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:06pm page 332

332 Piping Materials Guide

(Continued)
Trade Name Chemical Classification Manufacturer
Vulcoferran Elastomeric, rubber HarzerAchsenwerke,
materials Germany
Vulkodurit Elastometric, rubber Keramchemie, Germany
materials
Vulkollan Polyurethane rubber Bayer, Germany
Vycor Quartz/Silica Corning Glass, USA
Wapex Epoxy cement AKZO, Netherlands
Wavistrong Fibre reinforced FPI, The Netherlands
plastic piping
Welvic Polyvinylchloride ICI, England
Xantar PC DSM
Xenoy PC/PBY blend GEP
Xylon Polyamides AKZO, Netherlands
Xyron Polyphenylene oxide ASAHI, Japan
Zytel Polyamides DuPont, USA
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 333

INDEX

A A420/A420M–03, 89–90
A53/A53M–02, 41–43 A515/A515M–03, 90–91
A106–02a, 43–44 A516/A516M–03, 92–93
A126–95, 44–45 A587–96, 93–94
A134–96, 44–45 A671–96, 94–98
A167–99, 46 A672–96, 98–101
A179/A179M–90a, 46–47 A691–98, 101–104
A181/A181M–01, 47–48 A790/A790M–03, 104–105
A182/A182M–02, 48–52 Abbreviations, 304–305
A193/A193M–03, 52–55 Alloy nuts, 55–57
A193/A194M–03b, 55–57 Alloy-steel bolting materials,
A202/A202–03, 57–58 52–55, 72–74
A203/A203M–97(2003), 58–59 Aluminum alloys, 26–27
A204/A204M–03, 60–61 American Petroleum Institute
A216/A216M–93(2003), 61–62 standards, 12–13
A217/A217M–02, 63–64 American Society for Testing and
A234/A234M–03, 64–66 Materials specifications
A285/A285M–03, 66–67 A53/A53M–02, 41–43
A302/A302M–03, 67–68 A106–02a, 43–44
A307–03, 68–70 A126–95, 44–45
A312/A312M–03, 70–72 A134–96, 44–45
A320/A320M–03, 72–74 A167–99, 46
A333/A333M–99, 74–75 A179/A179M–90a, 46–47
A335/A335M–03, 76–77 A181/A181M–01, 47–48
A350/A350M–02b, 77–79 A182/A182M–02, 48–52
A351/A351M–03, 79–81 A193/A193M–03, 52–55
A352/A352M–03, 81–83 A193/A194M–03b, 55–57
A353/A353M–93, 83–84 A202/A202–03, 57–58
A358/A358M–01, 84–86 A203/A203M–97(2003), 58–59
A403/A403M–03a, 86–88 A204/A204M–03, 60–61

333
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 334

334 Index

American Society for Testing and B511–01, 121–122

Materials specifications B536–02, 122
(continued ) B564–00a, 123–125
A216/A216M–93(2003), 61–62 B572–03, 125–126
A217/A217M–02, 63–64 B573–00, 126–127
A234/A234M–03, 64–66 B574–99a, 127–128
A285/A285M–03, 66–67 B575–04, 128–129
A302/A302M–03, 67–68 B672–02, 129–130
A307–03, 68–70 description of, 20–30, 37
A312/A312M–03, 70–72 requirements of, 38
A320/A320M–03, 72–74 unified numbering system, 39
A333/A333M–99, 74–75 volumes, 19–20
A335/A335M–03, 76–77 American Society of Mechanical
A350/A350M–02b, 77–79 Engineers codes and
A351/A351M–03, 79–81 standards
A352/A352M–03, 81–83 boiler and pressure vessel code,
A353/A353M–93, 83–84 17–18
A358/A358M–01, 84–86 piping and piping systems, 14–17
A403/A403M–03a, 86–88 American Water Works
A420/A420M–03, 89–90 Association, 31–32
A515/A515M–03, 90–91 American Welding Society, 31
A516/A516M–03, 92–93 Austenitic-ferritic steel castings,
A587–96, 93–94 79–81
A671–96, 94–98 Austenitic stainless steel pipe
A672–96, 98–101 seamless, 70–72
A691–98, 101–104 welded, 104–105
A790/A790M–03, 104–105 Austenitic stainless steel pipe
B127–98, 106 fittings
B160–99, 107 description of, 86–88
B162–99, 107–108 wrought, 86–88
B164–03, 108–110 Austenitic steel castings, 79–81
B168–01, 111–112
B333–03, 112–113 B
B335–03, 113–114 B127–98, 106
B387–90(2001), 114 B160–99, 107
B409–01, 115–116 B162–99, 107–108
B424–98a, 116–117 B164–03, 108–110
B435–03, 117 B168–01, 111–112
B443–00e1, 118–119 B333–03, 112–113
B462–02, 119–120 B335–03, 113–114
B463–04, 120–121 B387–90(2001), 114
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 335

Index 335

B409–01, 115–116 Bolt(s)

B424–98a, 116–117 bolting procedure, 209–211
B435–03, 117 carbon steel, 68–70
B462–02, 119–120 coatings on, 202–204
B463–04, 120–121 description of, 201–202
B511–01, 121–122 hexagonal-head machine,
B536–02, 122 202–203
B564–00a, 123–125 lubrication of, 204, 210
B572–03, 125–126 pressure seal of, 209
B573–00, 126–127 selection of, 202
B574–99a, 127–128 stud, 203
B575–04, 128–129 Bolting materials, 52–55
B672–02, 129–130 Building services piping, 16–17
Ball valve Butt weld joints
construction of, 220–221 description of, 180
fully welded, trunnion mounted, full penetration, 174
soft seated or metal seated, integrity of, 174
234–236 stainless steel, 179
split body, floating ball, 222–224
split body, trunnion mounted C
construction of, 224–226 Cadmium, 27–30
for cryogenic service, 226–228 Carbon forgings, 77–79
top entry, floating ball, soft Carbon nuts, 55–57
seated or metal seated Carbon-silicon steel plates, 90–91
components of, 231–232 Carbon steel
for cryogenic service, 231, bolts, 68–70
233–234 castings, 61–62
top entry, trunnion mounted, forgings, 47–48
metal-to-metal seat, low-alloy, 179
228–230 pipe
Batch saws, for seamless pipe dimensional standards for, 132
manufacturing, 142f, 143 electric-fusion-welded,
B443–00e1, 118–119 101–104
Bids for high-temperature service,
competitive, 7 43–44
piping material engineer’s plates
responsibilities regarding, 10 of low- and intermediate-
technical bid analysis, 8 tensile strength, 66–67
technical bid evaluation, 8 for moderate- and low-
Boiler and pressure vessel code, temperature service, 92–93
17–18 welding of, 179
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 336

336 Index

Carbon steel studs, 68–70 D

Castings Data sheets
austenitic-ferritic steel, 79–81 piping material engineer’s
austenitic steel, 79–81 responsibilities, 6
carbon steel, 61–62 process valves, 6
gray iron, 44–45 valves, 215–216
steel, 81–83 Deviation requests, 218
Cast round billets, in seamless Distribution piping systems, 16
pipe manufacturing, 141, Dual-plate check valve, 221
141f Ductile-iron pipe and fittings,
Check valves, 221, 240, 241f 31
Chromium-manganese-silicon
alloy steel plates, 57–58 E
Cobalt, 27–30 Elastomers
Coil feed ramp, of electric gaskets, 207
resistance welded pipe, 134, glossary for, 306–317
135f Electric-fusion (arc)-welded seam
Competitive bids, 7 steel pipe, 44–45
Concrete pipe, 31 Electric-fusion (arc)-welded spiral
Control valves, 240, 242f seam steel pipe, 44–45
Cooling bed, for seamless pipe Electric-fusion-welded austenitic
manufacturing, 142, 142f, chromium-nickel alloy steel
144f, 145 pipe, 84–86
Copper Electric-fusion-welded carbon steel
American Society for Testing pipe, 101–104
and Materials specifications, Electric-fusion-welded steel pipe
25–26 for atmospheric and lower
nickel-copper alloy plate, sheet, temperatures, 94–98
and strip, 106 for high-pressure service at
nickel-copper alloy rod, bar, and moderate temperatures,
wire, 108–110 98–101
nickel-iron-chromium- Electric-resistance-welded low-
molybdenum-copper alloy carbon steel pipe, 93–94
plate, sheet, and strip, Electric resistance welded pipe
116–117 manufacturing
Copper alloys, 25–26 beveling, 139, 140f
Cryogenic top entry ball valve, coil feed ramp, 134, 135f
231, 233–234 cutoff facilities, 139, 140f
Cryogenic trunnion ball valve, cutting of, 137, 138f
226–228 facing, 139, 140f
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 337

Index 337

final forming pass section, 135, Flux-cored welding, 186

136f Forged low-alloy piping, 48–52
final inspection of, 139 Forgings
first forming section, 134, 135f carbon, 77–79
high-frequency welder, 135, 136f carbon steel, 47–48
hydrostatic testing, 138, 139f low-alloy, 77–79
in-process weld nondestructive Fuel gas piping, 14
inspection, 136, 137f Full penetration butt weld joints,
nondestructive examination of, 174
139, 140f Fully welded, trunnion mounted,
seam weld normalizing, 136, 137f soft seated or metal seated
sizing mill, 137, 138f ball valve, 234–236
straightening of, 138, 139f
End connections, 134 G
Engineer. See Piping material en- Gaskets
gineer definition of, 204
elastomer, 207
F graphite, 207
Fasteners, 25 nonmetallic, 206–207
Ferroalloys, 22–23 pressure seal of, 209
Ferrous castings, 22–23 PTFE, 208
Final forming pass section, of ring, 208–209
electric resistance welded rubber, 207
pipe, 135, 136f selection criteria for, 205–206
First forming section, of electric semi-metallic, 208
resistance welded pipe, 134, types of, 206–209
135f Gas metal arc welding. See Metal
Flanged joints inert gas welding
facings, 192–193 Gas-shield flux-cored welding, 186
integrity of, 173 Gas transmission piping systems,
lap-joint, 197, 198t 16
machined finishes, 209 Gate valves, 220, 236–237, 238f
metallic, 191–195 Globe valves, 220, 237, 239f
screwed, 194f, 196, 198t Graphite gaskets, 207
selection criteria for, 198–199 Gray iron castings, 44–45
slip-on, 194f, 197, 198t
socket-weld, 193f, 196, 198t H
types of, 192 Heat treatment furnace, for
weld-neck, 193f, 195–196, 198t seamless pipe
Flat face, 192 manufacturing, 142f, 143
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 338

338 Index

Heat treatments, 187 rods, 127–128

Hexagonal-head machine bolts, nickel-molybdenum-chromium
202–203 alloy plate, sheet, and strip,
High-frequency welder, 135, 136f 128–129
Hot straightener, for seamless pipe nickel-molybdenum-chromium-
manufacturing, 144, 144f tantalum alloy
Hydrants, 32 plate, sheet, and strip, 127–128
Hydrostatic testing, of electric rods, 127–128
resistance welded pipe, 138, Lubrication of bolts, 204, 210
139f
M
I Machine bolts, hexagonal-head,
In-process weld nondestructive 202–203
inspection, 136, 137f Magnesium alloys, 26–27
Iron products, 20–25 Magnetic particle examination of
welds, 189
J Mandrel pipe mill, for seamless pipe
Joints. See Pipe joints manufacturing, 141f, 142
Manganese-molybdenum alloy
L steel plates, 67–68
Lap-joint flanges, 197, 198t Manganese-molybdenum-nickel
Lead, 27–30 alloy steel plates, 67–68
Liquid hydrocarbons, 14–15 Manufacturers Standardization
Liquid penetrant examination of Society, 32–35
welds, 189 Martensitic stainless steel castings,
Low-alloy forgings, 77–79 63–64
Low-carbon materials Metal-arc welding, 182–184
carbon nickel-molybdenum- Metal inert gas welding, 186–187
chromium alloy rod, 127–128 Metallic flanged joints, 191–195
nickel-chromium-molybdenum Metallic material equivalents, 40
alloys Metals
plate, sheet, and strip, 127–128 American Society for Testing
rods, 127–128 and Materials specifications,
nickel-chromium-molybdenum- 30
copper alloy nonferrous, 27–30
plate, sheet, and strip, 127–128 Molybdenum alloys
rods, 127–128 bar, rod, and wire, 114
nickel-chromium-molybdenum- steel plates, 60–61
tungsten alloy Molybdenum bar, rod, and wire,
plate, sheet, and strip, 127–128 114
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 339

Index 339

N Nonferrous metals, 27–30

National Association of Corrosion Nonmetallic materials
Engineers, 35 description of, 40–41
Nickel, 27–30 gaskets, 206–207
Nickel alloy glossary of, 320–332
forgings, 123–125 valves, 217–218
plate, sheet, and strip, 107–108 Nuts, 55–57
steel plates, 58–59 Nylon, 40
Nickel bar, 107
Nickel-chromium-iron alloys, O
111–112 Offshore pipelines, 15
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum- Oxyacetylene welding, 184
columbium alloy plate, sheet,
and strip, 118–119 P
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum- PEEK, 40
silicon alloy plate, sheet, and Pipe
strip, 118–119 carbon steel
Nickel-copper alloys dimensional standards for, 132
plate, sheet, and strip, 106 electric-fusion-welded, 101–104
rod, bar, and wire, 108–110 for high-temperature service,
Nickel-iron-chromium alloy plate, 43–44
sheet, and strip, 115–116 dimensional standards for, 132
Nickel-iron-chromium- steel
molybdenum-columbium electric-fusion (arc)-welded
stabilized alloy, 129–130 seam, 44–45
Nickel-iron-chromium- electric-fusion (arc)-welded
molybdenum-copper alloy spiral seam, 44–45
plate, sheet, and strip, electric-fusion-welded
116–117 austenitic chromium-nickel
Nickel-iron-chromium-silicon alloy, 84–86
alloy electric-fusion-welded carbon,
bars and shapes, 121–122 101–104
plate, sheet, and strip, 122 electric-resistance-welded low-
Nickel-molybdenum alloy carbon, 93–94
plate, sheet, and strip, 112–113 stainless. See Stainless steel
rods, 113–114 pipe
Nickel-molybdenum-chromium- thicknesses of, 146–167
iron alloy rod, 126–127 weights of, 146–167
Nickel rod, 107 welded, for low-temperature
9% nickel steel plates, 83–84 service, 74–75
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 340

340 Index

Pipe joints Piping material(s)

alternatives for, 171 A53/A53M–02 specification,
comparison of, 197–198 41–43
considerations for, 172 A106–02a specification, 43–44
corrosion considerations, 176 A126–95 specification, 44–45
costs of, 177–178 manufacturer’s standards, 40
description of, 171 metallic material equivalents, 40
flange. See Flanged joints nonmetallic materials, 40–41
laborforce for creating, 176 Piping material engineer
loading considerations, 176 experience of, 3
maintainability of, 178 job scope of, 1–2
material compatibility for, 175 job title of, 1
permanent or temporary qualities of, 3
connection considerations, responsibilities of
176 approval of documentation
pressure and temperature related to piping
considerations, 173–175 components, 8–9
principles of, 172–178 bids for new projects, 10
process fluid considerations, 173 data sheets, 6
selection criteria for, 172 description of, 2
size considerations, 175 piping material requisition,
space considerations, 175–176 6–7
vibration considerations, 178 piping specials, 6
weight considerations, 175–176 project piping class
welded. See Welding development, 4–5
Pipeline transportation systems reviewing vendor offers, 7–8
American Society of Mechanical vendor visits, 9–10
Engineers standards, 14–15 writing specifications, 5
for liquid hydrocarbons, 14–15 valve selection by, 213
Piping classes Piping material requisition, 6–7
classifying of, 5 Piping specials, 6
definition of, 4 Piping systems
standardization of, 5 American Society of Mechanical
Piping components Engineers code and
definition of, 131 standards, 14–17
dimensional standards for, description of, 131–132
132–134 process, 4–5
Piping fittings utility, 4–5
definition of, 131 Plastic pipe, 32
ductile-iron, 31 Plug valve, 221
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 341

Index 341

Polymers glossary, 306–317 S

Power piping, 14 Saran, 40
Pressure seal, 209 Screwed connections, 175
Pressure vessel plates, 58–59 Screwed flange, 194f, 196, 198t
Process fluids, 173 Seamless austenitic stainless steel
Process industry standards. See pipes, 70–72
Standards Seamless carbon steel pipe for
Process piping systems high-temperature service,
American Society of Mechanical 43–44
Engineers standards, 14 Seamless cold-drawn low-carbon
functions of, 4 steel heat exchanger and
piping material engineer’s condenser tubes, 46–47
responsibilities, 4–5 Seamless ferritic alloy-steel pipe
Process valves, 6 for high-temperature service,
Procurement Department, 6 76–77
PTFE gaskets, 208 Seamless ferritic/austenitic
PVC, 41 stainless steel pipe, 104–105
Seamless pipe manufacturing
Q batch saws for, 142f, 143
Quenching unit, for seamless pipe cast round billets, 141, 141f
manufacturing, 143f, 144 cooling bed for, 142, 142f, 144f,
145
R finishing process, 145–146
Radiographic evaluation of welds, heat treatment furnace for, 142f,
189–190 143
Raised face, 192 hot straightener for, 144, 144f
Rating, 174 mandrel pipe mill, 141f, 142
Refinery glossary, 293–304 nondestructive test inspection,
Refrigeration piping, 15–16 142f, 143
Requisition for piping material, quenching unit for, 143f, 144
6–7 rotary piercing mill, 141, 141f
Ring gaskets, 208–209 round reheating, 141, 141f
Ring-type joint, 192 shell reheating, 142, 142f
Rolling element bearings, 25 sizing mill for, 144, 144f
Rotary piercing mill, in seamless stretch reducing mill, 142, 142f
pipe manufacturing, 141, tempering furnace for, 144,
141f 144f
Round reheating, in seamless pipe Seamless steel pipe for low-
manufacturing, 141, 141f temperature service, 74–75
Rubber gaskets, 207 Seam weld normalizing, 136, 137f
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 342

342 Index

Shell reheating, for seamless pipe description of, 48–52

manufacturing, 142, 142f dimensional standards for, 132
Shield metal arc welding. See dimensions of, 167–170
Metal-arc welding weights of, 167–170
Sizing mill, 137, 138f, 144, 144f Standards
Slip-on flange, 194f, 197, 198t American Petroleum Institute,
Slurry transportation piping 12–13
systems, 17 American Society for Testing
Society of Automotive Engineers, and Materials. See American
35 Society for Testing and Ma-
Socket-weld flange, 193f, 196, 198t terials
Socket weld joints American Society of Mechanical
description of, 175, 180–181 Engineers. See American
fit up of, 175 Society of Mechanical En-
stainless steel, 179 gineers codes and standards
Specifications American Water Works
American Society for Testing Association, 31–32
and Materials. See American American Welding Society, 31
Society for Testing and description of, 11
Materials specifications Manufacturers Standardization
piping material engineer’s Society, 32–35
responsibilities, 5 National Association of
writing of, 5 Corrosion Engineers, 35
Split body, floating ball valve, organizations that create, 11–12
222–224 Society of Automotive
Split body, trunnion mounted ball Engineers, 35
valve Steel
construction of, 224–226 American Society for Testing
for cryogenic service, 226–228 and Materials specifications,
Stainless steel 20–25
bolts, 52–55 American Water Works
butt weld joints, 179 Association codes, 31
classification of, 179 glossary for, 243–284
nuts, 55–57 Steel castings
socket weld joints, 179 austenitic, 79–81
welding of, 179 austenitic-ferritic, 79–81
Stainless steel pipe carbon, 61–62
austenitic description of, 81–83
seamless, 70–72 martensitic stainless steel, 63–64
welded, 104–105 Steel flanges, 173
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 343

Index 343

Steel pipe Teflon, 40

electric-fusion (arc)-welded Tempering furnace, for seamless
seam, 44–45 pipe manufacturing, 144,
electric-fusion (arc)-welded 144f
spiral seam, 44–45 Tin, 27–30
electric-fusion-welded austenitic Tongue and groove facing, 192
chromium-nickel alloy, Top entry, trunnion mounted,
84–86 metal-to-metal seat ball
electric-fusion-welded carbon, valve, 228–230
101–104 Trunnion-mounted valves,
electric-resistance-welded low- 224–226, 226–228, 228–230,
carbon, 93–94 234–236
stainless. See Stainless steel pipe Tungsten inert gas welding,
thicknesses of, 146–167 185–186
weights of, 146–167
welded, for low-temperature U
service, 74–75 Ultrasonic evaluation of welds,
Steel plates 190
carbon-silicon, 90–91 Unified numbering system,
chromium-manganese-silicon 39
alloy, 57–58 UNS N06002, 117, 125–126
manganese-molybdenum alloy, UNS N06022, 119–120
67–68 UNS N06030, 119–120
manganese-molybdenum-nickel UNS N06200, 119–120
alloy, 67–68 UNS N06230, 117, 125–126
molybdenum-alloy, 60–61 UNS N08020, 119–120
nickel-alloy, 58–59 UNS N08024, 119–120
9% nickel, 83–84 UNS N08026, 119–120
Stick welding. See Metal-arc UNS N08367, 119–120
welding UNS N10276, 119–120
Stretch reducing mill, in seamless UNS N10665, 119–120
pipe manufacturing, 142, 142f UNS N10675, 119–120
Stud bolts, 203 UNS N12160, 117, 125–126
Studs, 68–70 UNS NO8020, 120–121
Submerged arc welding, 184–185 UNS NO8024, 120–121
Swing check valve, 221 UNS NO8026, 120–121
UNS R20033, 119–120
T UNS R30556, 117, 125–126
Technical bid analysis, 8 Utility piping systems, 4–5
Technical bid evaluation, 8 Utility valves, 6
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 344

344 Index

V heat treatments for, 187

Valves inspection of
alternatives, 218–219 levels of, 190–191
American Water Works methods, 189–190
Association codes, 32 records regarding, 191
ball. See Ball valve liquid penetrant examination of,
certification of, 219 189
check, 221, 240, 241f magnetic particle examination
construction of, 216–218 of, 189
control, 240, 242f nondestructive examination of,
data sheets for, 215–216 188–190
description of, 213 radiographic evaluation of,
deviation requests, 218 189–190
dual-plate check, 221 socket, 180–181
function of, 216 ultrasonic evaluation of,
gate, 220, 236–237, 238f 190
globe, 220, 237, 239f visual inspection of, 188–189
inspection of, 219 Welded ferritic/austenitic
metallic components of, stainless steel pipe,
216–217 104–105
nonmetallic components of, Welded steel pipe for low-
217–218 temperature service, 74–75
operating of, 213 Welding
piping material engineer’s butt welds, 180
responsibility to select, carbon steel, 179
213 description of, 178
plug, 221 flux-cored, 186
selection of, 213, 214t–215t gas-shield flux-cored, 186
swing check, 221 glossary for, 285–292
trunnion-mounted, 224–226 low-alloy carbon steel, 179
types of, 214t–215t metal-arc, 182–184
Vendors metal inert gas, 186–187
bidding by, 7–8 oxyacetylene, 184
documentation from, 8–9 socket welds, 180–181
offers from, 7 stainless steel, 179
visits by, 9–10 submerged arc, 184–185
techniques for, 181–187
W tungsten inert gas, 185–186
Weld(s) Weld-neck flange, 193f, 195–196,
butt, 180 198t
 Smith / Piping Materials Guide Final Proof 14.11.2004 11:07pm page 345

Index 345

Wrought alloy steel fittings, X

89–90 X-ray evaluation of welds,
Wrought austenitic stainless steel 189–190
pipe fittings, 86–88
Wrought carbon steel fittings, Z
89–90 Zinc, 27–30